Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
(Mark One)
þ         ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
 
o         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from           to          
 
Commission file number: 0-5519 and 001-31343
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Wisconsin   39-1098068
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
1200 Hansen Road   54304
Green Bay, Wisconsin
  (Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
   
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (920) 491-7000
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
  The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer þ
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of June 30, 2008, (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,417,296,000. This excludes approximately $65,023,000 of market value representing the outstanding shares of the registrant owned by all directors and officers who individually, in certain cases, or collectively, may be deemed affiliates. This includes approximately $140,468,000 of market value representing 5.71% of the outstanding shares of the registrant held in a fiduciary capacity by the trust company subsidiary of the registrant.
 
As of January 31, 2009, 127,899,500 shares of common stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     
Document
Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of
Shareholders on April 22, 2009
  Part of Form 10-K Into Which
Portions of Documents are Incorporated
Part III
 


 

 
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
2008 FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     3  
      Risk Factors     11  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     20  
      Properties     21  
      Legal Proceedings     21  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     21  
             
               
      Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     21  
      Selected Financial Data     24  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     25  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     73  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     74  
      Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     128  
      Controls and Procedures     128  
      Other Information     130  
 
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     130  
      Executive Compensation     130  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     130  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     131  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     131  
 
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     131  
    134  
  EX-10(A)
  EX-10(B)
  EX-10(C)
  EX-10(D)
  EX-10(E)
  EX-10(F)
  EX-10(G)
  EX-10(H)
  EX-10(I)
  EX-10(J)
  EX-10(K)
  EX-10(L)
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-24
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32


2


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
Statements made in this document and in documents that are incorporated by reference which are not purely historical are forward-looking statements, as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including any statements regarding descriptions of management’s plans, objectives, or goals for future operations, products or services, and forecasts of its revenues, earnings, or other measures of performance. Forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations and, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements may be identified by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “should,” “will,” “intend,” or similar expressions.
 
Shareholders should note that many factors, some of which are discussed elsewhere in this document and in the documents that are incorporated by reference, could affect the future financial results of Associated Banc-Corp and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this document. These factors, many of which are beyond Associated Banc-Corp’s control, include the following:
 
•  operating, legal, and regulatory risks;
 
•  economic, political, and competitive forces affecting Associated Banc-Corp’s banking, securities, asset management, insurance, and credit services businesses;
 
•  integration risks related to acquisitions;
 
•  impact on net interest income from changes in monetary policy and general economic conditions;
 
•  the risk that Associated Banc-Corp’s analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful; and
 
•  other factors discussed under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere herein.
 
These factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Associated Banc-Corp undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS
 
General
 
Associated Banc-Corp (individually referred to herein as the “Parent Company” and together with all of its subsidiaries and affiliates, collectively referred to herein as “the Corporation,” “Associated,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a bank holding company registered pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We were incorporated in Wisconsin in 1964 and were inactive until 1969 when permission was received from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB” or “Federal Reserve”) to acquire three banks. At December 31, 2008, we owned one nationally chartered commercial bank headquartered in Wisconsin serving local communities within our three-state footprint (Wisconsin, Illinois, and Minnesota) and, measured by total assets held at December 31, 2008, were the second largest commercial bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin. At December 31, 2008, we owned one nationally chartered trust company headquartered in Wisconsin. We also owned 27 limited purpose banking and nonbanking subsidiaries located in Arizona, Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, Vermont, and Wisconsin, that are closely related or incidental to the business of banking.
 
We provide our subsidiaries with leadership, as well as financial and managerial assistance in areas such as corporate development, auditing, marketing, legal/compliance, human resources management, risk management, facilities management, security, purchasing, credit administration, asset and liability management and other treasury-related activities, budgeting, accounting and other finance support.


3


Table of Contents

Responsibility for the management of the subsidiaries remains with their respective boards of directors and officers. Services rendered to the subsidiaries by us are intended to assist the management of these subsidiaries to expand the scope of services offered by them. At December 31, 2008, our bank subsidiary Associated Bank, National Association (“Associated Bank”), provided services through approximately 300 locations in approximately 160 communities.
 
Services
 
Through our banking subsidiary and various nonbanking subsidiaries, we provide a broad array of banking and nonbanking products and services to individuals and businesses in the communities we serve. We organize our business into two reportable segments: Banking and Wealth Management. Our banking and wealth management activities are conducted predominantly in Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Illinois, and are primarily delivered through branch facilities in this tri-state area, as well as supplemented through loan production offices, supermarket branches, a customer service call center and 24-hour phone-banking services, an interstate Automated Teller Machine (ATM) network, and internet banking services. See also Note 20, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements within Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” As disclosed in Note 20, the banking segment represented approximately 90% of total revenues in 2008, as defined in the note. Our profitability is significantly dependent on the net interest income, noninterest income, the level of the provision for loan losses, noninterest expense, and related income taxes of our banking segment.
 
Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governments, and consumers, and the support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services. We offer a variety of loan and deposit products to retail customers, including but not limited to: home equity loans and lines of credit, residential mortgage loans and mortgage refinancing, education loans, personal and installment loans, checking, savings, money market deposit accounts, IRA accounts, certificates of deposit, and safe deposit boxes. As part of our management of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans, nearly all of our long-term, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with servicing rights retained. Loans, deposits, and related banking services to businesses (including small and larger businesses, governments/municipalities, metro or niche markets, and companies with specialized lending needs such as floor plan lending or asset-based lending) primarily include, but are not limited to: business checking and other business deposit products, business loans, lines of credit, commercial real estate financing, construction loans, letters of credit, revolving credit arrangements, and to a lesser degree, business credit cards and equipment and machinery leases. To further support business customers and correspondent financial institutions, we provide safe deposit and night depository services, cash management, international banking, as well as check clearing, safekeeping, and other banking-based services.
 
Lending involves credit risk. Credit risk is controlled and monitored through active asset quality management including the use of lending standards, thorough review of potential borrowers, and active asset quality administration. Credit risk management is discussed under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” sections “Critical Accounting Policies,” “Loans,” “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned,” and under Part II, Item 8, Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 4, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. Also see Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
 
The wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory and corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth. Customers include individuals, corporations, small businesses, charitable trusts, endowments, foundations, and institutional investors. The wealth management segment is comprised of a full range of personal and business insurance products and services (including life, property, casualty, credit and mortgage insurance, fixed annuities, and employee group benefits consulting and administration); full-service investment brokerage, variable annuities, and discount and on-line brokerage; and trust/asset management, investment management, administration of pension, profit-sharing and other employee benefit plans, personal trusts, and estate planning. See also Note 20, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements within Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” As disclosed in Note 20, the wealth management segment represented approximately 10% of total revenues in 2008, as defined in the note.


4


Table of Contents

We are not dependent upon a single or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on us. No material portion of our business is seasonal.
 
Employees
 
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 5,140 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by unions.
 
Competition
 
The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits, and financial services in all of our principal markets. We compete directly with other bank and nonbank institutions located within our markets, internet-based banks, with out-of-market banks and bank holding companies that advertise or otherwise serve our markets, money market and other mutual funds, brokerage houses, and various other financial institutions. Additionally, we compete with insurance companies, leasing companies, regulated small loan companies, credit unions, governmental agencies, and commercial entities offering financial services products. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers and to obtain new loans and deposits, the scope and type of services offered, interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans, as well as other aspects of banking. We also face direct competition from members of bank holding company systems that have greater assets and resources than ours.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
Financial institutions are highly regulated both at the federal and state levels. Numerous statutes and regulations affect the business of the Corporation.
 
As a registered bank holding company under the BHC Act, we are regulated and supervised by the FRB. Our nationally chartered bank subsidiary and our nationally chartered trust subsidiary are supervised and examined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). All of our subsidiaries that accept insured deposits are subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).
 
Capital Requirements
 
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies noted above. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting policies. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to judgments by the regulators regarding qualitative components, risk weightings, and other factors. We have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios at or above the well capitalized standards. For further detail on capital and capital ratios see discussion under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” sections, “Liquidity” and “Capital,” and under Part II, Item 8, Note 18, “Regulatory Matters,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
Under the risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies, the minimum requirement for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital (as defined below) is to be composed of common stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, qualifying perpetual preferred stock (in a limited amount in the case of cumulative preferred stock), minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and qualifying trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain intangibles (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder of total capital may consist of qualifying subordinated debt and redeemable preferred stock, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and allowance for loan losses (“Tier 2 Capital”, and together with Tier 1 Capital, “Total Capital”). At December 31, 2008, our Tier 1 Capital ratio was 11.91% and Total Capital ratio was 13.76%.
 
The Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“Leverage


5


Table of Contents

Ratio”) equal to 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. Our Leverage Ratio at December 31, 2008, was 9.75%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or to engage in new activity. The Federal Reserve has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tier 1 leverage ratio applicable to us.
 
Our commercial national bank subsidiary is subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the OCC. The OCC has not advised our subsidiary bank of any specific minimum leverage ratios applicable to it. The risk-based capital requirements identify concentrations of credit risk and certain risks arising from non-traditional activities, and the management of those risks, as important factors to consider in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. Other factors taken into consideration by federal regulators include: interest rate exposure; liquidity, funding and market risk; the quality and level of earnings; the quality of loans and investments; the effectiveness of loan and investment policies; and management’s overall ability to monitor and control financial and operational risks, including the risks presented by concentrations of credit and non-traditional activities.
 
On July 20, 2007, the federal banking agencies withdrew their previously announced Basel 1A proposal with respect to risk-based capital requirements. In so doing, the federal banking agencies published a revised capital requirements proposal applicable to all domestic banks, bank holding companies and savings associations (called the Basel II Standardized Approach) not otherwise subject to the Basel II advanced approaches rule. We are not subject to the Basel II advanced approaches rule. As proposed, according to the federal banking agencies, the revised rule would: (i) expand the use of credit ratings for determining risk weights; (ii) base risk weights for residential mortgages on loan-to-value ratios; (iii) expand the types of financial collateral and guarantees available to banks to offset credit risk; (iv) offer more risk-sensitive approaches for recognizing the benefits of mitigating credit risk; (v) increase the risk weight for certain short-term commitments; (vi) improve the risk sensitivity of the risk-based capital requirements for securitizations and equity investments; and (vii) institute a risk-based capital requirement for operational risk. Under the Basel II Standardized Approach, a covered entity would have to affirmatively “opt in” to use such approach by notifying its regulator at least 60 days before the beginning of the calendar quarter in which it first used the Basel II Standardized Approach; if such opt-in is not exercised, the entity would remain under the general risk-based capital rules. Elections to opt in to the Basel II Standardized Approach by a bank holding company would also apply to its subsidiary depository institutions. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation did not intend to opt-in to the Basel II Standardized Approach. Comments on the proposal were due to the federal banking regulators on October 27, 2008.
 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
 
On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), giving the United States Department of the Treasury (“UST”) authority to take certain actions to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. banking markets. Based upon its authority in the EESA, a number of programs to implement EESA have been announced. Those programs include the following:
 
  •  Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). Pursuant to this program, the UST, on behalf of the US government, will purchase preferred stock, along with warrants to purchase common stock, from certain financial institutions, including bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and banks or savings associations not controlled by a holding company. The investment will have a dividend rate of 5% per year, until the fifth anniversary of the UST’s investment and a dividend of 9% thereafter.
 
During the time the UST holds securities issued pursuant to this program, participating financial institutions will be required to comply with certain provisions regarding executive compensation and corporate governance. Participation in this program also imposes certain restrictions upon an institution’s dividends to common shareholders and stock repurchase activities. As described further herein, we elected to participate in the CPP and received $525 million pursuant to the program.


6


Table of Contents

 
  •  Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. This program contained both (i) a debt guarantee component, whereby the FDIC will guarantee until June 30, 2012, the senior unsecured debt issued by eligible financial institutions between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009; and (ii) an account transaction guarantee component, whereby the FDIC will insure 100% of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts held at eligible financial institutions, such as payment processing accounts, payroll accounts and working capital accounts through December 31, 2009. The deadline for participation or opting out of this program was December 5, 2008. We elected not to opt out of the program.
 
  •  Temporary increase in deposit insurance coverage. Pursuant to the EESA, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. The EESA provides that the basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 after December 31, 2009.
 
Banking Acquisitions
 
As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings association. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”).
 
Banking Subsidiary Dividends
 
The Parent Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of its revenue comes from dividends paid to us by our national bank subsidiary. The OCC’s prior approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year will exceed the sum of that bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses.
 
On November 21, 2008, we sold 525,000 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Senior Preferred Stock”), to the UST pursuant to the CPP under the Troubled Asset Relief Program. While any Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, we may pay dividends on our common stock, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Senior Preferred Stock are fully paid. Prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock, unless the Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for us to increase our common stock dividend from its current quarterly amount of $0.32 per share.
 
Under the foregoing dividend restrictions and restrictions applicable to our nonbanking subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2008, our subsidiaries could pay additional dividends of $50 million to us, without obtaining affirmative governmental approvals. This amount is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available in future periods. In 2008, our subsidiaries paid $133 million in cash dividends to us.
 
We and our banking subsidiary are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
 
Bank Holding Company Act Requirements
 
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 significantly amended the BHC Act. The amendments, among other things, allow certain qualifying bank holding companies that elect treatment as “financial holding companies” to engage in


7


Table of Contents

activities that are financial in nature and that explicitly include the underwriting and sale of insurance. The Parent Company thus far has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company. Bank holding companies that have not elected such treatment generally must limit their activities to banking activities and activities that are closely related to banking.
 
The BHC Act’s provisions governing the scope and manner of the FRB’s supervision of bank holding companies, the manner in which activities may be found to be financial in nature or closely related to banking, and the extent to which state laws on insurance will apply to insurance activities of banks and bank subsidiaries were amended. The FRB has issued regulations implementing these provisions. The BHC Act, as amended, allows for the expansion of activities by banking organizations and permits consolidation among financial organizations generally. Under the BHC Act, we are required to act as a source of financial strength to each of our subsidiaries pursuant to which we may be required to commit financial resources to support such subsidiaries in circumstances when, absent such requirements, we might not otherwise do so. Under the BHC Act, we are generally prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company. The BHC Act also requires the prior approval of the FRB to enable us to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any bank or bank holding company. The BHC Act further regulates our activities, including requirements and limitations relating to capital, transactions with officers, directors and affiliates, securities issuances, dividend payments, inter-affiliate liabilities, extensions of credit, and expansion through mergers and acquisitions.
 
Enforcement Powers of the Federal Banking Agencies; Prompt Corrective Action
 
The federal regulatory authorities have broad authority to enforce the regulatory requirements imposed on us. In particular, the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), and its implementing regulations carry greater enforcement powers. Under the FDIA, all commonly controlled FDIC insured depository institutions may be held liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC resulting from a failure of, or any assistance given by the FDIC to, any commonly controlled institutions. Pursuant to certain provisions of the FDIA, the federal regulatory agencies have broad powers to take prompt corrective action if a depository institution fails to maintain certain capital levels. Prompt corrective action may include, without limitation, restricting our ability to pay dividends, restricting acquisitions or other activities, and placing limitations on asset growth. At this time, our capital levels are above the levels at which federal regulatory authorities could invoke their authority to initiate any manner of prompt corrective action.
 
Interstate Branching
 
Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Riegle-Neal Act”), an adequately capitalized and managed bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state without regard to the permissibility of such acquisitions under state law, but remain subject to state requirements that a bank has been organized and operating for a period of time. Subject to certain other restrictions, the Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines to create interstate branches. The Riegle-Neal Amendments Act of 1997 and the Regulatory Relief Act of 2006 provides further guidance on the application of host state laws to any branch located outside the host state.
 
Deposit Insurance Premiums
 
The FDIC maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium on a quarterly basis. The amount of the assessment is a function of the institution’s risk category and assessment base. An institution’s risk category is determined according to its supervisory ratings and capital levels, and is used to determine the institution’s assessment rate. The assessment rate for the lowest risk category (Risk Category I) is calculated according to a formula, which relies on supervisory ratings and either certain financial ratios or long-term debt ratings. An insured bank’s assessment base is determined by the balance of its insured deposits. This system is risk-based and allows banks to pay lower assessments to the FDIC as their capital level and supervisory ratings improve. By the same token, if these indicators deteriorate, the institution will have to pay higher assessments to the FDIC. At December 31, 2008, Associated Bank’s risk category assignment required payment of approximately $0.15 per $100 of assessable deposits.


8


Table of Contents

Under the FDIA, the FDIC Board has the authority to set the annual assessment rate range for the various risk categories within certain regulatory limits. Pursuant to this authority, risk-based assessment rates were uniformly increased 7 cents per $100 of assessable deposits by the FDIC Board in December 2008 for the first quarter of 2009. Under this rule, risk-based rates for the first quarter will range between 12 and 50 basis points (“bp”). This action is part of the Restoration Plan adopted by the FDIC in October 2008 as required by law and is intended to increase the reserve ratio to 1.15% within five years.
 
DIF-insured institutions pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued in the 1980s in connection with the failures in the thrift industry. For the fourth quarter of 2008, the FICO assessment is equal to 1.14 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits. These assessments will continue until the bonds mature in 2019.
 
The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for our national bank subsidiary would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, operations and financial condition.
 
Depositor Preference
 
Under federal law, deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including federal funds and letters of credit, in the liquidation or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver.
 
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements
 
Our national bank subsidiary is subject to periodic CRA review by our primary federal regulators. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions and does not limit the ability of such institutions to develop products and services believed best-suited for a particular community. Note that an institution’s CRA assessment can be used by its regulators in their evaluation of certain applications, including a merger or the establishment of a branch office.
 
Associated Bank underwent a CRA examination by the Comptroller of the Currency on November 20, 2006, for which it received a Satisfactory rating.
 
Privacy
 
Financial institutions, such as our national bank subsidiary, are required by statute and regulation to disclose its privacy policies. In addition, such financial institutions must appropriately safeguard its customers’ nonpublic, personal information.
 
Anti-Money Laundering
 
In 2001, Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States’ financial system and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers, and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act mandates financial services companies to implement additional policies and procedures with respect to additional measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: customer identification programs, money laundering, terrorist financing, identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions, currency crimes, and cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.
 
The laws and regulations to which we are subject are constantly under review by Congress, the federal regulatory agencies, and the state authorities. These laws and regulations could be changed drastically in the future, which could affect our profitability, our ability to compete effectively, or the composition of the financial services industry in which we compete.


9


Table of Contents

Department of Defense Credit Regulations
 
On October 1, 2007, the US Department of Defense (the “DOD”) regulations implementing the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act for fiscal year 2007 became effective. The regulations impose certain restrictions on provisions found in agreements for consumer credit products provided to “covered borrowers” (generally defined as active duty service members and their dependents) by “creditors”, which term includes our national bank subsidiary. The regulations impose a new Military Annual Percentage Rate (“MAPR”) that must be calculated and provided to covered borrowers. The MAPR is capped at 36%.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
Our national bank subsidiary must comply with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act containing certain restrictions on its transactions with affiliates. In general terms, these provisions require that transactions between a banking institution or its subsidiaries and such institution’s affiliates be on terms as favorable to the institution as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, these provisions contain certain restrictions on loans to affiliates, restricting such loans to a percentage of the institution’s capital. A covered “affiliate,” for purposes of these provisions, would include us and any other company that is under our common control.
 
Certain transactions with our directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflicts of interest regulations. Among other things, these regulations require that loans to such persons and their related interests be made on terms substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated individuals and must not create an abnormal risk of repayment or other unfavorable features for the financial institution.
 
Other Regulation
 
Our banking subsidiary is also subject to a variety of other regulations with respect to the operation of its businesses, including but not limited to the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Fair Credit Reporting Act. Any change in these regulations or other applicable regulations.
 
Government Monetary Policies and Economic Controls
 
Our earnings and growth, as well as the earnings and growth of the banking industry, are affected by the credit policies of monetary authorities, including the FRB. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to combat recession and curb inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits, and changes in the Federal Reserve discount rate. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future.
 
In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in money markets, as well as the effect of credit policies by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand, or their effect on our business and earnings or on the financial condition of our various customers.
 
Available Information
 
We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These filings are available to the public on the Internet at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. Shareholders may also read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference rooms located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Shareholders may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.
 
Our principal Internet address is www.associatedbank.com. We make available free of charge on or through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and


10


Table of Contents

amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In addition, shareholders may request a copy of any of our filings (excluding exhibits) at no cost by writing, telephoning, faxing, or e-mailing us using the following information: Associated Banc-Corp, Attn: Shareholder Relations, 1200 Hansen Road, Green Bay, WI 54304; phone 920-431-8034; fax 920-431-8037; or e-mail to shareholders@associatedbank.com. Our Code of Ethics for Directors and Executive Officers, Corporate Governance Guidelines, and Board of Directors committee charters are all available on our website, www.associatedbank.com/About Us/Investor Relations/Corporate Governance. We will disclose on our website amendments to or waivers from our Code of Ethics in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Information contained on any of our websites is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.
 
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in Associated’s common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. See also, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
External Risks
 
Our Stock Price can be Volatile  — Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
 
  •  Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations.
 
  •  Recommendations by securities analysts.
 
  •  Operating results and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us.
 
  •  News reports relating to trends, concerns, and other issues in the financial services industry.
 
  •  Perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors.
 
  •  New technology used or services offered by competitors.
 
  •  Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors.
 
  •  Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions.
 
  •  Changes in government regulations.
 
  •  Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.
 
General market fluctuations, industry factors, and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.
 
Our Articles of Incorporation, as Amended, Amended and Restated Bylaws, and Certain Banking Laws may have an Anti-Takeover Effect  — Provisions of our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a


11


Table of Contents

third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may prohibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
An Investment in Our Common Stock is not an Insured Deposit  — Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund, or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.
 
Our Profitability Depends Significantly on Economic Conditions in the States within which We do Business  — Our success depends on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the demand for our products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, on the value of the collateral securing loans, and the stability of our deposit funding sources. A significant decline in general local economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets, changes in housing market prices, or other factors could impact local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Earnings of Financial Services Companies are Significantly Affected by General Business and Economic Conditions  — Our operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, and the strength of the United States economy, all of which are beyond our control. A deterioration in economic conditions could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and nonperforming assets, decreases in loan collateral values, and a decrease in demand for our products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our Earnings are Significantly Affected by the Fiscal and Monetary Policies of the Federal Government and Its Agencies  — The policies of the Federal Reserve impact us significantly. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments we hold. Those policies determine to a significant extent our cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve policies can also affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve could reduce the demand for a borrower’s products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay its loan, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
 
We Operate in a Highly Competitive Industry and Market Area  — We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and internet banks within the various markets in which we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.


12


Table of Contents

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:
 
  •  The ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound assets.
 
  •  The ability to expand our market position.
 
  •  The scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.
 
  •  The rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors.
 
  •  Customer satisfaction with our level of service.
 
  •  Industry and general economic trends.
 
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Consumers may Decide not to Use Banks to Complete Their Financial Transactions  — Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Severe Weather, Natural Disasters, Acts of War or Terrorism, and Other External Events could Significantly Impact Our Business  — Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Strategic Risks
 
Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations could be Negatively Affected if We Fail to Grow or Fail to Manage Our Growth Effectively  — Our business strategy includes significant growth plans. We intend to continue pursuing a profitable growth strategy. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in significant growth stages of development. We cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our market presence in our existing markets or successfully enter new markets or that any such expansion will not adversely affect our results of operations. Failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Also, if we grow more slowly than anticipated, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
Our ability to grow successfully will depend on a variety of factors including the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage our growth. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or growth will be successfully managed.
 
Acquisitions May Disrupt Our Business and Dilute Stockholder Value  — We regularly evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities and conduct due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, negotiations may take place and future mergers or


13


Table of Contents

acquisitions involving cash, debt, or equity securities may occur at any time. We seek merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar, have experienced management, and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale, or expanded services.
 
Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves potential adverse impact to our financial results and various other risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:
 
  •  Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company.
 
  •  Payment of a premium over book and market values that may dilute our tangible book value and earnings per share in the short and long term.
 
  •  Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company.
 
  •  Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company.
 
  •  There may be volatility in reported income as goodwill impairment losses could occur irregularly and in varying amounts.
 
  •  Difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company.
 
  •  Inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits.
 
  •  Potential disruption to our business.
 
  •  Potential diversion of our management’s time and attention.
 
  •  The possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company.
 
  •  Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.
 
We Continually Encounter Technological Change  — The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
 
New Lines of Business or New Products and Services May Subject Us to Additional Risk  — From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


14


Table of Contents

Reputation Risks
 
Negative Publicity could Damage Our Reputation  — Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Because we conduct most of our business under the “Associated Bank” brand, negative public opinion about one business could affect our other businesses.
 
Unauthorized Disclosure of Sensitive or Confidential Client or Customer Information, Whether Through a Breach of Our Computer Systems or Otherwise, could Severely Harm Our Business  — As part of our business, we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential client and customer information on our behalf and on behalf of other third parties. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, whether by us or by our vendors, could severely damage our reputation, expose us to the risk of litigation and liability, disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Ethics or Conflict of Interest Issues could Damage Our Reputation  — We have established a Code of Conduct and related policies and procedures to address the ethical conduct of business and to avoid potential conflicts of interest. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our related controls and procedures or failure to comply with the established Code of Conduct and Related Party Transaction Policies and Procedures could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and/or financial condition.
 
Credit Risks
 
We are Subject to Lending Concentration Risks  — As of December 31, 2008, approximately 63% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial, and agricultural, real estate construction, commercial real estate loans, and lease financing (collectively, “commercial loans”). Commercial loans are generally viewed as having more inherent risk of default than residential mortgage loans or retail loans. Also, the commercial loan balance per borrower is typically larger than that for residential mortgage loans and retail loans, inferring higher potential losses on an individual loan basis. Because our loan portfolio contains a number of commercial loans with balances over a $25 million internal threshold, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in nonperforming loans. An increase in nonperforming loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, and an increase in loan charge offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in Economic and Political Conditions could Adversely Affect Our Earnings, as Our Borrowers’ Ability to Repay Loans and the Value of the Collateral Securing Our Loans Decline  — Our success depends, to a certain extent, upon economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect our asset quality, deposit levels and loan demand and, therefore, our earnings. Because we have a significant amount of real estate loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which could have an adverse impact on our earnings. Consequently, any decline in the economy in our market area could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our Allowance for Loan Losses may be Insufficient  — All borrowers carry the potential to default and our remedies to recover (seizure and/or sale of collateral, legal actions, guarantees, etc.) may not fully satisfy money previously lent. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for


15


Table of Contents

loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political, and regulatory conditions; and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks using existing qualitative and quantitative information, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge offs, based on judgments different than those of management. An increase in the allowance for loan losses results in a decrease in net income, and possibly risk-based capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are Subject to Environmental Liability Risk Associated with Lending Activities  — A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Lack of System Integrity or Credit Quality Related to Funds Settlement could Result in a Financial Loss  — We settle funds on behalf of financial institutions, other businesses and consumers and receive funds from clients, card issuers, payment networks and consumers on a daily basis for a variety of transaction types. Transactions facilitated by us include debit card, credit card and electronic bill payment transactions, supporting consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. These payment activities rely upon the technology infrastructure that facilitates the verification of activity with counterparties and the facilitation of the payment. If the continuity of operations or integrity of processing were compromised this could result in a financial loss to us due to a failure in payment facilitation. In addition, we may issue credit to consumers, financial institutions or other businesses as part of the funds settlement. A default on this credit by a counterparty could result in a financial loss to us.
 
Financial Services Companies Depend on the Accuracy and Completeness of Information about Customers and Counterparties  — In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Liquidity Risks
 
Liquidity is Essential to Our Businesses  — Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of cash. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger unfavorable contractual obligations.


16


Table of Contents

We Rely on Dividends from Our Subsidiaries for most of Our Revenue  — Our Parent Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of its revenue comes from dividends from its subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common and preferred stock, repurchase our common stock, and to pay interest and principal on our Parent Company’s debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that our national bank subsidiary and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay to the Parent Company. Also, the Parent Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event our national bank subsidiary is unable to pay dividends to the Parent Company, the Parent Company may not be able to service debt, pay obligations, or pay dividends on our common and preferred stock. The inability to receive dividends from our national bank subsidiary could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
Our Agreements with the UST Under the CPP Impose Restrictions and Obligations on us that Limit our Ability to Increase Dividends, Repurchase our Common Stock or Preferred Stock and Access the Equity Capital Market  — In November 2008, we issued preferred stock and a warrant to purchase our common stock to the UST as part of the CPP under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). Prior to November 21, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the preferred stock or the UST has transferred all of the preferred stock to a third party, the consent of the UST will be required for us to, among other things, increase our common stock dividend or repurchase our common stock or other preferred stock (with certain exceptions, including the repurchase of our common stock to offset share dilution from equity-based employee compensation awards). We have also granted registration rights and offering facilitation rights to the UST pursuant to which we have agreed to lock-up periods during which we would be unable to issue equity securities.
 
Interest Rate Risks
 
We are Subject to Interest Rate Risk  — Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and investments and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio and other interest-earning assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.
 
Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies, including the limited use of derivatives as hedging instruments, to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet.
 
The Impact of Interest Rates on Our Mortgage Banking Business can Have a Significant Impact on Revenues  — Changes in interest rates can impact our mortgage related revenues. A decline in mortgage rates generally increases the demand for mortgage loans as borrowers refinance, but also generally leads to accelerated payoffs. Conversely, in a constant or increasing rate environment, we would expect fewer loans to be refinanced and a decline in payoffs. Although we use models to assess the impact of interest rates on mortgage related revenues, the estimates of revenues produced by these models are dependent on estimates and assumptions of future loan demand, prepayment speeds and other factors which may differ from actual subsequent experience.
 
Changes in Interest Rates could also Reduce the Value of Our Mortgage Servicing Rights and Earnings  — We have a portfolio of mortgage servicing rights. A mortgage servicing right (MSR) is the right to service a mortgage loan (i.e, collect principal, interest, escrow amounts, etc.) for a fee. We acquire MSRs when we originate mortgage


17


Table of Contents

loans and keep the servicing rights after we sell or securitize the loans or when we purchase the servicing rights to mortgage loans originated by other lenders. We carry MSRs at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. Fair value is the present value of estimated future net servicing income, calculated based on a number of variables, including assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers.
 
Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and, thus, fair value. When interest rates fall, borrowers are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our MSRs can decrease. Each quarter we evaluate our MSRs for impairment based on the difference between carrying amount and fair value at quarter end. If temporary impairment exists, we establish a valuation allowance through a charge to earnings for the amount the carrying amount exceeds fair value. We also evaluate our MSRs for other- than-temporary impairment. If we determine that other-than-temporary impairment exists, we will recognize a direct write-down of the carrying value of the MSRs.
 
Legal/Compliance Risks
 
We are Subject to Extensive Government Regulation and Supervision  — We, primarily through Associated Bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations, and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of nonbanks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.
 
We are Subject to Examinations and Challenges by Tax Authorities  — We are subject to federal and state income tax regulations. Income tax regulations are often complex and require interpretation. Changes in income tax regulations could negatively impact our results of operations. In the normal course of business, we are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we have engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. These tax positions may relate to tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment and tax credit planning. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are Subject to Claims and Litigation Pertaining to Fiduciary Responsibility  — From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We may be a Defendant in a Variety of Litigation and Other Actions, Which may have a Material Adverse Effect on our Financial Condition and Results of Operation  — We may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of our business. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect


18


Table of Contents

on our financial condition and results of operation. In addition, we may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may we be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.
 
Operational Risks
 
Changes in Our Accounting Policies or in Accounting Standards could Materially affect how We Report Our Financial Results and Condition  — Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.
 
From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.
 
Our Internal Controls may be Ineffective  — Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
Impairment of Investment Securities, Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets, or Deferred Tax Assets could Require Charges to Earnings, which could Result in a Negative Impact on Our Results of Operations  — In assessing the impairment of investment securities, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issues, and the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Under current accounting standards, goodwill and certain other intangible assets with indeterminate lives are no longer amortized but, instead, are assessed for impairment periodically or when impairment indicators are present. Assessment of goodwill and such other intangible assets could result in circumstances where the applicable intangible asset is deemed to be impaired for accounting purposes. Under such circumstances, the intangible asset’s impairment would be reflected as a charge to earnings in the period during which such impairment is identified. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
We may not be able to Attract and Retain Skilled People  — Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by us can be intense and we may not be able to hire sufficiently skilled people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience, and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.
 
Loss of Key Employees may Disrupt Relationships with Certain Customers  — Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a competitor. While we believe our relationship with our key producers is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers.


19


Table of Contents

Because the Nature of the Financial Services Business Involves a High Volume of Transactions, We Face Significant Operational Risks  — We operate in many different businesses in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to our reputation.
 
We Rely on Other Companies to Provide Key Components of Our Business Infrastructure  — Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
 
Revenues from Our Investment Management and Asset Servicing Businesses are Significant to Our Earnings  — Generating returns that satisfy clients in a variety of asset classes is important to maintaining existing business and attracting new business. Administering or managing assets in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws is also important to client satisfaction. Failure in either of the foregoing areas can expose us to liability.
 
Our Information Systems May Experience an Interruption or Breach in Security  — We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Potential for Business Interruption Exists Throughout Our Organization  — Integral to our performance is the continued efficacy of our technical systems, operational infrastructure, relationships with third parties and the vast array of associates and key executives in our day-to-day and ongoing operations. Failure by any or all of these resources subjects us to risks that may vary in size, scale and scope. This includes, but is not limited to, operational or technical failures, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support as expected, as well as, the loss of key individuals or failure on the part of key individuals to perform properly.
 
New Requirements under EESA and Changes in the TARP CPP Regulations may Adversely Affect our Operations and Financial Condition  — Given the current international, national and regional economic climate, it is unclear what effect the provisions of the EESA will have with respect to our profitability and operations. In addition, the US government, either through the UST or some other federal agency, may also advance additional programs that could materially impact our profitability and operations.
 
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.


20


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
 
Our headquarters are located in the Village of Ashwaubenon, Wisconsin, in a leased facility with approximately 30,000 square feet of office space. The space is subject to a two-year lease with one consecutive three-year extension.
 
At December 31, 2008, our bank subsidiary occupied approximately 300 offices in approximately 160 different communities within Illinois, Minnesota, and Wisconsin. The main office of Associated Bank, National Association, is owned. Most bank subsidiary branch offices are freestanding buildings that provide adequate customer parking, including drive-through facilities of various numbers and types for customer convenience. Some bank branch offices are in supermarket locations or in retirement communities. In addition, we own other real property that, when considered in aggregate, is not material to our financial position.
 
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation may be named as defendant in or be a party to various pending and threatened legal proceedings. Since it may not be possible to formulate a meaningful opinion as to the range of possible outcomes and plaintiffs’ ultimate damage claims, management cannot estimate the specific possible loss or range of loss that may result from these proceedings. Management believes, based upon current knowledge, that liabilities arising out of any such current proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.
 
ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Information in response to this item is incorporated by reference to the discussion of dividend restrictions in Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this document. The Corporation’s common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol ASBC.
 
The approximate number of equity security holders of record of common stock, $.01 par value, as of January 26, 2009, was 13,600. Certain of the Corporation’s shares are held in “nominee” or “street” name and the number of beneficial owners of such shares is approximately 32,000.
 
Payment of future dividends is within the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend, among other factors, on earnings, capital requirements, and the operating and financial condition of the Corporation. The Board of Directors makes the dividend determination on a quarterly basis. The amount of the annual dividend was $1.27 and $1.22 for 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
On November 21, 2008, we sold 525,000 shares of our Senior Preferred Stock to the UST pursuant to the CPP. While any Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, we may pay dividends on our common stock, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Senior Preferred Stock are fully paid. Prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock, unless the Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for us to increase our common stock dividend from its current quarterly amount of $0.32 per share.


21


Table of Contents

Following are the Corporation’s monthly common stock purchases during the fourth quarter of 2008. For a detailed discussion of the common stock repurchase authorizations and repurchases during 2008 and 2007, see section “Capital” included under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this document and Part II, Item 8, Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this document.
 
                                 
                Total Number of
    Maximum Number of
 
                Shares Purchased as
    Shares that May Yet
 
    Total Number of
    Average Price
    Part of Publicly
    Be Purchased Under
 
Period
  Shares Purchased     Paid per Share     Announced Plans     the Plan  
 
October 1 — October 31, 2008
        $              
November 1 — November 30, 2008
                       
December 1 — December 31, 2008
    212       18.90              
     
     
Total
    212     $ 18.90              
     
     
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Corporation repurchased shares for minimum tax withholding settlements on equity compensation. The effect to the Corporation of this transaction was an increase in treasury stock and a decrease in cash of approximately $4,000 in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Market Information
 
The following represents selected market information of the Corporation for 2008 and 2007.
 
                                         
                Market Price Range
 
                Closing Sales Prices  
    Dividends Paid     Book Value     High     Low     Close  
 
2008
                                       
4th Quarter
  $ 0.32     $ 18.54     $ 24.21     $ 15.72     $ 20.93  
3rd Quarter
    0.32       18.52       25.92       14.85       19.95  
2nd Quarter
    0.32       18.46       29.23       19.29       19.29  
1st Quarter
    0.31       18.71       28.86       22.60       26.63  
     
     
2007
                                       
4th Quarter
  $ 0.31     $ 18.32     $ 30.49     $ 25.23     $ 27.09  
3rd Quarter
    0.31       18.04       33.05       26.86       29.63  
2nd Quarter
    0.31       17.56       33.49       32.14       32.70  
1st Quarter
    0.29       17.54       35.43       33.16       33.60  
     
     


22


Table of Contents

Stock Price Performance Graph
 
Set forth below is a line graph (and the underlying data points) comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return (change in year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends) on Associated’s common stock with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Bank Index and the S&P 500 Index for the period of five fiscal years commencing on January 1, 2004, and ending December 31, 2008. The Nasdaq Bank Index is prepared for Nasdaq by the Center for Research in Securities Prices at the University of Chicago. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in Common Stock and for each index was $100 on December 31, 2003. Historical stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of the future price performance.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                             
  Source:Bloomberg     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008
Associated Banc-Corp
      100.0         119.9         121.3         134.2         108.9         89.2  
S&P 500
      100.0         110.7         116.1         134.2         141.6         89.8  
Nasdaq Bank Index
      100.0         113.4         111.2         126.4         101.6         80.0  
                                                             
 
The Stock Price Performance Graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Annual Statement on Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent Associated specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.


23


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
TABLE 1: EARNINGS SUMMARY AND SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                                                         
          %
                            5-Year
 
          Change
                            Compound
 
          2007 to
                            Growth
 
Years Ended December 31,   2008     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004     Rate(5)  
   
 
Interest income
  $ 1,126,709       (11.7 )%   $ 1,275,712     $ 1,279,379     $ 1,094,025     $ 767,122       9.1 %
Interest expense
    430,561       (31.9 )     631,899       609,830       421,770       214,495       14.7  
     
     
Net interest income
    696,148       8.1       643,813       669,549       672,255       552,627       6.4  
Provision for loan losses
    202,058       485.5       34,509       19,056       13,019       14,668       34.0  
     
     
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    494,090       (18.9 )     609,304       650,493       659,236       537,959       1.3  
Noninterest income
    285,650       (17.2 )     344,781       295,501       291,086       210,247       5.7  
Noninterest expense
    557,460       4.2       534,891       496,215       480,463       377,869       9.2  
     
     
Income before income taxes
    222,280       (47.0 )     419,194       449,779       469,859       370,337       (7.1 )
Income tax expense
    53,828       (59.7 )     133,442       133,134       149,698       112,051       (10.4 )
     
     
Net income
    168,452       (41.0 )     285,752       316,645       320,161       258,286       (5.9 )%
Preferred stock dividends and discount
    3,250       N/M                               N/M  
     
     
Net income available to common equity
  $ 165,202       (42.2 )%   $ 285,752     $ 316,645     $ 320,161     $ 258,286       (6.3 )
     
     
Taxable equivalent adjustment
  $ 27,711       1.7 %   $ 27,259     $ 26,233     $ 25,509     $ 25,528       2.2 %
Earnings per common share:
                                                       
Basic earnings per share(1)
  $ 1.30       (42.0 )%   $ 2.24     $ 2.40     $ 2.45     $ 2.28       (8.9 )%
Diluted earnings per share(1)
    1.29       (42.2 )     2.23       2.38       2.43       2.25       (8.8 )
Cash dividends per share(1)
    1.27       4.1       1.22       1.14       1.06       0.98       7.4  
Weighted average common shares outstanding(1):
                                                       
Basic
    127,501       0.1       127,408       132,006       130,554       113,532       2.9  
Diluted
    127,891       (0.4 )     128,428       133,132       131,931       115,025       2.7  
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                                       
Year-End Balances:
                                                       
Loans
  $ 16,283,908       4.9 %   $ 15,516,252     $ 14,881,526     $ 15,206,464     $ 13,881,887       9.6 %
Allowance for loan losses
    265,378       32.3       200,570       203,481       203,404       189,762       8.4  
Investment securities
    5,349,417       51.0       3,543,019       3,436,621       4,711,605       4,815,344       7.2  
Total assets
    24,192,067       12.0       21,592,083       20,861,384       22,100,082       20,520,136       9.7  
Deposits
    15,154,796       8.5       13,973,913       14,316,071       13,573,089       12,786,239       9.1  
Long-term funding
    1,861,647       (0.2 )     1,864,771       2,071,142       3,348,476       2,604,540       (1.8 )
Stockholders’ equity
    2,876,503       23.5       2,329,705       2,245,493       2,324,978       2,017,419       16.4  
Book value per common share(1)
    18.54       1.2       18.32       17.44       17.15       15.56       8.6  
     
     
Average Balances:
                                                       
Loans
  $ 16,080,565       6.3 %   $ 15,132,634     $ 15,370,090     $ 14,347,707     $ 11,174,856       8.6 %
Investment securities
    3,707,549       6.5       3,480,831       3,825,245       4,794,708       3,983,452       2.3  
Total assets
    22,037,963       6.8       20,638,005       21,162,099       20,921,575       16,365,762       8.0  
Deposits
    13,812,072       0.5       13,741,803       13,623,703       12,462,981       10,144,528       8.2  
Stockholders’ equity
    2,423,332       7.5       2,253,878       2,279,376       2,101,389       1,499,606       13.2  
     
     
Financial Ratios:(2)
                                                       
Return on average equity
    6.95 %     (573 )     12.68 %     13.89 %     15.24 %     17.22 %        
Return on average assets
    0.76       (62 )     1.38       1.50       1.53       1.58          
Efficiency ratio(3)
    52.41       (151 )     53.92       50.31       48.99       48.04          
Net interest margin
    3.65       5       3.60       3.62       3.64       3.80          
Average equity to average assets
    11.00       8       10.92       10.77       10.04       9.16          
Dividend payout ratio(4)
    97.69       4,323       54.46       47.50       43.27       42.84          
 
(1) Share and per share data adjusted retroactively for stock splits and stock dividends.
 
(2) Change in basis points.
 
(3) Efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by the sum of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding investment securities gains, net and asset sale gains, net.
 
(4) Ratio is based upon basic earnings per common share.
 
(5) Base year used in 5-year compound growth rate is 2003 consolidated financial data.


24


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion is management’s analysis to assist in the understanding and evaluation of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this report.
 
The detailed financial discussion that follows focuses on 2008 results compared to 2007. Discussion of 2007 results compared to 2006 is predominantly in section “2007 Compared to 2006.”
 
Management continually evaluates strategic acquisition opportunities and other various strategic alternatives that could involve the sale or acquisition of branches or other assets, or the consolidation or creation of subsidiaries. Therefore, the financial discussion that follows may refer to the effect of the Corporation’s business combination activity, detailed under section, “Business Combinations,” and Note 2, “Business Combinations,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
Overview
 
The Corporation is a bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin, providing a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services to individuals and businesses primarily in its three-state footprint (Wisconsin, Illinois and Minnesota). The Corporation, principally through its wholly owned banking subsidiary, provides a wide range of services, including business and consumer loan and depository services, as well as other traditional banking services. Principally through its nonbanking subsidiaries, the Corporation’s wealth business provides a variety of products and services to supplement the banking business including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management.
 
The Corporation’s primary sources of revenue are net interest income (predominantly from loans and deposits, and also from investment securities and other funding sources), and noninterest income, particularly fees and other revenue from financial services provided to customers or ancillary services tied to loans and deposits. Business volumes and pricing drive revenue potential, and tend to be influenced by overall economic factors, including market interest rates, business spending, consumer confidence, economic growth, and competitive conditions within the marketplace as well.
 
During 2008, the Corporation made meaningful progress on key strategies in an otherwise challenging banking and economic environment. Investments in the management team were made, the quality of our earnings was improved (i.e., increasing earnings potential from core banking and wealth businesses), and risks in our balance sheet were addressed. The economic environment during 2008 presented unique credit related issues that required management’s focused attention. As a result, the Corporation established a team to focus on those issues and to strengthen the credit management process. The Corporation also made progress on a longer-term initiative to improve its management reporting and measurement by refining its risk-based measurement system. In addition, the Corporation successfully completed the conversion of its core banking platform in mid-2008 to improve operational and other benefits.
 
In November 2008, the Corporation sold $525 million of Senior Preferred Stock, bearing a 5% dividend for the first 5 years and 9% thereafter, and approximately 4 million related common stock warrants to the UST under the CPP. As a result, stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2008, included $508 million attributable to the Senior Preferred Stock net of the preferred stock discount, and net income available to common equity was reduced by $3 million due to the Senior Preferred Stock dividend and discount accretion that began in the fourth quarter of 2008. These funds also increased the Corporation’s equity and capital ratios and supported the Corporation’s investment in $1.7 billion of agency guaranteed mortgage-related investment securities during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Since mid-2007, and particularly during the second half of 2008, the banking industry and the securities markets generally were materially and adversely affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a serious lack of liquidity. This was initially triggered by declines in home prices and the values of subprime mortgages, but spread to all mortgage and real estate asset classes, to leveraged bank loans and to nearly all asset classes, including investment securities. The global markets have been characterized by substantially increased volatility and short-selling and an overall loss of investor confidence, initially in financial institutions, but more


25


Table of Contents

recently in companies in a number of other industries and in the broader markets. The Corporation’s financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent on the business environment.
 
Given the market conditions noted above, 2008 continued to present unique asset quality issues for the industry (including the continued effects of weakening economic conditions; softening commercial and residential real estate markets; and waning consumer confidence) and for the Corporation (including elevated net charge offs and higher nonperforming loan levels compared to the Corporation’s longer-term historical experience). The Corporation responded during mid-2008 by establishing a cross-functional team of internal and external experts to constructively review and challenge the entire credit risk process in five key areas, including credit policy, credit governance, credit risk, problem loan management, and MIS reporting. At the conclusion of this project in late 2008, the Corporation created a road map for identified short and long-term improvements and is currently in the process of implementing the actionable items.
 
The 2008 operating and rate environments were challenging, and, as a result, net income available to common equity for 2008 was $165 million ($121 million or 42% lower than 2007), diluted earnings per common share were $1.29 ($0.94 or 42% lower than 2007), net interest income was $696 million on a margin of 3.65% (compared to $644 million on a margin of 3.60% for 2007), and the provision for loan losses was $202 million with net charge offs to average loans of 0.85% (compared to a provision of $35 million and a net charge off ratio of 0.27% for 2007).
 
Increasing net interest income from profitable growth in loans and deposits constitutes the Corporation’s greatest opportunity for 2009 earnings growth. Yet, this is also subject to various risks, such as competitive pricing pressures that are expected to continue in 2009, softening loan markets, future changes in customer behavior relative to loan and deposit products and in light of general economic conditions, and challenges to deposit growth (as noted below). While there was a continued steepening of the yield curve during 2008, short-term interest rates decreased significantly (400 bp) during 2008, and were at historically low levels at the end of 2008. This interest rate environment and competitive challenges may cause downward pressure on the net interest margin for 2009.
 
Total loans increased $0.8 billion (5%) between year-end 2008 and 2007, led by consumer-based loan growth (including $0.6 billion in home equity and $0.1 billion in residential mortgage), while commercial loan growth (up $0.1 billion) was tempered by the credit environment. On average, loans grew $0.9 billion (6%) primarily in commercial loans (up $0.6 billion) and home equity (up $0.5 billion), while all other consumer-based loans declined (down $0.2 billion).
 
Total deposits grew $1.2 billion (8%) between year-end 2008 and 2007, primarily attributable to higher network transaction deposits and brokered CDs. On average, total deposits were relatively unchanged, up $0.1 billion (1%) over 2007, primarily in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Deposit growth remains a key to improving net interest income and the quality of earnings in 2009. Competition for deposits remains high. Challenges to deposit growth include a cyclical decline in deposits historically experienced during the first quarter, other competitive pricing pressures, along with customer preference for higher-costing deposit products or non-deposit investment alternatives.
 
As mentioned earlier, asset quality measures deteriorated during 2008. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio of 1.63% was deemed adequate by management, covering 78% of nonperforming loans, compared to 1.29% at December 31, 2007, covering 123% of nonperforming loans. The provision for loan losses was $202 million for 2008, with net charge offs to average loans of 0.85% (compared to a provision of $35 million and a net charge off ratio of 0.27% for 2007). Based on current market conditions and our continuous monitoring of specific individual nonperforming and potential problem loans, we anticipate that net charge offs and provision for loan losses will remain elevated. We cannot predict the duration of asset quality stress for 2009, given uncertainty as to the magnitude and scope of economic weakness in our markets, on our customers, and on underlying real estate values (residential and commercial).
 
Noninterest income of $286 million in 2008 was down $59 million (17%) from 2007, primarily from other-than-temporary write-downs on investment securities (down $61 million, including other-than-temporary write-downs of $53 million in 2008 versus gains of $8 million on sales of common equity securities in 2007), a decline in net asset sale gains (down $17 million, predominantly from deposit premiums and fixed asset gains related to the


26


Table of Contents

2007 branch deposit sales), and lower net mortgage banking income (down $8 million, led by a $7 million addition to the valuation reserve in 2008 compared to a $1 million recovery of the valuation reserve in 2007), partially offset by growth in most core fee-based revenue categories (up $15 million or 6%, and defined as trust service fees, service charges on deposit accounts, card-based and other nondeposit fees, and retail commissions). Most core fee-based revenue categories benefited in 2008 from a combination of higher volumes and improved pricing, while trust service fees were adversely impacted by weak stock market performance. For 2009, core fee-based revenues are expected to show moderate growth.
 
Noninterest expense of $557 million grew $23 million (4%) over 2007. Personnel expenses were $309 million, up $6 million or 2% versus 2007, with a $3 million increase in stock awards expense and $12 million (5%) higher base salaries, commissions, and incentives (principally due to merit increases), partially offset by a $1 million decline in transitional costs (including signing/retention bonuses, severance, and overtime/temporary help) and an $8 million decrease in fringe benefits expense. On average, there was minimal change in full time equivalent employees between 2008 and 2007 (from 5,114 for 2007 to 5,131 for 2008, an increase of 0.3%). Nonpersonnel noninterest expenses on an aggregate basis were up $17 million or 7% over 2007, primarily due to elevated foreclosure related and loan collection costs, increased legal and consultant expense, and higher weather-related occupancy costs. The efficiency ratio (defined as noninterest expense divided by “total revenue,” with total revenue calculated as the sum of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net asset and securities gains) was 52.41% for 2008 and 53.92% for 2007. For 2009, the Corporation expects noninterest expense (exclusive of FDIC expense) will return to more stable levels and will remain relatively flat to up slightly (around 1%) compared to 2008. To support this outcome, the Corporation has undertaken a series of initiatives to focus on nonpersonnel-related expenses for efficiencies, and FDIC expense will increase approximately $20 million due to changes in deposit insurance coverage.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights valuation, derivative financial instruments and hedging activities, and income taxes.
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Corporation are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. This preparation requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions, and judgments reflected in the financial statements. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Management believes the following policies are both important to the portrayal of the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments and, therefore, management considers the following to be critical accounting policies. The critical accounting policies are discussed directly with the Audit Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses : Management’s evaluation process used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is subject to the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments. The evaluation process combines several factors: management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect probable credit losses. Because current economic conditions can change and future events are inherently difficult to predict, the anticipated amount of estimated loan losses, and therefore the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, could change significantly. As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged


27


Table of Contents

off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. The Corporation believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate as recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 4, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Allowance for Loan Losses.”
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights Valuation : The fair value of the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights asset is important to the presentation of the consolidated financial statements since the mortgage servicing rights are carried on the consolidated balance sheet at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. As such, like other participants in the mortgage banking business, the Corporation relies on an internal discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights. The use of an internal discounted cash flow model involves judgment, particularly of estimated prepayment speeds of underlying mortgages serviced and the overall level of interest rates. Loan type and note rate are the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans used to stratify capitalized mortgage servicing rights for purposes of measuring impairment. The Corporation periodically reviews the assumptions underlying the valuation of mortgage servicing rights. In addition, the Corporation consults periodically with third parties as to the assumptions used and to determine that the Corporation’s valuation is consistent with the third party valuation. While the Corporation believes that the values produced by its internal model are indicative of the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights portfolio, these values can change significantly depending upon key factors, such as the then current interest rate environment, estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgages serviced, and other economic conditions. To better understand the sensitivity of the impact on prepayment speeds to changes in interest rates, if mortgage interest rates moved up 50 bp at December 31, 2008 (holding all other factors unchanged), it is anticipated that prepayment speeds would have slowed and the modeled estimated value of mortgage servicing rights could have been $2.5 million higher than that determined at December 31, 2008 (leading to more valuation allowance recovery and an increase in mortgage banking, net). Conversely, if mortgage interest rates moved down 50 bp, prepayment speeds would have likely increased and the modeled estimated value of mortgage servicing rights could have been $2.4 million lower (leading to adding more valuation allowance and a decrease in mortgage banking, net). Due to the significant volatility and reduction in mortgage loan interest rates near year-end, the fair value of the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights could continue to change at future measurement dates even though mortgage interest rates stay at their year-end levels. The proceeds that might be received should the Corporation actually consider a sale of some or all of the mortgage servicing rights portfolio could differ from the amounts reported at any point in time. The Corporation believes the mortgage servicing rights asset is properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Noninterest Income.”
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Activities : In various aspects of its business, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments to modify exposures to changes in interest rates and market prices for other financial instruments. Derivative instruments are required to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in the fair value recorded directly in earnings. To qualify for and maintain hedge accounting, the Corporation must meet formal documentation and effectiveness evaluation requirements both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis. The application of the hedge accounting policy requires strict adherence to documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, judgment in the assessment of hedge effectiveness, identification of similar hedged item groupings, and measurement of changes in the fair value of hedged items. If in the future derivative financial instruments used by the Corporation no longer qualify for hedge accounting, the impact on the consolidated results of operations and reported earnings could be significant. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the Corporation would continue to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its fair value; however, for a cash flow derivative, changes in its fair value would be recorded in earnings instead of through other comprehensive income, and for a fair value derivative, the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability would no longer be recorded through earnings. See also Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Interest Rate Risk.”


28


Table of Contents

 
Income Taxes : The assessment of tax assets and liabilities involves the use of estimates, assumptions, interpretations, and judgment concerning certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes. There can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or positions of federal and state taxing authorities, will not differ from management’s current assessment, the impact of which could be significant to the consolidated results of operations and reported earnings. The Corporation believes the tax assets and liabilities are adequate and properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The Corporation has established a valuation allowance relating to certain state deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008. However, there is no guarantee that the tax benefits associated with the remaining deferred tax assets will be fully realized. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that such tax benefits will be realized. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Income Taxes.”
 
Business Combinations
 
The Corporation’s business combination activity is detailed in Note 2, “Business Combinations,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. All the Corporation’s business combinations since 2002 were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting; thus, the results of operations of the acquired institutions prior to their respective consummation dates were not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In each acquisition, the excess cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired were allocated to the identifiable intangible assets, if any, with the remainder then allocated to goodwill.
 
In 2007 there was one completed business combination:  First National Bank of Hudson (“First National Bank”): On June 1, 2007, the Corporation consummated its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of First National Bank, a $0.4 billion community bank headquartered in Woodbury, Minnesota. The consummation of the transaction included the issuance of approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock and $46.5 million in cash. With the addition of First National Bank’s eight locations, the Corporation expanded its presence in the Greater Twin Cities area. At acquisition, First National Bank added approximately $0.3 billion to both loans and deposits. In June 2007, the Corporation also completed its conversion of First National Bank onto its centralized operating systems and merged it into its banking subsidiary, Associated Bank.
 
Segment Review
 
As described in Part I, Item I, section “Services,” and in Note 20, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s primary reportable segment is banking. Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governments, and consumers and the support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services. The Corporation’s wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory, and Corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth, including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management.
 
Note 20, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, indicates that the banking segment represents 90% of total revenues in 2008, as defined. The Corporation’s profitability is predominantly dependent on net interest income, noninterest income, the level of the provision for loan losses, noninterest expense, and taxes of its banking segment. The consolidated discussion therefore predominantly describes the banking segment results. The critical accounting policies primarily affect the banking segment, with the exception of income tax accounting, which affects both the banking and wealth management segments (see section “Critical Accounting Policies”).
 
The contribution from the wealth management segment compared to consolidated net income and total revenues (as defined and disclosed in Note 20, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements) was 12% and 10%, respectively, for 2008, compared to 7% and 10%, respectively, for 2007, and 6% and 10%, respectively, for 2006. Wealth management segment revenues were down $2 million (2%) between 2008 and 2007, and up $6 million (5%) between 2007 and 2006. Wealth management segment expenses were down $1 million (1%) between 2008 and 2007, and up $2 million (3%) between 2007 and 2006. Wealth management segment assets (which consist predominantly of cash equivalents, investments, customer receivables, goodwill and intangibles) were up $6 million (5%) between year-end 2008 and 2007, and up $15 million (16%) between year-end 2007 and


29


Table of Contents

2006. The $2 million decrease in wealth management segment revenues between 2008 and 2007 was attributable principally to lower trust service fees, while the $1 million decrease in expenses between 2008 and 2007 was primarily attributable to lower nonpersonnel-related expenses. The $6 million increase in wealth management segment assets from 2007 to 2008 was comprised largely of higher levels of cash equivalents and investments. The major components of wealth management revenues are trust fees, insurance fees and commissions, and brokerage commissions, which are individually discussed in section “Noninterest Income.” The major expenses for the wealth management segment are personnel expense (between 71% and 74% of expense for 2008, 2007, and 2006), as well as occupancy, processing, and other costs, which are covered generally in the consolidated discussion in section “Noninterest Expense.” See also Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure.
 
Performance Summary
 
The Corporation recorded net income of $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $117.3 million or 41.0% from 2007. Basic earnings per common share for 2008 were $1.30, a 42.0% decrease from 2007 basic earnings per common share of $2.24. Diluted earnings per common share were $1.29, a 42.2% decrease from 2007 diluted earnings per common share of $2.23. Earnings for 2008 were impacted by higher provision for loan losses (resulting from deterioration in the real estate markets and the economy) as well as other-than-temporary write-downs on investment securities. Return on average assets was 0.76% for 2008 compared to 1.38% for 2007. Return on average equity was 6.95% and 12.68% for 2008 and 2007, respectively. Cash dividends of $1.27 per common share paid in 2008 increased by 4.1% over 2007. Key factors behind these results are discussed below.
 
  •  In November 2008, the Corporation sold $525 million of Senior Preferred Stock, bearing a 5% dividend for the first 5 years and 9% thereafter, and approximately 4 million related common stock warrants to the UST under the CPP. As a result, stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2008, included $508 million attributable to the Senior Preferred Stock net of the preferred stock discount, and net income available to common equity was reduced by $3 million due to the Senior Preferred Stock dividend and discount accretion that began in the fourth quarter of 2008. These funds also increased the Corporation’s equity and capital ratios and supported the Corporation’s investment in $1.7 billion of agency guaranteed mortgage-related investment securities during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
  •  Taxable equivalent net interest income was $723.9 million for 2008, $52.8 million or 7.9% higher than 2007. Taxable equivalent interest income decreased $148.5 million, while interest expense decreased by $201.3 million. The increase in taxable equivalent net interest income was attributable to both favorable volume/mix variances (increasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $35.3 million) and favorable rate variances (increasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $17.5 million).
 
  •  The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.65%, 5 bp higher than 3.60% in 2007. The improvement in net interest margin was attributable to a 28 bp increase in interest rate spread (the net of a 145 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and a 117 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets), offset by 23 bp lower contribution from net free funds (primarily attributable to lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities reducing the value of noninterest-bearing deposits and other net free funds).
 
  •  At December 31, 2008, total loans were $16.3 billion, up 4.9% over year-end 2007, led by consumer-based loan growth, while commercial loan growth was tempered by the credit environment. Total deposits at December 31, 2008, were $15.2 billion, up 8.5% from year-end 2007, primarily attributable to higher network transaction deposits and brokered CDs.
 
  •  The time period starting in the second half of 2007 and continuing throughout 2008, was marked with general economic and industry declines with a pervasive impact on consumer confidence, business and personal financial performance, and commercial and residential real estate markets, resulting in an increase in nonperforming loans and charge offs. Nonperforming loans were $341 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $163 million a year earlier, impacted by several larger individual commercial credit relationships. Net charge offs were $137.3 million in 2008 (or 0.85% of average loans) compared to $40.4 million in 2007 (or 0.27% of average loans), primarily due to larger specific commercial charge offs. The provision for


30


Table of Contents

  loan losses was $202.1 million and $34.5 million, respectively, for 2008 and 2007. At year-end 2008, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.63% of total loans (covering 78% of nonperforming loans), compared to 1.29% (covering 123% of nonperforming loans) at year-end 2007. For additional discussion regarding charge offs and nonperforming loans see sections, “Allowance for Loan Losses” and “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned.”
 
  •  Noninterest income was $285.7 million for 2008, $59.1 million or 17.2% lower than 2007. Core fee-based revenues (including trust service fees, service charges on deposit accounts, card-based and other nondeposit fees, and retail commissions) totaled $267.9 million for 2008, up $15.0 million or 5.9% over $252.9 million for 2007, in part due to a combination of increased volumes and improved pricing. Net mortgage banking income was $14.7 million for 2008, compared to $22.8 million in 2007, a decrease of $8.1 million from 2007, with 2007 including gains of $8.6 million on bulk servicing sales and a $1.4 million valuation recovery, while 2008 included a $7.8 million favorable improvement in the gain on sales of mortgage loans to the secondary market and related fees and a $6.8 million addition to the valuation reserve. Asset and investment securities losses combined were $54.2 million for 2008 (primarily attributable to other-than-temporary write-downs on investment securities), compared to combined asset and investment securities gains of $23.8 million for 2007 (predominantly from deposit premiums and fixed asset gains related to the 2007 branch deposit sales).
 
  •  Noninterest expense was $557.5 million for 2008, up $22.6 million or 4.2% over 2007, impacted in part by generally rising costs. Personnel expense rose $6.1 million or 2.0%, while all remaining noninterest expense categories on a combined basis increased $16.5 million or 7.1% over 2007. The efficiency ratio (as defined under section,“Overview”) was 52.41% for 2008 and 53.92% for 2007.
 
  •  Income tax expense for 2008 was $53.8 million, compared to $133.4 million for 2007. The effective tax rate for 2008 was 24.2%, versus 31.8% for 2007. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the decrease in income before taxes, as the level of permanent difference items (such as tax-exempt interest and dividends) while relatively consistent between years, had a proportionately greater impact on the effective tax rate based on lower pre-tax income. Additionally, the first quarter 2008 resolution of certain tax matters and changes in estimated exposure of uncertain tax positions, partially offset by the increase in valuation allowance related to certain tax assets, resulted in the net reduction of previously recorded tax liabilities and income tax expense of approximately $4.4 million in the first quarter of 2008.
 
INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income in the consolidated statements of income (which excludes the taxable equivalent adjustment) was $696.1 million in 2008 compared to $643.8 million in 2007. The taxable equivalent adjustments (the adjustments to bring tax-exempt interest to a level that would yield the same after-tax income had that income been subject to a taxation using a 35% tax rate) of $27.7 million and $27.3 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, resulted in fully taxable equivalent net interest income of $723.9 million in 2008 and $671.1 million in 2007.
 
Net interest income is the primary source of the Corporation’s revenue. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest expense on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings used to fund interest-earning and other assets or activities. Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the amount and composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the sensitivity of the balance sheet to changes in interest rates, including characteristics such as the fixed or variable nature of the financial instruments, contractual maturities, repricing frequencies, and the use of interest rate swaps and caps.
 
Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets. The net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources


31


Table of Contents

of funds (“net free funds”), principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, also support earning assets. To compare tax-exempt asset yields to taxable yields, the yield on tax-exempt loans and investment securities is computed on a taxable equivalent basis. Net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin are discussed on a taxable equivalent basis.
 
Table 2 provides average balances of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the associated interest income and expense, and the corresponding interest rates earned and paid, as well as net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin on a taxable equivalent basis for the three years ended December 31, 2008. Tables 3 through 5 present additional information to facilitate the review and discussion of taxable equivalent net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin.
 
Taxable equivalent net interest income of $723.9 million for 2008 was $52.8 million or 7.9% higher than 2007. The increase in taxable equivalent net interest income was a function of favorable volume variances (as balance sheet changes in both volume and mix increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $35.3 million) and favorable interest rate changes (as the impact of changes in the interest rate environment and product pricing increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $17.5 million). The change in mix and volume of earning assets increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $82.3 million, while the change in volume and composition of interest-bearing liabilities decreased taxable equivalent net interest income by $47.0 million, for a net favorable volume impact of $35.3 million. Rate changes on earning assets reduced interest income by $230.8 million, while changes in rates on interest-bearing liabilities lowered interest expense by $248.3 million, for a net favorable rate impact of $17.5 million. See additional discussion in section “Interest Rate Risk.”
 
The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.65%, compared to 3.60% in 2007. The 5 bp improvement in net interest margin was attributable to a 28 bp increase in interest rate spread (the net of a 145 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and a 117 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets), partially offset by 23 bp lower contribution from net free funds (due principally to lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities reducing the value of noninterest-bearing deposits and other net free funds).
 
While unchanged during the first eight months of 2007, the Federal Reserve lowered interest rates by 100 bp during the last four months of 2007 and by an additional 400 bp during 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Federal Funds rate was 0.25%, 400 bp lower than 4.25% at December 31, 2007. On average, the Federal funds rate was 1.75% for 2008, 320 bp lower than 2007, and the prime rate was 5.08% for 2008, 297 bp lower than the previous year.
 
For 2008, the yield on earning assets of 5.82% was 117 bp lower than 2007. Loan yields decreased 142 bp (to 5.95%), impacted by higher levels of nonaccrual loans, and commercial and retail loans in particular experienced lower yields (down 167 bp and 152 bp, respectively) given the repricing of adjustable rate loans and competitive pricing pressures in a declining rate environment. The yield on securities and short-term investments was minimally changed (down 9 bp to 5.26%). Overall, earning asset rate changes reduced interest income by $230.8 million, the combination of $228.2 million lower interest on loans and $2.6 million lower interest on securities and short-term investments.
 
The cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 2.53% in 2008 was 145 bp lower than 2007. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 2.32% in 2008, 123 bp lower than 2007, reflecting the lower rate environment, yet moderated by product-focused pricing to retain balances. The cost of wholesale funding (comprised of short-term borrowings and long-term funding) decreased 210 bp to 2.96% for 2008, with short-term borrowings down 283 bp (similar to the change in the average Federal Funds rate) and long-term funding down 14 bp. The interest-bearing liability rate changes resulted in $248.3 million lower interest expense, with $138.7 million attributable to interest-bearing deposits and $109.6 million due to wholesale funding.
 
Year-over-year changes in the average balance sheet were impacted by the June 2007 acquisition (which added $0.3 billion of both loans and deposits at June 1, 2007), branch sales ($0.2 billion of deposits) during the second half of 2007, and stronger loan growth beginning primarily in fourth quarter 2007 and continuing through 2008. As a result, average earning assets of $19.8 billion in 2008 were $1.2 billion (6%) higher than 2007. Average loans grew $948 million (6.3%), with a $580 million increase in commercial loans and a $461 million increase in retail loans, partially offset by a $93 million decrease in residential mortgage loans. Average investments grew $247 million as a


32


Table of Contents

result of mortgage-related investment securities purchases during the fourth quarter of 2008. Taxable equivalent interest income in 2008 increased $82.3 million due to earning asset volume changes, with $69.5 million attributable to loans and $12.8 million of the decrease attributable to securities and short-term investments.
 
Average interest-bearing liabilities of $17.0 billion in 2008 were up $1.1 billion (7%) versus 2007, attributable to higher wholesale funding balances. Average interest-bearing deposits were flat, while average noninterest-bearing demand deposits (a principal component of net free funds) increased by $71 million. Given the growth in earning assets, average wholesale funding increased by $1.1 billion, the net of a $1.3 billion increase in short-term borrowings and a $0.2 billion decrease in long-term funding. As a percentage of total average interest-bearing liabilities, interest-bearing deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-term funding were 67%, 24%, and 9%, respectively, for 2008, compared to 72%, 17%, and 11%, respectively, for 2007. In 2008, interest expense increased $47.0 million due to volume changes, with a $48.4 million increase from higher volumes of wholesale funding, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease due to a slight decline in interest-bearing deposits.


33


Table of Contents

 
TABLE 2: Average Balances and Interest Rates (interest and rates on a taxable equivalent basis)
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans:(1)(2)(3)
                                                                       
Commercial
  $ 10,387,727     $ 600,079       5.78 %   $ 9,807,964     $ 730,712       7.45 %   $ 9,527,264     $ 707,405       7.43 %
Residential mortgage
    2,200,145       129,077       5.87       2,292,606       141,127       6.16       2,760,454       160,758       5.82  
Retail
    3,492,693       227,368       6.51       3,032,064       243,401       8.03       3,082,372       241,313       7.83  
     
     
Total loans
    16,080,565       956,524       5.95       15,132,634       1,115,240       7.37       15,370,090       1,109,476       7.22  
Investment securities:
                                                                       
Taxable
    2,786,302       132,994       4.77       2,567,838       122,323       4.76       2,928,963       131,342       4.48  
Tax-exempt(1)
    921,247       63,574       6.90       912,993       63,836       6.99       896,282       63,094       7.04  
Short-term investments
    51,592       1,328       2.57       31,305       1,572       5.02       34,514       1,700       4.93  
     
     
Securities and short-term
investments
    3,759,141       197,896       5.26       3,512,136       187,731       5.35       3,859,759       196,136       5.08  
     
     
Total earning assets
  $ 19,839,706     $ 1,154,420       5.82 %   $ 18,644,770     $ 1,302,971       6.99 %   $ 19,229,849     $ 1,305,612       6.79 %
     
     
Allowance for loan losses
    (230,450 )                     (203,258 )                     (204,707 )                
Cash and due from banks
    418,395                       346,769                       368,164                  
Other assets
    2,010,312                       1,849,724                       1,768,793                  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 22,037,963                     $ 20,638,005                     $ 21,162,099                  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
  $ 890,811     $ 4,021       0.45 %   $ 913,143     $ 4,494       0.49 %   $ 1,012,966     $ 3,824       0.38 %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    1,752,991       15,061       0.86       1,844,274       35,585       1.93       1,997,355       34,895       1.75  
Money market deposits
    4,231,678       79,057       1.87       3,752,199       138,924       3.70       3,324,362       119,506       3.59  
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs
    3,957,174       148,294       3.75       4,340,473       197,262       4.54       4,388,147       177,860       4.05  
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding
                                                                       
Brokered CDs
    10,832,654       246,433       2.27       10,850,089       376,265       3.47       10,722,830       336,085       3.13  
Brokered CDs
    532,805       16,873       3.17       515,705       27,088       5.25       550,925       27,868       5.06  
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    11,365,459       263,306       2.32       11,365,794       403,353       3.55       11,273,755       363,953       3.23  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,330,426       51,278       2.20       1,847,789       90,768       4.91       2,185,067       106,032       4.85  
Other short-term borrowings
    1,722,944       35,306       2.05       860,348       43,856       5.10       461,018       23,759       5.15  
Long-term funding
    1,601,003       80,671       5.04       1,812,779       93,922       5.18       2,515,107       116,086       4.62  
     
     
Total wholesale funding
    5,654,373       167,255       2.96       4,520,916       228,546       5.06       5,161,192       245,877       4.76  
     
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 17,019,832     $ 430,561       2.53 %   $ 15,886,710     $ 631,899       3.98 %   $ 16,434,947     $ 609,830       3.71 %
     
     
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    2,446,613                       2,376,009                       2,349,948                  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    148,186                       121,408                       97,828                  
Stockholders’ equity
    2,423,332                       2,253,878                       2,279,376                  
     
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 22,037,963                     $ 20,638,005                     $ 21,162,099                  
     
     
Net interest income and rate spread(1)
          $ 723,859       3.29 %           $ 671,072       3.01 %           $ 695,782       3.08 %
     
     
Net interest margin(1)
                    3.65 %                     3.60 %                     3.62 %
     
     
Taxable equivalent adjustment
          $ 27,711                     $ 27,259                     $ 26,233          
     
     
 
(1) The yield on tax-exempt loans and securities is computed on a taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% for all periods presented and is net of the effects of certain disallowed interest deductions.
 
(2) Nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale have been included in the average balances.
 
(3) Interest income includes net loan fees.
 


34


Table of Contents

TABLE 3: Rate/Volume Analysis(1)
 
                                                 
    2008 Compared to 2007
    2007 Compared to 2006
 
    Increase (Decrease) Due to     Increase (Decrease) Due to  
       
    Volume     Rate     Net     Volume     Rate     Net  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Interest income:
                                               
Loans:(2)
                                               
Commercial
  $ 41,172     $ (171,805 )   $ (130,633 )   $ 21,379     $ 1,928     $ 23,307  
Residential mortgage
    (5,568 )     (6,482 )     (12,050 )     (26,427 )     6,796       (19,631 )
Retail
    33,863       (49,896 )     (16,033 )     (3,210 )     5,298       2,088  
     
     
Total loans
    69,467       (228,183 )     (158,716 )     (8,258 )     14,022       5,764  
Investment securities:
                                               
Taxable
    11,494       (823 )     10,671       (16,941 )     7,922       (9,019 )
Tax-exempt(2)
    586       (848 )     (262 )     1,600       (858 )     742  
Short-term investments
    735       (979 )     (244 )     (171 )     43       (128 )
     
     
Securities and short-term investments
    12,815       (2,650 )     10,165       (15,512 )     7,107       (8,405 )
     
     
Total earning assets(2)
  $ 82,282     $ (230,833 )   $ (148,551 )   $ (23,770 )   $ 21,129     $ (2,641 )
     
     
Interest expense:
                                               
Savings deposits
  $ (108 )   $ (365 )   $ (473 )   $ (405 )   $ 1,075     $ 670  
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    (1,681 )     (18,843 )     (20,524 )     (2,793 )     3,483       690  
Money market deposits
    15,949       (75,816 )     (59,867 )     15,754       3,664       19,418  
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs
    (16,396 )     (32,572 )     (48,968 )     (1,952 )     21,354       19,402  
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered CDs
    (2,236 )     (127,596 )     (129,832 )     10,604       29,576       40,180  
Brokered CDs
    871       (11,086 )     (10,215 )     (1,824 )     1,044       (780 )
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    (1,365 )     (138,682 )     (140,047 )     8,780       30,620       39,400  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    31,573       (71,063 )     (39,490 )     (16,553 )     1,289       (15,264 )
Other short-term borrowings
    27,500       (36,050 )     (8,550 )     20,358       (261 )     20,097  
Long-term funding
    (10,728 )     (2,523 )     (13,251 )     (31,603 )     9,439       (22,164 )
     
     
Total wholesale funding
    48,345       (109,636 )     (61,291 )     (27,798 )     10,467       (17,331 )
     
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 46,980     $ (248,318 )   $ (201,338 )   $ (19,018 )   $ 41,087     $ 22,069  
     
     
Net interest income(2)
  $ 35,302     $ 17,485     $ 52,787     $ (4,752 )   $ (19,958 )   $ (24,710 )
     
     
 
(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated in proportion to the relationship to the dollar amounts of the change in each.
 
(2) The yield on tax-exempt loans and securities is computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% for all periods presented and is net of the effects of certain disallowed interest deductions.


35


Table of Contents

 
TABLE 4: Interest Rate Spread and Interest Margin (on a taxable equivalent basis)
 
                                                                         
    2008 Average     2007 Average     2006 Average  
       
          % of
                % of
                % of
       
          Earning
    Yield /
          Earning
    Yield /
          Earning
    Yield /
 
    Balance     Assets     Rate     Balance     Assets     Rate     Balance     Assets     Rate  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Total loans
  $ 16,080,565       81.1 %     5.95 %   $ 15,132,634       81.2 %     7.37 %   $ 15,370,090       79.9 %     7.22 %
Securities and short-term investments
    3,759,141       18.9 %     5.26 %     3,512,136       18.8 %     5.35 %     3,859,759       20.1 %     5.08 %
     
     
Earning assets
  $ 19,839,706       100.0 %     5.82 %   $ 18,644,770       100.0 %     6.99 %   $ 19,229,849       100.0 %     6.79 %
     
     
Financed by:
                                                                       
Interest-bearing funds
  $ 17,019,832       85.8 %     2.53 %   $ 15,886,710       85.2 %     3.98 %   $ 16,434,947       85.5 %     3.71 %
Noninterest-bearing funds
    2,819,874       14.2 %             2,758,060       14.8 %             2,794,902       14.5 %        
     
     
Total funds sources
  $ 19,839,706       100.0 %     2.17 %   $ 18,644,770       100.0 %     3.39 %   $ 19,229,849       100.0 %     3.17 %
     
     
Interest rate spread
                    3.29 %                     3.01 %                     3.08 %
Contribution from net free funds
                    0.36 %                     0.59 %                     0.54 %
                                                                         
Net interest margin
                    3.65 %                     3.60 %                     3.62 %
     
     
Average prime rate*
                    5.08 %                     8.05 %                     7.96 %
Average federal funds rate*
                    1.75 %                     4.95 %                     4.97 %
Average spread
                    333 bp                     310 bp                     299 bp
     
     
 
* Source: Bloomberg


36


Table of Contents

 
TABLE 5: Selected Average Balances
 
                                 
                Dollar
    Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change     Change  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Loans:
                               
Commercial
  $ 10,387,727     $ 9,807,964     $ 579,763       5.9 %
Residential mortgage
    2,200,145       2,292,606       (92,461 )     (4.0 )
Retail
    3,492,693       3,032,064       460,629       15.2  
     
     
Total loans
    16,080,565       15,132,634       947,931       6.3  
Investment securities:
                               
Taxable
    2,786,302       2,567,838       218,464       8.5  
Tax-exempt
    921,247       912,993       8,254       0.9  
Short-term investments
    51,592       31,305       20,287       64.8  
     
     
Securities and short-term investments
    3,759,141       3,512,136       247,005       7.0  
     
     
Total earning assets
    19,839,706       18,644,770       1,194,936       6.4  
Other assets
    2,198,257       1,993,235       205,022       10.3  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 22,037,963     $ 20,638,005     $ 1,399,958       6.8 %
     
     
 
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
                               
Savings deposits
  $ 890,811     $ 913,143     $ (22,332 )     (2.4 )%
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    1,752,991       1,844,274       (91,283 )     (4.9 )
Money market deposits
    4,231,678       3,752,199       479,479       12.8  
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs
    3,957,174       4,340,473       (383,299 )     (8.8 )
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered CDs
    10,832,654       10,850,089       (17,435 )     (0.2 )
Brokered CDs
    532,805       515,705       17,100       3.3  
     
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    11,365,459       11,365,794       (335 )      
Short-term borrowings
    4,053,370       2,708,137       1,345,233       49.7  
Long-term funding
    1,601,003       1,812,779       (211,776 )     (11.7 )
     
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    17,019,832       15,886,710       1,133,122       7.1  
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    2,446,613       2,376,009       70,604       3.0  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    148,186       121,408       26,778       22.1  
Stockholders’ equity
    2,423,332       2,253,878       169,454       7.5  
     
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 22,037,963     $ 20,638,005     $ 1,399,958       6.8 %
     
     
 
Provision for Loan Losses
 
The provision for loan losses in 2008 was $202.1 million, compared to $34.5 million and $19.1 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net charge offs were $137.3 million for 2008, compared to $40.4 million for 2007 and $19.0 million for 2006. Net charge offs as a percent of average loans were 0.85%, 0.27%, and 0.12% for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses was $265.4 million. In comparison, the allowance for loan losses was $200.6 million at December 31, 2007, and $203.5 million at December 31, 2006. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.63%, 1.29%, and 1.37% at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008, were $341 million, compared to $163 million at


37


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007, and $142 million at December 31, 2006, representing 2.09%, 1.05%, and 0.96% of total loans, respectively.
 
The provision for loan losses is predominantly a function of the Corporation’s reserving methodology and judgments as to other qualitative and quantitative factors used to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses which focuses on changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, changes in levels of impaired and other nonperforming loans, historical losses and delinquencies on each portfolio category, the risk inherent in specific loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other factors which could affect potential credit losses. See additional discussion under sections, “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned.”
 
Noninterest Income
 
Noninterest income was $285.7 million for 2008, down $59.1 million or 17.2% from 2007. Core fee-based revenue (as defined in Table 6 below) was $267.9 million for 2008, an increase of $15.0 million or 5.9% over 2007. Net mortgage banking income was $14.7 million compared to $22.8 million for 2007. Net losses on investment securities and asset sales were $54.2 million for 2008, an unfavorable change of $78.0 million versus 2007. All other noninterest income categories combined were $57.3 million, up $11.9 million compared to 2007. “Fee income” (defined in Table 6 below) as a percentage of “total revenue” (defined as taxable equivalent net interest income plus fee income) was 32.0% for 2008 compared to 32.4% for 2007.
 
TABLE 6: Noninterest Income
 
                                         
                      % Change From
 
    Years Ended December 31,     Prior Year  
       
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Trust service fees
  $ 38,420     $ 42,629     $ 37,484       (9.9 )%     13.7 %
Service charges on deposit accounts
    118,368       101,042       91,593       17.1       10.3  
Card-based and other nondeposit fees
    48,540       47,558       42,661       2.1       11.5  
Retail commissions
    62,588       61,645       61,256       1.5       0.6  
     
     
Core fee-based revenue
    267,916       252,874       232,994       5.9       8.5  
Mortgage banking income
    37,566       39,467       32,888       (4.8 )     20.0  
Mortgage servicing rights expense
    22,882       16,717       18,087       36.9       (7.6 )
     
     
Mortgage banking, net
    14,684       22,750       14,801       (35.5 )     53.7  
Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income
    19,804       17,419       16,155       13.7       7.8  
Other
    37,455       27,957       26,525       34.0       5.4  
     
     
Subtotal (“fee income”)
    339,859       321,000       290,475       5.9 %     10.5 %
Asset sale gains (losses), net
    (1,668 )     15,607       304       N/M       N/M  
Investment securities gains (losses), net
    (52,541 )     8,174       4,722       N/M       N/M  
     
     
Total noninterest income
  $ 285,650     $ 344,781     $ 295,501       (17.2 )%     16.7 %
     
     
 
N/M = not meaningful
 
Trust service fees for 2008 were $38.4 million, down $4.2 million (9.9%) from 2007, primarily due to weaker stock market performance for 2008 versus 2007. The market value of assets under management at December 31, 2008, was $5.1 billion compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2007.
 
Service charges on deposit accounts were $118.4 million, $17.3 million (17.1%) higher than 2007. The increase was due to higher nonsufficient funds / overdraft fees (up $13.4 million, including a moderate fee increase late in first quarter 2008 and higher overdraft occurrences) and an increase in business service charges (up $4.0 million, aided by a lower earnings credit rate between the years).


38


Table of Contents

Card-based and other nondeposit fees were $48.5 million for 2008, an increase of $1.0 million (2.1%) from 2007, principally due to higher card-use volumes which increased inclearing and other card-related fees. Retail commissions (which include commissions from insurance and brokerage product sales) were $62.6 million for 2008, up $0.9 million (1.5%) compared to 2007, led by increases in fixed annuity commissions (up $1.2 million to $7.0 million for 2008) and insurance commissions (up $0.7 million to $45.1 million), offset by lower brokerage and variable annuity commissions (down $1.0 million to $10.5 million on a combined basis for 2008).
 
Net mortgage banking income for 2008 was $14.7 million, down $8.1 million (35.5%) compared to 2007. Net mortgage banking income consists of gross mortgage banking income less mortgage servicing rights expense. Gross mortgage banking income (which includes servicing fees, the gain or loss on sales of mortgage loans to the secondary market and related fees, and the gain or loss on bulk servicing sales) was $37.6 million in 2008, a decrease of $1.9 million (4.8%) compared to 2007. This $1.9 million decrease between 2008 and 2007 is a combination of: $7.8 million higher gains on sales and related income (of which, $2.1 million was attributable to the January 2008 adoption of SAB 109 allowing the inclusion of the estimated fair value of future net cash flows related to servicing rights / servicing fees in the estimated fair value of certain mortgage derivatives and mortgage loans held for sale), offset by an $8.6 million decrease in bulk servicing sale gains (as 2007 included two bulk servicing sales totaling approximately $2.7 billion of the servicing portfolio, while there were no servicing sales during 2008) and a $1.1 million (6.0%) decrease in servicing fees between the years (impacted by the lower average servicing portfolio). Secondary mortgage production was $1.41 billion for 2008, 5% lower than $1.48 billion for 2007.
 
Mortgage servicing rights expense includes both the base amortization of the mortgage servicing rights asset and changes to the valuation allowance associated with the mortgage servicing rights asset. Mortgage servicing rights expense is affected by the size of the servicing portfolio, as well as the changes in the estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights asset. Mortgage servicing rights expense was $22.9 million for 2008 compared to $16.7 million for 2007, with an $8.2 million unfavorable change to the valuation reserve (including a $6.8 million addition to the valuation reserve in 2008 compared to a $1.4 million valuation recovery in 2007), partially offset by $2.0 million lower base amortization (in line with the lower average servicing portfolio resulting, in part, from the bulk servicing sales in 2007). As mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. Conversely, as mortgage interest rates fall, prepayment speeds are usually faster and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally decreases, requiring additional valuation reserve. Based on the current environment, there is downward pressure on the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset.
 
Mortgage servicing rights, net of any valuation allowance, are carried in other intangible assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. At December 31, 2008, the net mortgage servicing rights asset was $45.6 million, representing 69 bp of the $6.6 billion portfolio of residential mortgage loans serviced for others, compared to a net mortgage servicing rights asset of $51.2 million, representing 80 bp of the $6.4 billion mortgage portfolio serviced for others at December 31, 2007. Mortgage servicing rights are considered a critical accounting policy given that estimating their fair value involves an internal discounted cash flow model and assumptions that involve judgment, particularly of estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgages serviced and the overall level of interest rates. See section “Critical Accounting Policies,” as well as Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the Corporation’s accounting policy for mortgage servicing rights and Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure.
 
BOLI income was $19.8 million, up $2.4 million from 2007, principally due to higher average BOLI balances between the years (up 13%), including $50 million of BOLI purchased during the fourth quarter of 2007. Other income was $37.5 million, an increase of $9.5 million (34.0%) versus 2007, including modest increases in ATM fees (up $0.8 million), an $0.8 million gain on an ownership interest divestiture, $2.1 million higher customer derivative revenue (higher fees given greater customer derivatives volume), and a $5.2 million in gains related to Visa, Inc. (“Visa”) matters.
 
During 2008, the Visa matters resulted in the Corporation recording a total gain of $5.2 million, which included a $3.2 million gain from the mandatory partial redemption of the Corporation’s Class B common stock in Visa Inc.


39


Table of Contents

related to Visa’s initial public offering which was completed during first quarter 2008 and a $2.0 million gain (including a $1.5 million gain in the first quarter of 2008 and a $0.5 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2008) and a corresponding receivable (included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets) for the Corporation’s pro rata interest in the litigation escrow account established by Visa from which settlements of certain covered litigation will be paid (Visa may add to this over time through a defined process which may involve a further redemption of the Class B common stock). In addition, the Corporation has a zero basis (i.e., historical cost/carryover basis) in the shares of unredeemed Visa Class B common stock which are convertible with limitations into Visa Class A common stock based on a conversion rate that is subject to change in accordance with specified terms (including provision of Visa’s retrospective responsibility plan which provides that Class B stockholders will bear the financial impact of certain covered litigation) and no sooner than the longer of three years or resolution of covered litigation. For additional discussion of Visa matters see section “Contractual Obligation, Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” and Note 14, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
Asset sale losses were $1.7 million for 2008 (including a $1.2 million gain on the sale of third party administration business contracts and $2.4 million net losses on sales of other real estate owned), compared to asset sale gains of $15.6 million for 2007 (including a $1.3 million gain on the sale of $32 million in student loans in March 2007, as well as $11.5 million in deposit premium and $2.5 million gain on fixed assets related to the sale of $224 million in deposits of 19 branches during the second half of 2007). Net investment securities losses of $52.5 million for 2008 were attributable to other-than-temporary write-downs on the Corporation’s holding of various mortgage-related, debt, and equity securities (including a $31.1 million write-down on a non-agency mortgage-related security, a $13.2 million write-down on FHLMC and FNMA preferred stocks, a $6.8 million write-down on trust preferred debt securities pools, and a $1.4 million write-down on common equity securities). At December 31, 2008, the remaining carrying values of the specific securities with other-than-temporary write-downs were $32.9 million for the non-agency mortgage-related security, $0.2 million for the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock securities combined, $3.9 million for the trust preferred debt securities pools, and $0.4 million for the common equity securities. Investment securities net gains for 2007 were $8.2 million, including gross gains of $9.1 million on the sales of equity securities, partially offset by a $0.9 million other-than-temporary write-down on a common stock security. For additional data see section, “Investment Securities Portfolio,” and Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
Noninterest Expense
 
Noninterest expense for 2008 was $557.5 million, an increase of $22.6 million or 4.2% over 2007. Personnel expense for 2008 was up $6.1 million or 2.0%, while collectively all other noninterest expenses were up $16.5 million or 7.1% compared to 2007.


40


Table of Contents

TABLE 7: Noninterest Expense
 
                                         
                      % Change From
 
    Years Ended December 31,     Prior Year  
       
    2008     2007     2006     2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Personnel expense
  $ 309,478     $ 303,428     $ 283,431       2.0 %     7.1 %
Occupancy
    50,461       46,659       43,825       8.1       6.5  
Equipment
    19,123       17,908       17,466       6.8       2.5  
Data processing
    30,451       31,690       31,451       (3.9 )     0.8  
Business development and advertising
    21,400       19,785       16,857       8.2       17.4  
Stationery and supplies
    7,674       6,824       7,082       12.5       (3.6 )
Other intangible asset amortization expense
    6,269       7,116       8,903       (11.9 )     (20.1 )
Courier expense
    6,153       6,786       7,157       (9.3 )     (5.2 )
Postage expense
    7,702       7,689       7,377       0.2       4.2  
Legal and professional
    14,566       11,841       12,723       23.0       (6.9 )
Foreclosure / OREO expenses
    13,685       7,508       3,784       82.3       98.4  
Other
    70,498       67,657       56,159       4.2       20.5  
     
     
Total noninterest expense
  $ 557,460     $ 534,891     $ 496,215       4.2 %     7.8 %
     
     
Personnel expense to Total noninterest expense
    55.5 %     56.7 %     57.1 %                
 
Personnel expense (which includes salary-related expenses and fringe benefit expenses) was $309.5 million for 2008, up $6.1 million (2.0%) over 2007. Average full-time equivalent employees were 5,131 for 2008, minimally changed from 5,114 for 2007. Salary-related expenses increased $13.9 million (5.8%). This increase was due to higher base salaries, commissions, and incentives (up $12.4 million or 5.5%, including merit increases between the years) and higher compensation cost related to the vesting of stock options and restricted stock grants (up $2.8 million), partially offset by lower signing bonuses, severance, and overtime/temporary help (down $1.3 million combined). Fringe benefit expenses decreased $7.8 million (12.1%), primarily from lower costs of premium-based benefits (down $8.3 million, aided by health care cost management, as well as differences in enrollment levels and participant plan choices), partially offset by higher other fringe and benefit plan expenses (up $0.5 million, primarily related to the increase in salary expense).
 
Occupancy expense of $50.5 million for 2008 was higher than 2007 (up $3.8 million or 8.1%), mostly due to higher snowplowing and utilities costs (given harsher winter weather between the periods), as well as increased rent and maintenance. Compared to 2007, equipment expense of $19.1 million was up $1.2 million (primarily repair and maintenance expense), while data processing of $30.5 million was down $1.2 million, with first quarter 2008 benefiting from a negotiated data processing vendor refund. Business development and advertising of $21.4 million was up $1.6 million (8.2%), and stationery and supplies of $7.7 million was up $0.9 million, all primarily due to normal inflationary cost increases and greater marketing for business generation. Other intangible asset amortization expense decreased $0.8 million (11.9%), attributable to the full amortization of certain intangible assets during 2007. Legal and professional expense of $14.6 million increased $2.7 million (23.0%), primarily due to higher legal and other professional consultant costs related to increased foreclosure activities, and other corporate activities and projects. Foreclosure / OREO expenses of $13.7 million increased $6.2 million, including a $4.0 million increase in OREO write-downs (with $3.0 million attributable to one property) and a general rise in foreclosure expenses (impacted by the overall deterioration of the real estate market). Other expense of $70.5 million increased $2.8 million (4.2%) over 2007, largely due to a $2.8 million increase to the reserve for losses on unfunded commitments.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income tax expense for 2008 was $53.8 million compared to $133.4 million for 2007. The Corporation’s effective tax rate (income tax expense divided by income before taxes) was 24.2% in 2008 and 31.8% in 2007. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the decrease in income before taxes, as the level of permanent difference items (such as tax-exempt interest and dividends) while relatively consistent between years, had a proportionately greater impact on the effective tax rate based on lower pre-tax income. Additionally, the first quarter 2008 resolution


41


Table of Contents

of certain tax matters and changes in the estimated exposure of uncertain tax positions, partially offset by the increase in valuation allowance related to certain deferred tax assets, resulted in the net reduction of previously recorded tax liabilities and income tax expense of approximately $4.4 million in the first quarter of 2008.
 
See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the Corporation’s income tax accounting policy and section “Critical Accounting Policies.” Income tax expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income involves interpretation and application of certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes, and is, therefore, considered a critical accounting policy. The Corporation undergoes examination by various taxing authorities. Such taxing authorities may require that changes in the amount of tax expense or valuation allowance be recognized when their interpretations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations. See Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for more information.
 
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
 
The Corporation’s growth comes predominantly from loans and investment securities. See sections “Loans” and “Investment Securities Portfolio.” The Corporation has generally financed its growth through increased deposits and issuance of debt (see sections, “Deposits,” “Other Funding Sources,” and “Liquidity”), as well as retention of earnings and the issuance of common and preferred stock, particularly in the case of certain acquisitions (see section “Capital”).
 
Loans
 
Total loans were $16.3 billion at December 31, 2008, an increase of $0.8 billion or 4.9% from December 31, 2007, led by consumer-based loan growth (predominantly home equity), while commercial loan growth was tempered by the current credit environment and economic conditions. Commercial loans were $10.3 billion, relatively unchanged (up 0.5%), and represented 63% of total loans at the end of 2008, compared to 66% at year-end 2007. Retail loans grew $600 million or 19.3% to represent 23% of total loans compared to 20% at December 31, 2007, and residential mortgage loans increased $115 million or 5.4% to represent 14% of total loans (unchanged from 14% of total loans for 2007). During 2008, the Corporation strategically emphasized home equity growth, using strengthened underwriting standards and obtaining first-lien collateral positions on the vast majority of new production.
 
TABLE 8: Loan Composition
 
                                                                                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
       
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 4,388,691       27 %   $ 4,281,091       28 %   $ 3,677,573       24 %   $ 3,417,343       22 %   $ 2,803,333       20 %
Commercial real estate
    3,566,551       22       3,635,365       23       3,789,480       25       4,064,327       27       3,933,131       28  
Real estate construction
    2,260,888       13       2,260,766       14       2,047,124       14       1,783,267       12       1,459,629       11  
Lease financing
    122,113       1       108,794       1       81,814       1       61,315             50,718        
     
     
Commercial
    10,338,243       63       10,286,016       66       9,595,991       64       9,326,252       61       8,246,811       59  
Home equity
    2,883,317       18       2,269,122       15       2,164,758       15       2,025,055       13       1,866,485       13  
Installment
    827,303       5       841,136       5       915,747       6       1,003,938       7       1,054,011       8  
     
     
Retail
    3,710,620       23       3,110,258       20       3,080,505       21       3,028,993       20       2,920,496       21  
Residential mortgage
    2,235,045       14       2,119,978       14       2,205,030       15       2,851,219       19       2,714,580       20  
     
     
Total loans
  $ 16,283,908       100 %   $ 15,516,252       100 %   $ 14,881,526       100 %   $ 15,206,464       100 %   $ 13,881,887       100 %
     
     
 
Commercial loans are generally viewed as having more inherent risk of default than residential mortgage or retail loans. Also, the commercial loan balance per borrower is typically larger than that for residential mortgage and retail loans, inferring higher potential losses on an individual customer basis. Commercial loan growth through


42


Table of Contents

most of 2008 was muted partly as the Corporation purposefully responded to the stricter credit environment (particularly in commercial real estate), and aggressively managed risks of certain targeted performing loans and took charge offs on nonperforming commercial loans.
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans accounted for the majority of the commercial loan growth between year-end 2008 and 2007. Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans were $4.4 billion at the end of 2008, up $108 million or 2.5% since year-end 2007, and comprised 27% of total loans outstanding, down from 28% at the end of 2007. The commercial, financial, and agricultural loan classification primarily consists of commercial loans to middle market companies and small businesses. Loans of this type are in a diverse range of industries. The credit risk related to commercial loans is largely influenced by general economic conditions and the resulting impact on a borrower’s operations or on the value of underlying collateral, if any. Within the commercial, financial, and agricultural classification, loans to finance agricultural production totaled less than 0.5% of total loans for all periods presented.
 
Commercial real estate primarily includes commercial-based loans that are secured by multifamily properties and nonfarm/nonresidential real estate properties. Commercial real estate totaled $3.6 billion at December 31, 2008, down $69 million or 1.9% from December 31, 2007, and comprised 22% of total loans outstanding versus 23% at year-end 2007. Commercial real estate loans involve borrower characteristics similar to those discussed for commercial loans and real estate construction projects. Loans of this type are mainly secured by commercial income properties or multifamily projects. Loans are primarily made to customers based in our core footprint (with over 90% of commercial real estate loan balances made to customers within our core footprint). Credit risk is managed in a similar manner to commercial loans and real estate construction by employing sound underwriting guidelines, lending primarily to borrowers in local markets and businesses, periodically evaluating the underlying collateral, and formally reviewing the borrower’s financial soundness and relationship on an ongoing basis.
 
Real estate construction loans were level at $2.3 billion, representing 13% of the total loan portfolio at the end of 2008, compared to 14% at the end of 2007. Loans in this classification are primarily short-term or interim loans that provide financing for the acquisition or development of commercial income properties, multifamily projects or residential development, both single family and condominium. Real estate construction loans are made to developers and project managers who are generally well known to the Corporation, have prior successful project experience, and are well capitalized. Projects undertaken by these developers are carefully reviewed by the Corporation to ensure that they are economically viable. Loans of this type are primarily made to customers based in the Corporation’s core footprint in which the Corporation has a thorough knowledge of the local market economy (with approximately 90% of real estate construction loan balances made to customers within our core footprint). The credit risk associated with real estate construction loans is generally confined to specific geographic areas but is also influenced by general economic conditions. The Corporation controls the credit risk on these types of loans by making loans in familiar markets to developers, underwriting the loans to meet the requirements of institutional investors in the secondary market, reviewing the merits of individual projects, controlling loan structure, and monitoring project progress and construction advances.
 
Retail loans totaled $3.7 billion at December 31, 2008, up $600 million or 19.3% compared to 2007, and represented 23% of the 2008 year-end loan portfolio versus 20% at year-end 2007. Loans in this classification include home equity and installment loans. Home equity consists of home equity lines, as well as home equity loans, some of which are first lien positions, while installment loans consist of educational loans, as well as short-term and other personal installment loans. Credit risk for these types of loans is generally greatly influenced by general economic conditions, the characteristics of individual borrowers, and the nature of the loan collateral. Risks of loss are generally on smaller average balances per loan spread over many borrowers. Once charged off, there is usually less opportunity for recovery on these smaller retail loans. Credit risk is primarily controlled by reviewing the creditworthiness of the borrowers, monitoring payment histories, and taking appropriate collateral and guaranty positions.
 
Residential mortgage loans totaled $2.2 billion at the end of 2008, up $115 million or 5.4% from the prior year and comprised 14% of total loans outstanding at both year-end 2008 and year-end 2007. Residential mortgage loans include conventional first lien home mortgages and the Corporation generally limits the maximum loan to 80% of collateral value without credit enhancement. As part of its management of originating and servicing residential


43


Table of Contents

mortgage loans, nearly all of the Corporation’s long-term, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with servicing rights retained.
 
Factors that are important to managing overall credit quality are sound loan underwriting and administration, systematic monitoring of existing loans and commitments, effective loan review on an ongoing basis, early identification of potential problems, an adequate allowance for loan losses, and sound nonaccrual and charge off policies.
 
An active credit risk management process is used for commercial loans to further ensure that sound and consistent credit decisions are made. Credit risk is controlled by detailed underwriting procedures, comprehensive loan administration, and periodic review of borrowers’ outstanding loans and commitments. Borrower relationships are formally reviewed and graded on an ongoing basis for early identification of potential problems. Further analyses by customer, industry, and geographic location are performed to monitor trends, financial performance, and concentrations.
 
The loan portfolio is widely diversified by types of borrowers, industry groups, and market areas within our core footprint. Significant loan concentrations are considered to exist for a financial institution when there are amounts loaned to numerous borrowers engaged in similar activities that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. At December 31, 2008, no significant concentrations existed in the Corporation’s portfolio in excess of 10% of total loans.
 
TABLE 9: Loan Maturity Distribution and Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
                                 
    Maturity(1)  
December 31, 2008
  Within 1 Year(2)     1-5 Years     After 5 Years     Total  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 3,514,213     $ 704,874     $ 169,604     $ 4,388,691  
Real estate construction
    1,882,413       341,315       37,160       2,260,888  
     
     
Total
  $ 5,396,626     $ 1,046,189     $ 206,764     $ 6,649,579  
     
     
Fixed rate
  $ 1,019,137     $ 769,271     $ 186,312     $ 1,974,720  
Floating or adjustable rate
    4,377,489       276,918       20,452       4,674,859  
     
     
Total
  $ 5,396,626     $ 1,046,189     $ 206,764     $ 6,649,579  
     
     
Percent by maturity distribution
    81 %     16 %     3 %     100 %
 
(1) Based upon scheduled principal repayments.
 
(2) Demand loans, past due loans, and overdrafts are reported in the “Within 1 Year” category.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Credit risks within the loan portfolio are inherently different for each loan type. Credit risk is controlled and monitored through the use of lending standards, a thorough review of potential borrowers, and on-going review of loan payment performance. Active asset quality administration, including early problem loan identification and timely resolution of problems, aids in the management of credit risk and minimization of loan losses. Credit risk management for each loan type is discussed briefly in the section entitled “Loans.”
 
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of an amount adequate to provide for probable credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. To assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, an allocation methodology is applied by the Corporation which focuses on evaluation of several factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Assessing these factors involves significant judgment. Therefore, management considers the allowance for loan losses a critical accounting policy — see section “Critical Accounting Policies”


44


Table of Contents

and further discussion in this section. See also management’s allowance for loan losses accounting policy in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 4, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional allowance for loan losses disclosures. Table 8 provides information on loan growth and composition, Tables 10 and 11 provide additional information regarding activity in the allowance for loan losses, and Table 12 provides additional information regarding nonperforming loans and assets.
 
At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan losses was $265.4 million, compared to $200.6 million at December 31, 2007 and $203.5 million at December 31, 2006. The allowance for loan losses to total loans was 1.63%, 1.29%, and 1.37% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and the allowance for loan losses covered 78%, 123% and 143% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Corporation’s estimate of the appropriate allowance for loan losses does not have a targeted reserve to nonperforming loan coverage ratio. Management’s allowance methodology includes an impairment analysis on specifically identified commercial loans defined as impaired by the Corporation, as well as other qualitative and quantitative factors (including, but not limited to, historical trends, risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, and existing economic conditions) in determining the overall adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Changes in the allowance for loan losses are shown in Table 10. Credit losses, net of recoveries, are deducted from the allowance for loan losses. A direct increase to the allowance for loan losses comes from acquisitions. Finally, the provision for loan losses, a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio. With the deterioration of credit quality during 2008, rising net charge off and nonperforming loan ratios, and management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the provision for loan losses of $202.1 million for 2008 was higher than the 2007 provision of $34.5 million and 2006 provision of $19.1 million.
 
Asset quality was under stress during 2008 and 2007 with the Corporation experiencing elevated net charge offs (particularly during 2008 and the second half of 2007) and higher nonperforming loan levels since mid-2006 compared to the Corporation’s historical trends. Industry issues impacting asset quality in 2008 and 2007 included general economic factors such as higher and more volatile energy prices, the fall of the dollar, and rumors of inflation or recession; softening commercial and residential real estate markets; pervasive subprime lending issues; and waning consumer confidence. During this time period, the Corporation has continued to review its underwriting and risk-based pricing guidelines on the home equity and residential mortgage portfolios, to reduce potential exposure within these portfolio categories.
 
The Corporation’s underwriting and risk-based pricing guidelines for consumer-related real estate loans consist of a combination of both borrower FICO (credit score) and the loan-to-value (“LTV”) of the property securing the loan. Currently, for home equity products, the maximum acceptable LTV is 85% for customers with FICO scores exceeding 710, and 75% LTV for all other customers. The average FICO score for new home equity production in 2008 increased to 765, up from 750 in 2007, 739 in 2006, and 732 in 2005. Residential mortgage products continue to be underwritten using FHLMC and FNMA secondary marketing guidelines.
 
The Corporation’s current lending standards for commercial real estate and real estate construction lending is organized by property type and specifically addresses many criteria, including: maximum loan amounts, maximum LTV, requirements for pre-leasing and / or presales, minimum borrower equity, and maximum loan to cost. Currently, the maximum standard for LTV is 80%, with lower limits established for certain higher risk types, such as raw land which has a 50% LTV maximum. The Corporation’s LTV guidelines are generally more conservative than regulatory supervisory limits. In most cases, for real estate construction loans, the loan amounts used to determine LTV include interest reserves, which are built into the loans and sized to carry the projects through construction and lease up and / or sell out.
 
Gross charge offs were $145.8 million for 2008, $47.2 million for 2007, and $30.5 million for 2006, while recoveries for the corresponding periods were $8.5 million, $6.8 million, and $11.5 million, respectively. As a result, net charge offs were $137.3 million or 0.85% of average loans for 2008, compared to $40.4 million or 0.27% of average loans for 2007, and $19.0 million or 0.12% of average loans for 2006 (see Table 10). The increase in net charge offs was primarily due to larger specific commercial charge offs (including $69 million attributable to larger housing-related construction and other commercial credits (with a $9 million charge off on a $25 million nonperforming loan which was sold during the third quarter of 2008), and $16 million related to other larger


45


Table of Contents

commercial real estate and other commercial credits), as well as a general rise in home equity and residential mortgage net charge offs (impacted by general economic conditions, such as higher energy and other costs, increasing unemployment rates, a weak housing market, and declines in home values).
 
For 2008, 79% of net charge offs came from commercial loans (and commercial loans represented 63% of total loans at year-end 2008), compared to 60% for 2007 and 22% for 2006, a result of the sizable increase in commercial charge offs in both 2008 and 2007, while higher commercial recoveries impacted the net charge off amounts for 2006. For 2008, retail loans (which represent 23% of total loans at year-end 2008) accounted for 19% of net charge offs, down from 35% for 2007 and 70% for 2006. Residential mortgages (representing 14% of total loans at year-end 2008) accounted for 2% of 2008 net charge offs, compared to 5% and 8% for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross charge offs of retail and residential mortgage loans have been rising over the past three years, as economic conditions, such as higher energy, health and other costs and a weakening housing market, have been impacting the consumer’s borrowing behavior and ability to pay back debt, while recoveries on these loans have remained relatively low. Loans charged off are subject to continuous review, and specific efforts are taken to achieve maximum recovery of principal, accrued interest, and related expenses.


46


Table of Contents

TABLE 10: Loan Loss Experience
 
                                                                                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008           2007           2006           2005           2004        
    ($ in Thousands)        
 
Allowance for loan losses, at beginning of year
  $ 200,570             $ 203,481             $ 203,404             $ 189,762             $ 177,622          
Balance related to acquisitions
                  2,991                             13,283               14,750          
Provision for loan losses
    202,058               34,509               19,056               13,019               14,668          
Loans charged off:
                                                                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    45,207               21,574               9,562               9,461               4,640          
Commercial real estate
    12,932               4,427               1,918               4,667               7,677          
Real estate construction
    55,782               2,559               1,287               612               16          
Lease financing
    599               150               140               259               245          
     
     
Total commercial
    114,520               28,710               12,907               14,999               12,578          
Home equity
    20,011               9,732               8,251               3,469               2,571          
Installment
    7,546               6,501               7,005               7,052               6,129          
     
     
Total retail
    27,557               16,233               15,256               10,521               8,700          
Residential mortgage
    3,749               2,306               2,344               2,223               924          
     
     
Total loans charged off
    145,826               47,249               30,507               27,743               22,202          
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
                                                                               
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    6,000               3,595               5,489               3,957               1,873          
Commercial real estate
    391               804               3,148               8,317               1,498          
Real estate construction
    73               252                             37                        
Lease financing
    29               26               23                             3          
     
     
Total commercial
    6,493               4,677               8,660               12,311               3,374          
Home equity
    384               386               370               259               107          
Installment
    1,386               1,530               1,559               1,807               1,140          
     
     
Total retail
    1,770               1,916               1,929               2,066               1,247          
Residential mortgage
    313               245               939               706               303          
     
     
Total recoveries
    8,576               6,838               11,528               15,083               4,924          
     
     
Net loans charged off
    137,250               40,411               18,979               12,660               17,278          
     
     
Allowance for loan losses, at end of year
  $ 265,378             $ 200,570             $ 203,481             $ 203,404             $ 189,762          
     
     
Ratios at end of year:
                                                                               
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.63 %             1.29 %             1.37 %             1.34 %             1.37 %        
Allowance for loan losses to net charge offs
    1.9               5.0               10.7               16.1               11.0          
     
     
Net loan charge offs (recoveries):
            (A )             (A )             (A )             (A )             (A )
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 39,207       90     $ 17,979       46     $ 4,073       12     $ 5,504       18     $ 2,767       12  
Commercial real estate
    12,541       35       3,623       10       (1,230 )     (3 )     (3,650 )     (10 )     6,179       18  
Real estate construction
    55,709       238       2,307       11       1,287       6       575       4       16        
Lease financing
    570       47       124       14       117       16       259       48       242       52  
     
     
Total commercial
    108,027       104       24,033       25       4,247       4       2,688       3       9,204       13  
Home equity
    19,627       74       9,346       43       7,881       37       3,210       17       2,464       18  
Installment
    6,160       74       4,971       57       5,446       57       5,245       50       4,989       67  
     
     
Total retail
    25,787       74       14,317       47       13,327       43       8,455       29       7,453       36  
Residential mortgage
    3,436       16       2,061       9       1,405       5       1,517       5       621       3  
     
     
Total net charge offs
  $ 137,250       85     $ 40,411       27     $ 18,979       12     $ 12,660       9     $ 17,278       15  
     
     
(A) — Ratio of net charge offs to average loans by loan type in basis points.
                                                                               
Net charge offs by type as a percent of total net charge offs:
                                                                               
Total commercial
    79 %             60 %             22 %             21 %             53 %        
Total retail
    19 %             35 %             70 %             67 %             43 %        
Residential mortgage
    2 %             5 %             8 %             12 %             4 %        
     
     


47


Table of Contents

TABLE 11: Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses
 
                                                                                 
    As of December 31,  
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
 
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
 
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
 
    2008     Loans     2007     Loans     2006     Loans     2005     Loans     2004     Loans  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Allowance allocation:
                                                                               
Commercial, financial, & agricultural
  $ 103,198       27 %   $ 67,941       28 %   $ 88,112       24 %   $ 85,125       22 %   $ 79,882       20 %
Real estate construction
    65,991       13       24,084       14       17,267       14       13,643       12       12,263       11  
Commercial real estate
    58,202       22       71,172       23       65,949       25       67,914       27       62,200       28  
Lease financing
    777       1       732       1       708       1       590             502        
     
     
Total commercial
    228,168       63       163,929       66       172,036       64       167,272       61       154,847       59  
Home equity
    20,175       18       20,045       15       10,452       15       11,047       13       10,453       13  
Installment
    6,585       5       5,353       5       10,584       6       12,169       7       11,247       8  
     
     
Total retail
    26,760       23       25,398       20       21,036       21       23,216       20       21,700       21  
Residential mortgage
    10,450       14       11,243       14       10,409       15       12,916       19       13,215       20  
     
     
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 265,378       100 %   $ 200,570       100 %   $ 203,481       100 %   $ 203,404       100 %   $ 189,762       100 %
     
     
Allowance category as a percent of total allowance:
                                                                               
Commercial, financial, & agricultural
    39 %             34 %             43 %             42 %             42 %        
Real estate construction
    25               12               9               7               6          
Commercial real estate
    22               35               33               33               33          
Lease financing
                                                                     
     
     
Total commercial
    86               81               85               82               81          
Home equity
    8               10               5               6               6          
Installment
    2               3               5               6               6          
     
     
Total retail
    10               13               10               12               12          
Residential mortgage
    4               6               5               6               7          
     
     
Total allowance for loan losses
    100 %             100 %             100 %             100 %             100 %        
     
     
 
Determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is a function of evaluating a number of factors, including but not limited to, changes in the loan portfolio (see Table 8), net charge offs (see Table 10), nonperforming loans (see Table 12), and evaluating specific credits. Growth and mix of loans impacts the overall inherent risk characteristics of the loan portfolio (see section “Loans” which discusses credit risks related to the different loan types). Total loans were $16.3 billion at December 31, 2008, up $0.8 billion or 4.9% from December 31, 2007, including a change in the mix of loans. Retail loans (primarily home equity) grew to represent 23% of total loans (compared to 20% and 21% at year-end 2007 and year-end 2006, respectively), while commercial loans decreased to represent 63%, 66%, and 64% of total loans at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Residential mortgage loans were minimally changed, representing 14%, 14%, and 15% of total loans at year-end 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Nonperforming and potential problem loans have increased over the past year, as there has been continued stress on borrowers from difficult economic conditions, higher energy costs, and negative commercial and residential real estate market issues pervading into many related businesses. Nonperforming loans increased 109% (from $163 million at year-end 2007 to $341 million at year-end 2008), and grew as a percentage of total loans (from 1.05% at year-end 2007 to 2.09% at year-end 2008), with commercial and consumer-related nonperforming loans accountable for $148 million and $30 million, respectively, of the increase. Nonperforming loans were $142 million and represented 0.96% of total loans at December 31, 2006. See Table 12 and section “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned” for additional details and discussion.
 
The Corporation’s process, designed to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, includes an allocation methodology, as well as management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio into criticized loan categories (defined as specific loans warranting either specific allocation, or a criticized status of watch, special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss). The allocation methodology focuses on evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical


48


Table of Contents

loan loss and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio. The allocation of the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses for the last five years is shown in Table 11.
 
The allocation methodology used at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was comparable, whereby the Corporation segregated its loss factors allocations (used for both criticized and non-criticized loans) into a component primarily based on historical loss rates and a component primarily based on other qualitative factors that may affect loan collectibility. Management allocates the allowance for loan losses for credit losses by pools of risk. First, as reflected in Note 4, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, a valuation allowance estimate is established for specifically identified commercial and commercial real estate loans determined to be impaired by the Corporation, using discounted cash flows, estimated fair value of underlying collateral, and/or other data available. Second, management allocates allowance for loan losses with loss factors, for criticized loan pools by loan type as well as for non-criticized loan pools by loan type, primarily based on historical loss rates after considering loan type, historical loss and delinquency experience, and industry statistics. Loans that have been criticized are considered to have a higher risk of default than non-criticized loans, as circumstances were present to support the lower loan grade, warranting higher loss factors. The loss factors applied in the methodology are expected to be relatively static year-over-year but are periodically re-evaluated. Loss factors assigned to criticized and non-criticized loan pools by type were similar between 2008, 2007, and 2006, but with refinements made in 2008 and 2007 to loss factors assigned to certain criticized and non-criticized loss factors to align closer to historical loss levels. And third, management allocates allowance for loan losses to absorb unrecognized losses that may not be provided for by the other components due to other factors evaluated by management, such as limitations within the credit risk grading process, known current economic or business conditions that may not yet show in trends, industry or other concentrations with current issues that impose higher inherent risks than are reflected in the loss factors, and other relevant considerations.
 
At year-end 2008, 66% of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to criticized loans, which represented 20% of total loans. Comparatively, at year-end 2007, 58% of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to criticized loans, which represented 12% of total loans, and at year-end 2006, 56% of the allowance for loan losses was allocated to criticized loans, which represented 9% of total loans. The mix of criticized loans also changed slightly between the years, with real estate construction criticized loans representing 29% of total criticized loans (compared to 24% at year-end 2007 and 13% at year-end 2006), commercial real estate criticized loans representing 26% of total criticized loans (compared to 32% at December 31, 2007 and 39% at December 31, 2006), and commercial, financial and agricultural criticized loans representing 36% of total criticized loans (compared to 37% at year-end 2007 and 40% at year-end 2006). This shift was supported in part by continued deterioration in the residential real estate construction and other housing-related markets. See also section “Potential Problem Loans.”
 
Historically, the Corporation has allocated 80% or more of its allowance for loan losses to total commercial loans, which have historically represented 60% or more of the total loan portfolio, and which have been the largest contributor of gross charge offs. The allocation of the allowance by loan type between 2008 and 2007 shifted from 81% allocated to total commercial loans at year-end 2007 to 86% at year-end 2008, with a corresponding decrease in allocation to consumer-based loans combined (from 19% at year-end 2007 to 14% at year-end 2008), consistent, in part, with the deteriorating commercial asset quality metrics, as well as the tightening of underwriting guidelines supporting the residential mortgage and home equity portfolios. Based on the deteriorating commercial asset quality metrics, management concluded a higher allocation to commercial loans was appropriate given the underlying changing dynamics (e.g., a significant increase in real estate construction and commercial, financial and agricultural net charge offs versus our historical trends, a shift in the mix of criticized and nonperforming loans, and review of the current market conditions).
 
The largest portion of the allowance at year-end 2008 was allocated to commercial, financial and agricultural loans and was $103.2 million (up $35.3 million), representing 39% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2008


49


Table of Contents

(versus 34% at year-end 2007). The additional amount allocated to commercial, financial and agricultural loans was primarily based on an increase in nonperforming commercial, financial and agricultural loans (31% of total nonperforming loans at year-end 2008 compared to 20% at year-end 2007) and a higher percentage of these loans in potential problem loans (39% at year-end 2008 versus 32% at year-end 2007), while the percentage of these loans in criticized categories (36% at year-end 2008 versus 37% at year-end 2007) and as a percent of total loans (27% at year-end 2008 versus 28% at year-end 2007) was minimally changed. The amount allocated to commercial real estate loans, was $58.2 million (down $13.0 million), representing 22% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2008 versus 35% at year-end 2007. The decrease in the amount allocated to commercial real estate was attributable to the lower percentage of nonperforming commercial real estate loans (18% of total nonperforming loans at year-end 2008 compared to 22% at year-end 2007) and a lower percentage of commercial real estate loans in criticized categories (26% at December 31, 2008 versus 32% at December 31, 2007), as well as a slight decline as a percentage of total loan mix (22% at year-end 2008 versus 23% at year-end 2007). At December 31, 2008, the allowance allocated to real estate construction was $66.0 million, representing 25% of the allowance for loan losses (versus 12% at December 31, 2007). The increase in the allocation to real estate construction was primarily based on an increase in nonperforming real estate construction loans (26% of total nonperforming loans at year-end 2008 compared to 24% at year-end 2007), a higher percentage of these loans in criticized categories (from 24% at year-end 2007 to 29% at year-end 2008) and a higher percentage of these loans in potential problem loans (from 22% at December 31, 2007 to 33% at December 31, 2008), while real estate construction loans declined as a percentage of total loans (to 13% at year-end 2008 from 14% at year-end 2007). The allowance allocations to residential mortgage and home equity decreased between 2008 and 2007 (to 4% and 8%, respectively, at year-end 2008 from 6% and 10%, respectively, at year-end 2007), given the decline in residential mortgage and home equity as a percentage of nonperforming loans and net charge offs, as well as improvements attributable to the tightened underwriting guidelines. The allowance allocation to installment loans decreased from 3% at year-end 2007 to 2% at year-end 2008 given the minimal change in installment loans as a percentage of total loan mix (5% at both year-end 2008 and year-end 2007), as well as the small increase in net charge offs and nonperforming installment loans. The significant decline in the quality of the Corporation’s loan portfolios during 2008 resulted in a likewise, significant increase in net charge offs, provision for loan losses, and allowance for loan losses for the year. Management performs ongoing intensive analyses of its loan portfolios to allow for early identification of customers experiencing financial difficulties, maintains conservative underwriting standards, understands the economy in our core footprint, and considers the trend of deterioration in loan quality in establishing the level of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate at December 31, 2008; however, the level of uncertainty regarding the pace of future credit deterioration and the length of asset stress, leads management to assert that it is likely that the levels of net charge offs, provision for loan losses, and nonperforming loans will remain elevated. This belief could change if the economic downturn worsens or continues for an extended period of time.
 
The largest portion of the allowance at year-end 2007 was allocated to commercial real estate loans (including real estate construction) and was $95.3 million (up $12.0 million), representing 47% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2007 (versus 42% at year-end 2006). The additional amount allocated to commercial real estate loans was primarily based on a higher percentage of these loans in criticized categories (18% at year-end 2007 versus 12% at year-end 2006), an increase in nonperforming commercial real estate loans (69% of total commercial nonperforming loans at year-end 2007 compared to 63% at year-end 2006), and other indicators of a soft commercial real estate market, while the mix of commercial real estate loans declined from 39% of total loans at year-end 2006 to 37% of total loans at year-end 2007. The amount allocated to commercial, financial and agricultural loans, was $67.9 million (down $20.2 million), representing 34% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2007 versus 43% at year-end 2006. Even though commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased as a percentage of total loan mix (28% at year-end 2007 versus 24% at year-end 2006), the decline in the 2007 allowance allocation for these loans was supported primarily by 2007 resolutions (workouts or charge offs), evidenced further by a $8 million (19%) decrease in nonperforming commercial, financial and agricultural loans (representing 30% of total commercial nonperforming loans for year-end 2007 versus 37% at year-end 2006) and an increase in net charge offs ($18.0 million for 2007 versus $4.1 million for 2006). The allowance allocations to residential mortgage and home equity increased between 2007 and 2006 (to 6% and 10%, respectively, at year-end 2007 from 5% for each at year-end 2006), given the rise in residential mortgage and home equity nonperforming loans and net charge offs, as


50


Table of Contents

well as continued concerns about the weakening real estate market, rising energy prices, and general uncertainty in other economic conditions impacting these borrowers. The allowance allocation to installment loans decreased from 5% at year-end 2006 to 3% at year-end 2007 given the decline in installment loans as a percentage of total loan mix (5% at year-end 2007 versus 6% at year-end 2006), a reduction in net charge offs, and minimal change in nonperforming installment loans.
 
Consolidated net income could be affected if management’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses is subsequently materially different, requiring additional or less provision for loan losses to be recorded. Management carefully considers numerous detailed and general factors, its assumptions, and the likelihood of materially different conditions that could alter its assumptions. While management uses currently available information to recognize losses on loans, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and the impact of such change on the Corporation’s borrowers. Additionally, larger credit relationships (defined by management as over $25 million) do not inherently create more risk, but can create (and have created especially since the second half of 2007) wider fluctuations in net charge offs and asset quality measures compared to the Corporation’s longer historical trends. As an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned
 
Management is committed to an aggressive nonaccrual and problem loan identification philosophy. This philosophy is implemented through the ongoing monitoring and review of all pools of risk in the loan portfolio to ensure that problem loans are identified quickly and the risk of loss is minimized. Table 12 provides detailed information regarding nonperforming assets, which include nonperforming loans and other real estate owned.
 
Nonperforming loans are considered one indicator of potential future loan losses. Nonperforming loans are defined as nonaccrual loans, loans 90 days or more past due but still accruing, and restructured loans. The Corporation specifically excludes from its definition of nonperforming loans student loan balances that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing and that have contractual government guarantees as to collection of principal and interest. The Corporation had approximately $14.7 million, $14.7 million, and $15.3 million at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, of nonperforming student loans.
 
Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectibility of principal or interest on loans, management may place such loans on nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. Previously accrued and uncollected interest on such loans is reversed, amortization of related loan fees is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal balance of the loan is collectible. If collectibility of the principal is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal.
 
Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest are also included in nonperforming loans. Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing are classified as such where the underlying loans are both well secured (the collateral value is sufficient to cover principal and accrued interest) and are in the process of collection. Also included in nonperforming loans are “restructured” loans. Restructured loans involve the granting of some concession to the borrower involving the modification of terms of the loan, such as changes in payment schedule or interest rate, which generally would not be otherwise considered. During 2008, the Corporation did not have a formal restructured loan program in place; however, the Corporation will work with customers who are having difficulty remaining current with loan payments. Generally, such loans are included in nonaccrual loans until the customer has attained a sustained period of repayment performance.


51


Table of Contents

TABLE 12: Nonperforming Loans and Other Real Estate Owned
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual loans:
                                       
Commercial
  $ 257,322     $ 105,780     $ 108,129     $ 68,304     $ 85,955  
Residential mortgage
    45,146       33,737       19,290       15,912       16,088  
Retail
    24,389       13,011       9,315       11,097       10,718  
     
     
Total nonaccrual loans
    326,857       152,528       136,734       95,313       112,761  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:
                                       
Commercial
          3,039       1,631       148       659  
Residential mortgage
    10                          
Retail
    13,801       7,079       4,094       3,122       1,494  
     
     
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more
    13,811       10,118       5,725       3,270       2,153  
Restructured loans (commercial)
                26       32       37  
     
     
Total nonperforming loans
    340,668       162,646       142,485       98,615       114,951  
Other real estate owned (OREO)
    48,710       26,489       14,417       11,336       3,915  
     
     
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 389,378     $ 189,135     $ 156,902     $ 109,951     $ 118,866  
     
     
Ratios at year end:
                                       
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    2.09 %     1.05 %     0.96 %     0.65 %     0.83 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus OREO
    2.38 %     1.22 %     1.05 %     0.72 %     0.86 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    1.61 %     0.88 %     0.75 %     0.50 %     0.58 %
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
    78 %     123 %     143 %     206 %     165 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year
    1.63 %     1.29 %     1.37 %     1.34 %     1.37 %
     
     
Nonperforming assets by type:
                                       
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 104,664     $ 32,610     $ 40,369     $ 27,882     $ 40,545  
Commercial real estate
    62,423       35,049       37,190       24,654       38,412  
Real estate construction
    90,048       39,837       32,079       15,805       7,245  
Leasing
    187       1,323       148       143       449  
     
     
Total commercial
    257,322       108,819       109,786       68,484       86,651  
Home equity
    31,035       16,209       10,044       9,072       8,102  
Installment
    7,155       3,881       3,365       5,147       4,110  
     
     
Total retail
    38,190       20,090       13,409       14,219       12,212  
Residential mortgage
    45,156       33,737       19,290       15,912       16,088  
     
     
Total nonperforming loans
    340,668       162,646       142,485       98,615       114,951  
Commercial real estate owned
    28,724       8,465       2,390       2,508       1,223  
Residential real estate owned
    15,178       10,308       6,382       4,175       2,563  
Bank properties real estate owned
    4,808       7,716       5,645       4,653       129  
     
     
Other real estate owned
    48,710       26,489       14,417       11,336       3,915  
     
     
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 389,378     $ 189,135     $ 156,902     $ 109,951     $ 118,866  
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans were $341 million, $163 million, and $142 million at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, reflecting in part the impact of the economy on the Corporation’s customers. The ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans at the end of 2008 was 2.09%, as compared to 1.05% and 0.96% at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 78% at year-end 2008, down from 123% at year-end 2007 and 143% at year-end 2006. Commercial nonperforming loans represented 76%, 67%, and 77% of total nonperforming loans at year-end 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, while


52


Table of Contents

consumer-related nonperforming loans (including residential mortgage and retail nonperforming loans) represented 24%, 33%, and 23%, respectively, for the same periods.
 
The time period starting in the second half of 2007 and continuing in 2008 was marked with general economic and industry declines with pervasive impact on consumer confidence, business and personal financial performance, and commercial and residential real estate markets. The increase in nonperforming loans was primarily due to the impact of declining property values, slower sales, longer holding periods, and rising costs (such as energy) brought on by deteriorating real estate conditions and the weakening economy, and was especially impacted by several larger individual credit relationships. As shown in Table 12, total nonperforming loans were up $178 million or 109% since year-end 2007, with commercial nonperforming loans up $148 million (primarily attributable to larger construction and other commercial credits in housing-related industries) and consumer-related nonperforming loans were up $30 million. Between 2007 and 2006, total nonperforming loans increased $20 million, with commercial nonperforming loans down $1 million, while consumer-related nonperforming loans increased $21 million. The 2008 addition of these larger commercial credit relationships was the primary cause for the decline in the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at December 31, 2008, to 78%. The Corporation’s estimate of the appropriate allowance for loan losses does not have a targeted reserve to nonperforming loan coverage ratio. However, management’s allowance methodology at December 31, 2008, including an impairment analysis on specifically identified commercial loans defined by the Corporation as impaired, incorporated the level of specific reserves for these larger commercial credit relationships, as well as other factors, in determining the overall adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
 
The following table shows, for those loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis and restructured loans for the years ended as indicated, the approximate gross interest that would have been recorded if the loans had been current in accordance with their original terms and the amount of interest income that was included in interest income for the period.
 
TABLE 13: Foregone Loan Interest
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Interest income in accordance with original terms
  $ 32,499     $ 13,704     $ 13,683  
Interest income recognized
    (13,589 )     (5,520 )     (6,369 )
     
     
Reduction in interest income
  $ 18,910     $ 8,184     $ 7,314  
     
     
 
Potential Problem Loans: The level of potential problem loans is another predominant factor in determining the relative level of risk in the loan portfolio and in determining the level of the allowance for loan losses. Potential problem loans are defined by management as certain loans bearing criticized loan risk ratings by management but that are not in nonperforming status; however, there are circumstances present to create doubt as to the ability of the borrower to comply with present repayment terms. The decision of management to include performing loans in potential problem loans does not necessarily mean that the Corporation expects losses to occur, but that management recognized a higher degree of risk associated with these loans. The loans that have been reported as potential problem loans are predominantly commercial loans covering a diverse range of businesses and are not concentrated in a particular industry. At December 31, 2008, potential problem loans totaled $938 million, compared to $546 million at December 31, 2007. The $392 million increase in potential problem loans since December 31, 2007, was primarily due to a $190 million increase in real estate construction and a $191 million increase in commercial, financial, and agricultural. The rise in and level of potential problem loans highlights management’s increased level of uncertainty of the pace at which a commercial credit may deteriorate, the duration of asset quality stress, and uncertainty around the magnitude and scope of economic stress that may be felt by the Corporation’s customers and on underlying real estate values (residential and commercial).
 
Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned increased to $48.7 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $26.5 million at December 31, 2007 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2006. The $22.2 million increase in other real estate owned during 2008 was predominantly due to a $20.2 million increase in commercial real estate (largely attributable to a $15.5 million housing-related commercial property, and other larger commercial foreclosures


53


Table of Contents

primarily across our core footprint) and a $4.9 million increase in residential real estate owned, partially offset by a $2.9 million decrease to bank premises no longer used for banking and reclassified into other real estate owned (including a $2.7 million reduction from the sale of a bank property). During 2007, the $12.1 million change in other real estate owned was due to a $6.1 million increase in commercial real estate owned (with $4.1 million attributable to 4 larger commercial foreclosures across our core footprint), a $3.9 million increase in residential real estate owned (largely attributable to a $1.9 million property), and a $2.1 million increase in bank properties no longer used for banking and reclassified into other real estate owned. Net losses on sales of other real estate owned were $2.4 million and $294,000 for 2008 and 2007, respectively, compared to net gains on sales of other real estate owned of $764,000 for 2006. Write-downs on other real estate owned were $4.6 million and $0.6 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, while there were no write-downs on other real estate owned for 2006. Management actively seeks to ensure properties held are monitored to minimize the Corporation’s risk of loss.
 
Investment Securities Portfolio
 
The investment securities portfolio is intended to provide the Corporation with adequate liquidity, flexibility in asset/liability management, a source of stable income, and is structured with minimum credit exposure to the Corporation. At the time of purchase, the Corporation generally classifies its investment purchases as available for sale, consistent with these investment objectives, including possible securities sales in response to changes in interest rates or prepayment risk, the need to manage liquidity or regulatory capital, and other factors. Investment securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
At December 31, 2008, the total carrying value of investment securities was $5.3 billion, up $1.8 billion or 51.0% compared to December 31, 2007, and represented 22% of total assets, compared to 16% of total assets at December 31, 2007. The $1.8 billion increase in investment securities during 2008 was primarily attributable to the purchase of $1.7 billion of agency guaranteed mortgage-related securities during the fourth quarter of 2008. On average, the investment portfolio was $3.7 billion for 2008, up $0.2 billion compared to 2007, and represented 19% of average earning assets for both 2008 and 2007. The total carrying value of investment securities at December 31, 2006, was $3.4 billion and represented 16% of total assets.
 
TABLE 14: Investment Securities Portfolio
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2008     % of Total     2007     % of Total     2006     % of Total  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Investment Securities Available for Sale:
                                               
Amortized Cost:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 4,985       <1 %   $ 4,923       <1 %   $ 28,258       1 %
Federal agency securities
    75,816       2       75,272       2       79,148       2  
Obligations of state and political
    913,216       17       964,616       27       910,290       27  
subdivisions
                                               
Mortgage-related securities
    4,032,784       76       2,224,198       63       2,137,556       62  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    264,275       5       259,393       8       283,185       8  
     
     
Total amortized cost
  $ 5,291,076       100 %   $ 3,528,402       100 %   $ 3,438,437       100 %
     
     
Fair Value:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 4,966       <1 %   $ 4,936       <1 %   $ 28,261       1 %
Federal agency securities
    77,010       2       75,676       2       78,706       2  
Obligations of state and political
    925,603       17       980,989       28       926,511       27  
subdivisions
                                               
Mortgage-related securities
    4,077,431       76       2,222,103       63       2,107,460       61  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    264,407       5       259,315       7       295,683       9  
     
     
Total fair value and carrying value
  $ 5,349,417       100 %   $ 3,543,019       100 %   $ 3,436,621       100 %
     
     
Net unrealized holding gains / (losses)
  $ 58,341             $ 14,617             $ (1,816 )        
     
     


54


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s securities portfolio did not contain securities of any single issuer that were payable from and secured by the same source of revenue or taxing authority where the aggregate carrying value of such securities exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity or approximately $288 million.
 
The Corporation recognized other-than temporary write-downs of $52.5 million during 2008, including a $31.1 million write-down on a non-agency mortgage-related security (to a $32.9 million remaining carrying value at December 31, 2008), a $13.2 million write-down on FHLMC and FNMA preferred stocks (to a $0.2 million combined carrying value at December 31, 2008), a $6.8 million write-down on trust preferred debt securities pools, and a $1.4 million write-down on four common equity securities. During 2007, the Corporation determined a common equity security to have an other-than-temporary impairment that resulted in a write-down of $0.9 million, while during 2006, the Corporation determined a preferred stock holding to have an other-than-temporary impairment that resulted in a write-down of $2.0 million (effectively reducing the carrying value of this preferred stock holding to zero). See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.
 
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions (Municipal Securities): At December 31, 2008 and 2007, municipal securities were $926 million and $981 million, respectively, and represented 17% and 28%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. Municipal bond insurance company downgrades have resulted in credit downgrades in our municipal security holders; however, it has been determined that due to the nature of these obligations (general obligation, essential services, etc) it is highly likely we will be repaid in full. As of December 31, 2008, the municipal securities were trading at a net unrealized gain of approximately $12,000.
 
Mortgage-related Securities: At December 31, 2008 and 2007, mortgage-related securities (which include predominantly mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)) were $4.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, and represented 76% and 63%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. Of the $4.1 billion mortgage-related investment securities at December 31, 2008, $4.0 billion were agency guaranteed. The fair value of mortgage-related securities is subject to inherent risks based upon the future performance of the underlying collateral (i.e. mortgage loans) for these securities, such as prepayment risk and interest rate changes. The Corporation regularly assesses valuation and credit quality underlying these securities. As a result of these risks, and as noted above, the Corporation recorded a $31.1 million other-than-temporary write-down on one non-agency mortgage-related security during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Other Securities (Debt and Equity): At December 31, 2008 and 2007, other securities were $264.4 million and $259.3 million, respectively, and represented 5% and 7%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. Other securities of $264.4 million at December 31, 2008, were comprised of Federal Reserve stock of $60.1 million, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock of $145.9 million, and other securities of $58.4 million, while other securities of $259.3 million at December 31, 2007, were comprised of Federal Reserve stock of $60.0 million, FHLB stock of $124.4 million, and other securities of $74.9 million.
 
The Corporation is required to maintain Federal Reserve stock and FHLB stock as a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, and in amounts as required by these institutions. These equity securities are “restricted” in that they can only be sold back to the respective institutions or another member institution at par. Therefore, they are less liquid than other tradable equity securities, their fair value is equal to amortized cost, and no other-than-temporary write-downs have been recorded on these securities during 2008, 2007, or 2006.
 
The FHLB of Chicago announced in October 2007 that it was under a consensual cease and desist order with its regulator, which among other things, restricts various future activities of the FHLB of Chicago. Such restrictions may limit or stop the FHLB from paying dividends or redeeming stock without prior approval. The FHLB of Chicago last paid a dividend in the third quarter of 2007. Associated Bank is a member of the FHLB Chicago. Accounting guidance indicates that an investor in FHLB Chicago capital stock should recognize impairment if it concludes that it is not probable that it will ultimately recover the par value of its shares. The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that should reflect the investor’s view of FHLB Chicago’s long-term performance, which includes factors such as its operating performance, the severity and duration of declines in the market value of its net assets related to its capital stock amount, its commitment to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance, the impact of legislation and regulatory changes on FHLB Chicago, and accordingly, on the members of FHLB Chicago and its liquidity and


55


Table of Contents

funding position. After evaluating all of these considerations, the Corporation believes the cost of the investment will be recovered. Future evaluations of these factors could result in a different conclusion. See also section “Liquidity.”
 
As of December 31, 2008, other securities of $58.4 million included debt and equity securities of $49.4 million and $9.0 million, respectively, compared to debt and equity securities of $51.6 million and $23.3 million, respectively, for a total of $74.9 million at December 31, 2007. Debt securities include trust preferred debt securities pools, commercial paper, corporate bonds, and money market mutual funds, while equity securities include preferred and common equity securities. The continued negative sentiment toward banks due to numerous bank failures has resulted in depressed prices for the Corporation’s investments in bank trust preferred debt securities and $6.8 million in other-than-temporary write-downs during 2008. Likewise, the downturn in the economy has resulted in depressed prices for common equity securities resulting in write-downs of $1.4 million in 2008. All credit sensitive sectors in the investment portfolio, which include trust preferred securities pools and common equity securities, have been under severe credit and liquidity stress which has resulted in distressed prices and the risk of further write-downs.
 
TABLE 15: Investment Securities Portfolio Maturity Distribution (1) — At December 31, 2008
 
                                                                                                         
    Investment Securities Available for Sale - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield  
                                                    Mortgage-related                    
                After one but
    After five but
                and equity
    Total
    Total
 
    Within one year     within five years     within ten years     After ten years     securities     Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
       
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
U. S. Treasury securities
  $ 4,985       2.53 %   $           $           $           $           $ 4,985       2.53 %   $ 4,966  
Federal agency securities
    27,704       3.34       48,112       4.58 %                                         75,816       4.13       77,010  
Obligations of states and
                                                                                                       
political subdivisions(2)
    118,297       7.22       313,223       6.65       371,648       6.27 %     110,048       6.00 %                 913,216       6.49       925,603  
Other debt securities
    41,882       1.04       1,750       4.43       200       4.00       5,920       6.61                   49,752       1.83       49,395  
Mortgage-related securities
                                                    4,032,784       5.14 %     4,032,784       5.14       4,077,431  
Other equity securities
                                                    214,523       1.69       214,523       1.69       215,012  
     
     
Total amortized cost
  $ 192,868       5.20 %   $ 363,085       6.36 %   $ 371,848       6.27 %   $ 115,968       6.03 %   $ 4,247,307       4.97 %   $ 5,291,076       5.19 %   $ 5,349,417  
     
     
Total fair value and carrying value
  $ 194,901             $ 372,588             $ 376,930             $ 112,555             $ 4,292,443                             $ 5,349,417  
     
     
 
(1) Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities, as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
(2) Yields on tax-exempt securities are computed on a taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% and have not been adjusted for certain disallowed interest deductions.
 
Deposits
 
Deposits are the Corporation’s largest source of funds. Selected period-end deposit information is detailed in Note 7, “Deposits,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, including a maturity distribution of all time deposits at December 31, 2008. A maturity distribution of certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2008 is shown in Table 17. Table 16 summarizes the distribution of average deposit balances. See also section “Liquidity.”
 
The Corporation competes with other bank and nonbank institutions for deposits, as well as with a growing number of non-deposit investment alternatives available to depositors, such as mutual funds, money market funds, annuities, and other brokerage investment products. Competition for deposits remains high. Challenges to deposit growth include a usual cyclical decline in deposits historically experienced during the first quarter (noted as a challenge since the return of deposit balances may not be timely or by as much as the outflow), price changes on deposit products given movements in the rate environment and other competitive pricing pressures, and customer choices to higher-costing deposit products or to non-deposit investment alternatives.
 
At December 31, 2008, deposits were $15.2 billion, up $1.2 billion or 8.5% from December 31, 2007, primarily affected by a $866 million increase in network transaction deposits (primarily included in money market deposits) and a $380 million increase in brokered certificates of deposit, offset partly by a $191 million decline in other time deposits. In general, since year-end 2007, interest-bearing demand and time deposits have declined, while higher-yielding money market and brokered certificates of deposit have increased, as customers were impacted by the


56


Table of Contents

difficult economy and related cash demands, as well as competition for alternative investments or customer deposit choices shifted to products with greater flexibility and interest-rate potential. As a result of the factors noted above, money market deposits grew to represent 32% of total deposits at December 31, 2008 (compared to 28% at year-end 2007) and brokered certificates of deposit increased to 5% of total deposits (versus 3% last year end), while interest-bearing demand deposits decreased to 12% of total deposits (compared to 14% at year-end 2007) and other time deposits declined to 26% of total deposits (versus 30% for the prior year end). Noninterest-bearing and savings deposits remained unchanged at 19% and 6% of total deposits, respectively, at year-end 2008 and 2007.
 
On average, deposits were $13.8 billion for 2008, up $0.1 billion or 0.5% over the average for 2007. Similar to that seen for period end deposits, the mix of average deposits was also impacted by the economy and shift in customer preferences, predominantly toward the product design and pricing features of money market deposits (up $0.5 billion on average between 2008 and 2007). For 2008 and 2007 as presented in Table 16, money market deposits grew to 30% of total average deposits for 2008, while other time deposits declined to 29% of total average deposits for 2008.
 
TABLE 16: Average Deposits Distribution
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total     Amount     % of Total  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 2,446,613       18 %   $ 2,376,009       17 %   $ 2,349,948       17 %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    1,752,991       13       1,844,274       13       1,997,355       15  
Savings deposits
    890,811       6       913,143       7       1,012,966       8  
Money market deposits
    4,231,678       30       3,752,199       27       3,324,362       24  
Brokered certificates of deposit
    532,805       4       515,705       4       550,925       4  
Other time and certificates of deposit
    3,957,174       29       4,340,473       32       4,388,147       32  
     
     
Total deposits
  $ 13,812,072       100 %   $ 13,741,803       100 %   $ 13,623,703       100 %
     
     
 
TABLE 17: Maturity Distribution-Certificates of Deposit and Other Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
 
                         
    December 31, 2008  
                Total Certificates of
 
    Certificates
    Other
    Deposits and Other
 
    of Deposit     Time Deposits     Time Deposits  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Three months or less
  $ 519,822     $ 200,745     $ 720,567  
Over three months through six months
    192,299       129,542       321,841  
Over six months through twelve months
    236,663       67,417       304,080  
Over twelve months
    248,079       2,750       250,829  
     
     
Total
  $ 1,196,863     $ 400,454     $ 1,597,317  
     
     
 
Other Funding Sources
 
Other funding sources, including short-term borrowings and long-term funding (“wholesale funding”), were $5.6 billion at December 31, 2008, up $0.5 billion from $5.1 billion at December 31, 2007, primarily in short-term borrowings. See also section “Liquidity.” Long-term funding at December 31, 2008, was $1.9 billion, relatively unchanged from December 31, 2007, with a shift in mix including an increase of $0.2 billion in long-term repurchase agreements and a $0.1 billion increase in long-term FHLB advances, offset by a $0.3 billion decrease in long-term bank notes. See Note 9, “Long-term Funding,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information on long-term funding.


57


Table of Contents

Short-term borrowings are comprised primarily of Federal funds purchased; securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Federal Reserve discount window; short-term FHLB advances; commercial paper; and treasury, tax, and loan notes. Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2008 were $3.7 billion, $0.5 billion higher than December 31, 2007 (primarily short-term FHLB advances and Federal Reserve funds). The FHLB advances included in short-term borrowings are those with original contractual maturities of less than one year, while the Federal Reserve funds represent short-term borrowings through the Term Auction Facility. The treasury, tax, and loan notes are demand notes representing secured borrowings from the U.S. Treasury, collateralized by qualifying securities and loans. This funding program provides funds at the discretion of the U.S. Treasury that may be called at any time. Many short-term borrowings, particularly Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, are expected to be reissued and, therefore, do not represent an immediate need for cash. See Note 8, “Short-term Borrowings,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information on short-term borrowings, and Table 18 for specific disclosure required for major short-term borrowing categories.
 
TABLE 18: Short-Term Borrowings
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                       
Balance end of year
  $ 1,590,738     $ 1,936,430     $ 1,313,786  
Average amounts outstanding during year
    2,330,426       1,847,789       2,185,067  
Maximum month-end amounts outstanding
    2,658,608       2,281,308       3,176,814  
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding at end of year
    1.02 %     4.25 %     5.01 %
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding during year
    2.20 %     4.91 %     4.85 %
 
On average, wholesale funding was $5.7 billion for 2008, up $1.1 billion or 25.1% from 2007. The mix of wholesale funding continued to shift in 2008 from long-term borrowing instruments to short-term borrowing instruments, with average long-term funding decreasing to 28.3% of wholesale funding compared to 40.1% in 2007. Long-term funding was down $0.2 billion, on average, comprised primarily of decreases of $0.3 billion in long-term bank notes, partially offset by a $0.1 billion increase in long-term FHLB advances. Within the short-term borrowing categories, average Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $0.5 billion, while other short-term borrowing sources were up $0.8 billion (primarily Federal Reserve discount window).
 
Liquidity
 
The objective of liquidity management is to ensure that the Corporation has the ability to generate sufficient cash or cash equivalents in a timely and cost-effective manner to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to meet its other commitments as they fall due, including the ability to pay dividends to shareholders, service debt, invest in subsidiaries or acquisitions, repurchase common stock, and satisfy other operating requirements.
 
Funds are available from a number of basic banking activity sources, primarily from the core deposit base and from loans and investment securities repayments and maturities. Additionally, liquidity is available from the sale of investment securities, lines of credit with major banks, the ability to acquire large, network, and brokered deposits, and the ability to securitize or package loans for sale. The Corporation regularly evaluates the creation of additional funding capacity based on market opportunities and conditions, as well as Corporate funding needs. The Corporation’s capital can be a source of funding and liquidity as well (see section “Capital”). The current volatility and disruptions in capital markets may impact the Corporation’s ability to access certain liquidity sources in the same manner as the Corporation had in the past.
 
The Corporation’s internal liquidity management framework includes measurement of several key elements, such as wholesale funding as a percent of total assets and liquid assets to short-term wholesale funding. Strong capital ratios, credit quality, and core earnings are essential to retaining high credit ratings and, consequently, cost-effective


58


Table of Contents

access to the wholesale funding markets. A downgrade or loss in credit ratings could have an impact on the Corporation’s ability to access wholesale funding at favorable interest rates. As a result, capital ratios, asset quality measurements, and profitability ratios are monitored on an ongoing basis as part of the liquidity management process. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation was in compliance with its internal liquidity objectives.
 
While core deposits and loan and investment securities repayments are principal sources of liquidity, funding diversification is another key element of liquidity management. Diversity is achieved by strategically varying depositor type, term, funding market, and instrument. As noted below, the Parent Company and its subsidiary bank are rated by Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s (S&P). These ratings, which have remained stable during 2008, along with the Corporation’s other ratings, provide opportunity for greater funding capacity and funding alternatives.
 
TABLE 19: Credit Ratings at December 31, 2008
 
                 
    Moody’s     S&P  
 
Bank short-term
    P1       A2  
Bank long-term
    A1       A-  
Corporation short-term
    P1       A2  
Corporation long-term
    A2       BBB+  
Subordinated debt long-term
    A3       BBB  
 
While dividends and service fees from subsidiaries and proceeds from issuance of capital are primary funding sources for the Parent Company, these sources could be limited or costly (such as by regulation or subject to the capital needs of its subsidiaries or by market appetite for bank holding company stock). Dividends received in cash from subsidiaries totaled $133 million in 2008, and at December 31, 2008, $50 million in additional dividends are available to be paid to the Parent Company by its subsidiaries without obtaining prior banking regulatory approval, subject to the capital needs of the bank. As discussed in Item 1, the subsidiary bank is subject to regulation and, among other things, may be limited in its ability to pay dividends or transfer funds to the Parent Company. On November 21, 2008, the Corporation sold 525,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock to the UST pursuant to the CPP. While any Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation may pay dividends on common stock, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Senior Preferred Stock are fully paid. Prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock, unless the Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for the Corporation to increase the common stock dividend from its current quarterly amount of $0.32 per share. Accordingly, consolidated cash flows as presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows may not represent cash immediately available for the payment of cash dividends to the shareholder or for other cash needs. The Corporation also has multiple funding sources that could be used to increase liquidity and provide additional financial flexibility. In addition, under the Parent Company’s $200 million commercial paper program, no commercial paper was outstanding and $200 million of commercial paper was available at December 31, 2008.
 
In December 2008, the Parent Company filed a “shelf” registration under which the Parent Company may offer any combination of the following securities, either separately or in units: trust preferred securities, debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock, and warrants. In May 2002, $175 million of trust preferred securities were issued, bearing a 7.625% fixed coupon rate. In September 2008, the Parent Company issued $26 million in a subordinated note offering, bearing a 9.25% fixed coupon rate, 5-year no-call provision, and 10-year maturity. In August 2001, the Parent Company issued $200 million in a subordinated note offering, bearing a 6.75% fixed coupon rate and 10-year maturity.
 
In November 2008, under the CPP, the Corporation issued 525,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock (with a par value of $1.00 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 4.0 million shares of common stock, for aggregate proceeds of $525 million. The allocated carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock and common stock warrants on the date of issuance (based on their relative fair values) were $507.7 million and $17.3 million, respectively. Cumulative dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock are payable at 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The common stock warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $19.77 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments).


59


Table of Contents

A bank note program associated with Associated Bank was established during 2000. Under this program, short-term and long-term debt may be issued. As of December 31, 2008, no bank notes were outstanding and $225 million was available under the 2000 bank note program. A new bank note program was instituted during 2005, of which $2 billion was available at December 31, 2008. The 2005 bank note program will be utilized upon completion of the 2000 bank note program. Associated Bank has also established federal funds lines with major banks and the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank ($2.7 billion was outstanding at December 31, 2008). Associated Bank also issues institutional certificates of deposit, network deposits, brokered certificates of deposit, and accepts Eurodollar deposits.
 
Investment securities are an important tool to the Corporation’s liquidity objective. As of December 31, 2008, all investment securities are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. Of the $5.3 billion investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2008 (representing 22% of total assets), $3.4 billion was pledged to secure certain deposits or for other purposes as required or permitted by law, and $206 million of Federal Reserve and FHLB stock combined is “restricted” in nature and less liquid than other tradable equity securities (see section “Investment Securities Portfolio” and Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements). The majority of remaining securities could be pledged or sold to enhance liquidity, if necessary.
 
The FHLB of Chicago announced in October 2007 that it was under a consensual cease and desist order with its regulator, which among other things, restricts various future activities of the FHLB of Chicago. Such restrictions may stop the FHLB from redeeming stock without prior approval. The FHLB of Chicago last paid a dividend in the third quarter of 2007.
 
On November 21, 2008, the FDIC approved the final rule to provide short-term liquidity relief under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP). The TLGP has two components, the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, which provides full deposit insurance coverage for certain noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts and certain interest-bearing NOW transaction accounts, regardless of dollar amount, and the Debt Guarantee Program, which guarantees the payment of certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt issued by banks. Under the TLGP, Associated Bank is eligible to issue up to $2.7 billion of senior unsecured debt through the Debt Guarantee Program.
 
On December 5, 2008, the Corporation opted into both the Transaction Account Guarantee and the Debt Guarantee Programs, which is expected to increase future FDIC insurance costs and future interest expense (to the extent the Corporation participates in senior unsecured debt issuances).
 
As reflected in Table 21, the Corporation has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and other commitments, which may require future cash payments. The time deposits with shorter maturities could imply near-term liquidity risk if such deposit balances do not rollover at maturity into new time or non-time deposits at the Corporation. However, the relatively short maturities in time deposits are not out of the ordinary to the Corporation’s historical experience of its customer base preference. As evidenced in Table 16, average other time and certificates of deposit were 29% of total average deposits for 2008, compared to 32% of total average deposits for both 2007 and 2006. Many short-term borrowings, also shown in Table 21, particularly Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, can be reissued and, therefore, do not represent an immediate need for cash. See additional discussion in sections, “Net Interest Income,” “Investment Securities Portfolio,” and “Interest Rate Risk,” and in Note 3, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. As a financial services provider, the Corporation routinely enters into commitments to extend credit. While contractual obligations represent future cash requirements of the Corporation, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, net cash provided by operating and financing activities was $438 million and $2.0 billion, respectively, while investing activities used net cash of $2.5 billion, for a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $16 million since year-end 2007. Generally, during 2008, net assets increased to $24.2 billion (up $2.6 billion or 12.0%) compared to year-end 2007, primarily in investment securities and loans. The increases in deposits and short-term borrowings, were predominantly used to fund the asset growth and to provide for the payment of cash dividends to the Corporation’s common stockholders. In addition, the Corporation issued preferred equity during the fourth quarter of 2008 which was also used to fund asset growth.


60


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2007, net cash provided by operating and financing activities was $0.3 billion and $59 million, respectively, while investing activities used net cash of $0.2 billion, for a net increase in cash and cash equivalents of $0.1 billion since year-end 2006. Generally, during 2007, assets increased to $21.6 billion (up 3.5%) compared to year-end 2006. Wholesale funding and sales of other assets (primarily proceeds from the sales of $0.3 billion of residential mortgage loans, $32 million of student loans, and $18 million of mortgage servicing rights) were predominantly used to replenish the net decrease in deposits, finance the First National Bank acquisition, provide for common stock repurchases, and to pay cash dividends to the Corporation’s common stockholders.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk. The Corporation faces market risk in the form of interest rate risk through other than trading activities. Market risk from other than trading activities in the form of interest rate risk is measured and managed through a number of methods. The Corporation uses financial modeling techniques that measure the sensitivity of future earnings due to changing rate environments to measure interest rate risk. Policies established by the Corporation’s Asset/Liability Committee and approved by the Board of Directors limit exposure of earnings at risk. General interest rate movements are used to develop sensitivity as the Corporation feels it has no primary exposure to a specific point on the yield curve. These limits are based on the Corporation’s exposure to a 100 bp and 200 bp immediate and sustained parallel rate move, either upward or downward.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
In order to measure earnings sensitivity to changing rates, the Corporation uses three different measurement tools: static gap analysis, simulation of earnings, and economic value of equity. These three measurement tools represent static (i.e., point-in-time) measures that do not take into account changes in management strategies and market conditions, among other factors.
 
Static gap analysis : The static gap analysis starts with contractual repricing information for assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments. These items are then combined with repricing estimations for administered rate (interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts) and non-rate related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets, and other liabilities) to create a baseline repricing balance sheet. In addition to the contractual information, residential mortgage whole loan products and mortgage-backed securities are adjusted based on industry estimates of prepayment speeds that capture the expected prepayment of principal above the contractual amount based on how far away the contractual coupon is from market coupon rates.


61


Table of Contents

The following table represents the Corporation’s consolidated static gap position as of December 31, 2008.
 
TABLE 20: Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008  
    Interest Sensitivity Period  
                      Total Within
             
    0-90 Days     91-180 Days     181-365 Days     1 Year     Over 1 Year     Total  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Earning assets:
                                               
Loans held for sale
  $ 87,084     $     $     $ 87,084     $     $ 87,084  
Investment securities, at fair value
    833,137       579,041       687,178       2,099,356       3,250,061       5,349,417  
Loans
    9,327,946       722,971       1,399,255       11,450,172       4,833,736       16,283,908  
Other earning assets
    37,390                   37,390             37,390  
     
     
Total earning assets
  $ 10,285,557     $ 1,302,012     $ 2,086,433     $ 13,674,002     $ 8,083,797     $ 21,757,799  
     
     
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Deposits(1)(2)
  $ 3,716,110     $ 1,807,147     $ 2,759,422     $ 8,282,679     $ 6,082,581     $ 14,365,260  
Other interest-bearing liabilities(2)
    4,837,294       280,076       315,492       5,432,862       922,257       6,355,119  
Interest rate swap
    (400,000 )     200,000             (200,000 )     200,000        
     
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 8,153,404     $ 2,287,223     $ 3,074,914     $ 13,515,541     $ 7,204,838     $ 20,720,379  
     
     
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ 2,132,153     $ (985,211 )   $ (988,481 )   $ 158,461     $ 878,959     $ 1,037,420  
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
  $ 2,132,153     $ 1,146,942     $ 158,461                          
12 Month cumulative gap as a percentage of earning assets at December 31, 2008
    9.8 %     5.3 %     0.7 %                        
     
     
 
(1) The interest rate sensitivity assumptions for demand deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts, and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts are based on current and historical experiences regarding portfolio retention and interest rate repricing behavior. Based on these experiences, a portion of these balances are considered to be long-term and fairly stable and are, therefore, included in the “Over 1 Year” category.
 
(2) For analysis purposes, Brokered CDs of $790 million have been included with other interest-bearing liabilities and excluded from deposits.
 
The static gap analysis in Table 20 provides a representation of the Corporation’s earnings sensitivity to changes in interest rates. It is a static indicator that may not necessarily indicate the sensitivity of net interest income in a changing interest rate environment. As of December 31, 2008, the 12-month cumulative gap results were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Corporation had an interest rate risk neutral position (meaning that the change in the repricing of assets nearly approximates the change in the repricing of liabilities, and thus, in falling or rising rate environments, a neutral sensitive bank will generally recognize approximately the same minor change in income). At December 31, 2008, the Corporation is in a more asset sensitive position than at year-end 2007, due to increased deposits and long-term funding issued for the increase in the investment portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2008. For 2009, the Corporation’s objective is to allow the interest rate profile to remain asset sensitive. However, the interest rate position is at risk to changes in other factors, such as the slope of the yield curve, competitive pricing pressures, changes in balance sheet mix from management action and/or from customer behavior relative to loan or deposit products. See also section “Net Interest Income.”
 
Interest rate risk of embedded positions (including prepayment and early withdrawal options, lagged interest rate changes, administered interest rate products, and cap and floor options within products) require a more dynamic measuring tool to capture earnings risk. Earnings simulation and economic value of equity are used to more completely assess interest rate risk.
 
Simulation of earnings:  Along with the static gap analysis, determining the sensitivity of short-term future earnings to a hypothetical plus or minus 100 bp and 200 bp parallel rate shock can be accomplished through the use of simulation modeling. In addition to the assumptions used to create the static gap, simulation of earnings included the modeling of the balance sheet as an ongoing entity. Future business assumptions involving administered rate products, prepayments for future rate-sensitive balances, and the reinvestment of maturing assets and liabilities are


62


Table of Contents

included. These items are then modeled to project net interest income based on a hypothetical change in interest rates. The resulting net interest income for the next 12-month period is compared to the net interest income amount calculated using flat rates. This difference represents the Corporation’s earnings sensitivity to a plus or minus 100 bp parallel rate shock.
 
The resulting simulations for December 31, 2008, projected that net interest income would increase by approximately 2.1% if rates rose by a 100 bp shock. At December 31, 2007, the 100 bp shock up was projected to decrease net interest income by approximately 0.9%, and the 100 bp shock down was projected to decrease net interest income by approximately 0.4%. As of December 31, 2008, the simulation of earnings results were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.
 
Economic value of equity:  Economic value of equity is another tool used to measure the impact of interest rates on the value of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet financial instruments. This measurement is a longer-term analysis of interest rate risk as it evaluates every cash flow produced by the current balance sheet.
 
These results are based solely on immediate and sustained parallel changes in market rates and do not reflect the earnings sensitivity that may arise from other factors. These factors may include changes in the shape of the yield curve, the change in spread between key market rates, or accounting recognition of the impairment of certain intangibles. The above results are also considered to be conservative estimates due to the fact that no management action to mitigate potential income variances is included within the simulation process. This action could include, but would not be limited to, delaying an increase in deposit rates, extending liabilities, using financial derivative products to hedge interest rate risk, changing the pricing characteristics of loans, or changing the growth rate of certain assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2008, the projected changes for the economic value of equity were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.
 
The Corporation uses interest rate derivative financial instruments as an asset/liability management tool to hedge mismatches in interest rate exposure indicated by the net interest income simulation described above. They are used to modify the Corporation’s exposures to interest rate fluctuations and provide more stable spreads between loan yields and the rate on their funding sources. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed- and variable-rate payments without the exchange of the underlying notional amount on which the interest payments are calculated. Derivative financial instruments are also discussed in Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
To hedge against rising interest rates, the Corporation may use interest rate caps. Counterparties to these interest rate cap agreements pay the Corporation based on the notional amount and the difference between current rates and strike rates. To hedge against falling interest rates, the Corporation may use interest rate floors. Like caps, counterparties to interest rate floor agreements pay the Corporation based on the notional amount and the difference between current rates and strike rates. There were no outstanding caps or floors for asset/liability management at December 31, 2008.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities
 
Through the normal course of operations, the Corporation has entered into certain contractual obligations and other commitments, including but not limited to those most usually related to funding of operations through deposits or debt, commitments to extend credit, derivative contracts to assist management of interest rate exposure, and to a lesser degree leases for premises and equipment. Table 21 summarizes significant contractual obligations and other commitments at December 31, 2008, at those amounts contractually due to the recipient, including any unamortized premiums or discounts, hedge basis adjustments, or other similar carrying value adjustments. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.


63


Table of Contents

Table 21: Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
 
                                                 
    Note
    One Year
    One to
    Three to
    Over
       
At December 31, 2008:   Reference     or Less     Three Years     Five Years     Five Years     Total  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Time deposits
    7     $ 3,664,484     $ 705,355     $ 360,763     $ 46,493     $ 4,777,095  
Short-term borrowings
    8       3,703,936                         3,703,936  
Long-term funding
    9       707,519       909,612       162       244,354       1,861,647  
Operating leases
    6       11,764       19,270       13,324       14,751       59,109  
Commitments to extend credit
    14       3,831,627       1,037,257       465,260       59,141       5,393,285  
             
             
Total
          $ 11,919,330     $ 2,671,494     $ 839,509     $ 364,739     $ 15,795,072  
             
             
 
The Corporation also has obligations under its retirement plans as described in Note 12, “Retirement Plans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. To a lesser degree, the Corporation also has commitments to fund various investments and other projects as discussed further in Note 14, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
The Corporation adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the net liability for uncertain tax positions, including associated interest and penalties, was $27 million pursuant to FIN 48. This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that the Corporation has taken in its tax returns which may ultimately not be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimated liability has been excluded from Table 21. See Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information and disclosure related to the adoption of FIN 48.
 
The Corporation may have a variety of financial transactions that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are either not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts.
 
The Corporation’s interest rate derivative contracts, under which the Corporation is required to either receive cash from or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates applied to notional amounts, are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts. In addition, with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS 157”) in January 2008, the fair value measurement of interest rate derivative instruments also includes a nonperformance / credit risk component. Because neither the derivative assets and liabilities, nor their notional amounts, represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, they are not included in Table 21. Related to the Corporation’s mortgage derivatives, both of which are derivatives carried on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value (see Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements), the Corporation had outstanding $508 million commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale (included in Table 21 as part of commitments to extend credit) and forward commitments to sell $531 million of loans to various investors as of December 31, 2008. For further information and discussion of derivative contracts, see section “Interest Rate Risk,” and Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
The Corporation does not have significant off-balance sheet arrangements such as the use of special-purpose entities or securitization trusts. Residential mortgage loans sold to others (i.e., the off-balance sheet loans underlying the mortgage servicing rights asset) are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated under our usual underwriting procedures, and are most often sold on a nonrecourse basis. The Corporation’s agreements to sell residential mortgage loans in the normal course of business usually require certain representations and warranties on the underlying loans sold, related to credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability, which if subsequently are untrue or breached, could require the Corporation to


64


Table of Contents

repurchase certain loans affected. There have been insignificant instances of repurchase under representations and warranties. To a much lesser degree, the Corporation may sell residential mortgage loans with limited recourse (limited in that the recourse period ends prior to the loan’s maturity, usually after certain time and/or loan paydown criteria have been met), whereby repurchase could be required if the loan had defined delinquency issues during the limited recourse periods. At December 31, 2008, there were approximately $77 million of residential mortgage loans sold with such recourse risk, upon which there have been insignificant instances of repurchase.
 
In October 2004, the Corporation acquired a thrift. Prior to the acquisition, this thrift retained a subordinate position to the FHLB in the credit risk on the underlying residential mortgage loans it sold to the FHLB in exchange for a monthly credit enhancement fee. After acquisition, the Corporation no longer delivered loans to the FHLB under this program. At December 31, 2008, there were $1.3 billion of such residential mortgage loans with credit risk recourse, upon which there have been negligible historical losses.
 
The Corporation also has standby letters of credit (guarantees for payment to third parties of specified amounts if customers fail to pay, carried on-balance sheet at an estimate of their fair value of $3.7 million) of $564 million, and commercial letters of credit (off-balance sheet commitments generally authorizing a third party to draw drafts on us up to a stated amount and typically having underlying goods shipments as collateral) of $21 million at December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation had a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments totaling $3.7 million, included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Since most of these commitments, as well as commitments to extend credit, are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. See section, “Liquidity” and Note 14, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, Visa announced that it had reached a settlement regarding certain litigation with American Express totaling $2.1 billion. Visa also disclosed in its annual report filed during the fourth quarter of 2007, a $650 million liability related to pending litigation with Discover Financial Services (“Discover”), as well as potential additional exposure for similar pending litigation related to other lawsuits against Visa (for which Visa has not recorded a liability). As a result of the indemnification agreement established as part of Visa’s restructuring transactions in October 2007, banks with a membership interest, including the Corporation, have obligations to share in certain losses with Visa, including these litigation matters. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2007, the Corporation recorded a $2.3 million reserve and a corresponding charge to other noninterest expense for unfavorable litigation losses related to Visa.
 
Visa matters during 2008 resulted in the Corporation recording a total gain of $5.2 million, which included a $3.2 million gain from the mandatory partial redemption of the Corporation’s Class B common stock in Visa Inc. related to Visa’s initial public offering which was completed during first quarter 2008 and a $2.0 million gain (including a $1.5 million gain in the first quarter of 2008 and a $0.5 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2008) and a corresponding receivable (included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets) for the Corporation’s pro rata interest in the litigation escrow account established by Visa from which settlements of certain covered litigation will be paid (Visa may add to this over time through a defined process which may involve a further redemption of the Class B common stock). In addition, the Corporation has a zero basis (i.e., historical cost/carryover basis) in the shares of unredeemed Visa Class B common stock which are convertible with limitations into Visa Class A common stock based on a conversion rate that is subject to change in accordance with specified terms (including provision of Visa’s retrospective responsibility plan which provides that Class B stockholders will bear the financial impact of certain covered litigation) and no sooner than the longer of three years or resolution of covered litigation. On October 27, 2008, Visa publicly announced that it had agreed to settle litigation with Discover for $1.9 billion, which includes $1.7 billion from the escrow account created under Visa’s retrospective responsibility plan and that would affect the Corporation’s previously recorded liability estimate which was based on Visa’s original $650 million estimate for the Discover litigation. The Corporation’s pro rata share of approximately $0.5 million in this additional settlement amount was recognized through other noninterest expense in October 2008 (offsetting the $0.5 million gain recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008 noted above). In addition, based upon Visa’s revised liability estimated for Discover litigation, during the fourth quarter of 2008 the Corporation recorded a $0.5 million reduction in the reserve for litigation losses and a corresponding reduction in the Visa escrow receivable. At December 31, 2008, the remaining reserve for unfavorable litigation losses related to Visa was $2.3 million. For additional discussion of Visa


65


Table of Contents

matters see section “Noninterest Income,” and Note 14, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
Capital
 
Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2008 was $2.9 billion, up $547 million compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2007. Stockholders’ equity is also described in Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. The change in stockholders’ equity for 2008 was primarily composed of the retention of earnings, the issuance of senior preferred stock to the UST under the CPP, and the exercise of stock options, partially offset by decreases to stockholders’ equity from the payment of cash dividends and the repurchase of common stock. At December 31, 2008, stockholders’ equity included $55,000 of accumulated other comprehensive income compared to $2.5 million of accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2007. This change in accumulated other comprehensive income resulted primarily from the change in the unrealized gain/loss position, net of the tax effect, on securities available for sale (i.e., from net unrealized gains of $10 million at December 31, 2007, to net unrealized gains of $37 million at December 31, 2008), as well as a $17 million decline in accumulated other comprehensive income due to after-tax changes in the funded status of the Corporation’s defined benefit pension and postretirement obligations, and a $7 million unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of the tax effect. Stockholders’ equity to assets at December 31, 2008 was 11.89%, compared to 10.79% at the end of 2007.
 
TABLE 22: Capital
 
                         
    At December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In Thousands, except per share data)  
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,876,503     $ 2,329,705     $ 2,245,493  
Tier 1 capital
    2,117,680       1,566,872       1,546,037  
Total capital
    2,446,597       1,888,346       1,955,035  
Market capitalization
    2,674,059       3,444,764       4,490,695  
     
     
Book value per common share
  $ 18.54     $ 18.32     $ 17.44  
Cash dividends per common share
    1.27       1.22       1.14  
Stock price at end of period
    20.93       27.09       34.88  
Low closing price for the period
    14.85       25.23       30.27  
High closing price for the period
    29.23       35.43       35.13  
     
     
Total equity / assets
    11.89 %     10.79 %     10.76 %
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    9.75       7.83       7.82  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    11.91       9.06       9.42  
Total risk-based capital ratio
    13.76       10.92       11.92  
     
     
Common shares outstanding (period end)
    127,762       127,160       128,747  
Basic common shares outstanding (average)
    127,501       127,408       132,006  
Diluted common shares outstanding (average)
    127,891       128,428       133,132  
     
     
Common share repurchase activity:
                       
Shares repurchased under all authorizations
                       
during the period, including settlements(1)
          3,920       8,025  
Average per share cost of shares repurchased
                       
during the period(1)
  $     $ 34.15     $ 32.83  
Shares remaining to be repurchased under
                       
outstanding block authorizations at the end of
                       
the period
    3,855       3,855       1,375  
 
(1) Does not include shares repurchased for minimum tax withholding settlements on equity compensation.
 
Cash dividends paid in 2008 were $1.27 per common share, compared with $1.22 per common share in 2007, an increase of 4.1%. Cash dividends per common share have increased at a 7.4% compounded rate during the past five


66


Table of Contents

years. For 2008, 97.7% of basic earnings per common share were paid out as cash dividends per common share (see Table 1).
 
The Corporation regularly reviews the adequacy of its capital to ensure that sufficient capital is available for current and future needs and is in compliance with regulatory guidelines. The assessment of overall capital adequacy depends on a variety of factors, including asset quality, liquidity, stability of earnings, changing competitive forces, economic condition in markets served, and strength of management.
 
The Corporation and its bank subsidiary continue to have a strong capital base. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the tier 1 risk-based capital ratios, total risk-based capital (tier 1 and tier 2) ratios, and tier 1 leverage ratios for the Corporation and its bank subsidiary were in excess of regulatory minimum requirements. It is management’s intent to exceed the minimum requisite capital levels. Regulatory capital ratios for the Corporation and its significant subsidiary are included in Note 18, “Regulatory Matters,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock to be made available for re-issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and/or for other corporate purposes. For the Corporation’s employee incentive plans, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares per quarter, while under various actions, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of shares, not to exceed specified amounts of the Corporation’s outstanding shares per authorization (“block authorizations”).
 
During 2008, no shares were repurchased under the block authorizations. At December 31, 2008, approximately 3.9 million shares remain authorized to repurchase under the block authorizations. During 2007, under the block authorizations, the Corporation repurchased (and cancelled) 4.0 million shares of its outstanding common stock for approximately $134 million (or $33.47 on average per share) under two accelerated share repurchase agreements. In addition, the Corporation settled previously announced accelerated share repurchase agreements during 2007 by issuing shares. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to the restrictions under the CPP.
 
Under the CPP, prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock (November 21, 2011), unless the Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for us to redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind, other than (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of the Senior Preferred Stock, (ii) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of our common stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (iii) certain other redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions as permitted under the CPP.
 
Management believes that a strong capital position is necessary to take advantage of opportunities for profitable geographic and product expansion, and to provide depositor and investor confidence. Management actively reviews capital strategies for the Corporation and each of its subsidiaries in light of perceived business risks, future growth opportunities, industry standards, and regulatory requirements. It is management’s intent to maintain an optimal capital and leverage mix for growth and for shareholder return.
 
On October 14, 2008, the UST announced details of the CPP, whereby the UST makes direct equity investments into qualifying financial institutions in the form of senior preferred stock and common stock warrants providing an immediate influx of Tier 1 capital into the banking system. Participants must adopt the UST’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance, for the period during which the UST holds equity issued under this program.
 
On November 21, 2008, the Corporation announced that it sold $525 million of Senior Preferred Stock and related Common Stock Warrants to the UST under the CPP.
 
Fourth Quarter 2008 Results
 
Net income available to common equity for fourth quarter 2008 was $13.6 million, $51.2 million or 79.0% lower than the $64.8 million earned in the fourth quarter of 2007. For fourth quarter 2008, basic and diluted earnings per


67


Table of Contents

common share was $0.11, compared to basic and diluted earnings per common share of $0.51, for the fourth quarter of 2007. See Table 23 for selected quarterly information.
 
Net interest income for fourth quarter 2008 of $192 million was $27.6 million higher than fourth quarter 2007 and taxable equivalent net interest income of $199 million was $27.3 million higher between the fourth quarter periods. Volume variances and changes in the mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $22.1 million and favorable rate changes resulted in a $5.2 million increase (as lower yields on earning assets decreased taxable equivalent interest income by $72.8 million, while lower costs on interest-bearing liabilities decreased interest expense by $78.0 million).
 
Average balance sheet changes between the comparable quarters were impacted by the preferred stock issuance of $525 million in November 2008 to the UST, and additional levering of the balance sheet along with steady loan growth. Average earning assets were $20.4 billion for fourth quarter 2008, an increase of $1.6 billion over fourth quarter 2007, with average loans up $1.0 billion and securities and short-term investments up $0.6 billion. The growth in average loans was comprised primarily of increases in home equity balances (up $0.6 billion) and commercial loans (up $0.4 billion). Average interest-bearing deposits were higher by $0.5 billion and noninterest-bearing demand deposits were higher by $0.1 billion between the fourth quarter periods. Average wholesale funding balances increased $0.7 billion between fourth quarter periods, the net of a $0.9 billion increase in short-term borrowings and a $0.2 billion decrease in long-term funding.
 
The Federal Reserve lowered rates by 175 bp during the last three months of 2008, resulting in an average Federal funds rate for fourth quarter 2008 of 1.06%, 346 bp less than the average rate of 4.52% for fourth quarter 2007. The net interest margin was 3.88% in the fourth quarter of 2008, 26 bp higher than the same quarter in 2007, the net result of a 25 bp decrease in contribution from net free funds (as lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities increased the value of net free funds) and a 51 bp increase in interest rate spread. The improvement in interest rate spread was a result of an 182 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities (to 2.00% in fourth quarter 2008) offset in large part by a 131 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets (to 5.57%). The decrease in earning asset yield in fourth quarter 2008 was attributable primarily to lower loan yields (down 156 bp, to 5.67%), showing significant declines in all loan categories given competitive pricing pressures in a declining rate environment. The 182 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the fourth quarter of 2008 consisted of lower rates on interest-bearing deposits (down 156 bp, as the lower rate environment was moderated by aggressive pricing to retain balances) and a more significant decline in wholesale funding costs (down 247 bp). The cost of short-term borrowings was down 339 bp, similar to the year-over-year decrease in average Federal funds rates, while the cost of long-term funding was down only 7 bp, as bank notes matured.
 
The provision for loan losses was $65.0 million for fourth quarter 2008 compared to $15.5 million for fourth quarter 2007, with fourth quarter 2008 provision exceeding net charge offs by $19.1 million and fourth quarter 2007 provision approximating net charge offs. Net charge offs were $45.9 million, representing 1.12% of average loans for fourth quarter 2008, versus $15.5 million, or 0.40% of average loans, for fourth quarter 2007. See sections, “Loans,” “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned” for additional discussion.
 
Noninterest income in fourth quarter 2008 was $41.1 million compared to $85.7 million in fourth quarter 2007. Excluding net gains (or losses) on the sales of assets and investment securities, noninterest income was minimally changed (up $2.0 million). Core fee-based revenues (as defined in Table 6) were higher by $3.4 million (5.4%), while all other noninterest income categories were down $1.5 million on a combined basis, due primarily to a $1.7 million decrease in net mortgage banking income.
 
Asset sales gains were lower by $12.1 million, as the fourth quarter of 2007 recorded $9.8 million in premium on the sale of $182 million of deposits and fixed asset gains of $1.8 million on the sale of bank branches. Net losses on investment securities were $35.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2008, comprised of other-than-temporary write-downs related to a non-agency mortgage-related security, preferred stock holdings of FHLMC and FNMA, and trust preferred debt securities pools, compared to net losses of $0.8 million in fourth quarter 2007, including a $0.9 million other-than-temporary impairment write-down on a common equity security.


68


Table of Contents

Regarding core-fee based revenues in the fourth quarter of 2008: service charges on deposits accounts were higher by $5.1 million, principally due to higher fees for nonsufficient funds and overdrafts given rate increases, processing changes and higher business service charges; card-based and other nondeposit fees increased $0.2 million; trust service fees were down $2.5 million, impacted by market declines; and retail commission income was up $0.6 million. Net mortgage banking income was down $1.7 million between fourth quarter periods, with gross mortgage banking income up $3.3 million (primarily attributable to a $3.1 million favorable change in the fair value of the mortgage derivative) and mortgage servicing rights expense higher by $5.0 million (with fourth quarter 2008 including a $7.2 million addition to the valuation reserve compared to a $1.4 million addition to the valuation reserve for fourth quarter 2007, and $0.8 million lower base amortization).
 
Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2008 was $149 million, $8.6 million or 6.2% higher than the fourth quarter of 2007, reflecting higher personnel and other employee expenses, and costs related to litigation, other real estate owned write-downs, loan collections and foreclosures, and a single fraud matter. Personnel expense increased by $0.9 million. This increase was due to a $4.9 million increase in salary expenses, due principally to higher base salaries and commissions (up $3.0 million or 6%, including annual merit increases), and a $4.0 million decrease in fringe benefit expenses, largely due to $3.7 million decrease in premium-based benefit costs. All other noninterest expenses combined were $7.7 million or 12.2% higher than the fourth quarter of 2007, including a $3.3 million increase in other real estate owned write-downs, $2.6 million for an alleged customer fraud matter, $0.8 million higher foreclosure-related and loan collection costs, $2.0 million higher legal and professional fees (mostly related to the Senior Preferred Stock issuance, increased foreclosure activities, and other corporation activities and projects) and $1.3 million higher occupancy expenses, offset by $1.8 million lower Visa litigation settlements. The efficiency ratio (as defined under the section, “Overview”) was 53.87% for the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to 56.78% for the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Income tax expense was down $27.3 million between the comparable quarters, with an effective tax rate of 11.6% for the fourth quarter of 2008, down significantly from 31.3% for the fourth quarter of 2007. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the decrease in income before income taxes, as the level of permanent difference items (such as tax-exempt interest and dividends) while relatively consistent between years, had a proportionately greater impact on the effective tax rate based on lower pre-tax income.
 
TABLE 23: Selected Quarterly Financial Data
 
The following is selected financial data summarizing the results of operations for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
                                 
    2008 Quarter Ended  
    December 31     September 30     June 30     March 31  
       
    (In Thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 278,869     $ 271,376     $ 279,594     $ 296,870  
Interest expense
    87,087       104,859       106,862       131,753  
     
     
Net interest income
    191,782       166,517       172,732       165,117  
Provision for loan losses
    65,044       55,011       59,001       23,002  
Investment securities losses
    (35,298 )     (13,585 )     (718 )     (2,940 )
Income before income taxes
    19,062       50,252       64,535       88,431  
Net income available to common equity
    13,609       37,769       47,359       66,465  
     
     
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.11     $ 0.30     $ 0.37     $ 0.52  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.11     $ 0.30     $ 0.37     $ 0.52  
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,717       127,553       127,433       127,298  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,944       127,711       127,964       127,825  
 


69


Table of Contents

                                 
    2007 Quarter Ended  
    December 31     September 30     June 30     March 31  
       
    (In Thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 318,967     $ 324,608     $ 317,673     $ 314,464  
Interest expense
    154,748       161,535       160,198       155,418  
     
     
Net interest income
    164,219       163,073       157,475       159,046  
Provision for loan losses
    15,501       8,733       5,193       5,082  
Investment securities gains (losses), net
    (815 )     1,879       6,075       1,035  
Income before income taxes
    94,289       105,251       111,126       108,528  
Net income available to common equity
    64,791       71,741       75,825       73,395  
     
     
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.51     $ 0.57     $ 0.59     $ 0.57  
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.51     $ 0.56     $ 0.59     $ 0.57  
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,095       126,958       127,606       127,988  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,835       127,847       128,750       129,299  
 
2007 Compared to 2006
 
The Corporation’s acquisition activity impacts financial results between 2007 and 2006, as 2007 includes seven months operating results of the First National Bank acquisition, while First National Bank had no impact on 2006. See also section, “Business Combinations,” and Note 2, “Business Combinations,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Corporation recorded net income of $285.8 million, a decrease of $30.9 million or 9.8% from 2006. Basic earnings per share for 2007 were $2.24, a 6.7% decrease from 2006 basic earnings per share of $2.40. Earnings per diluted share were $2.23, a 6.3% decrease from 2006 diluted earnings per share of $2.38. Return on average assets was 1.38% for 2007 compared to 1.50% for 2006. Return on average equity was 12.68% and 13.89% for 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash dividends of $1.22 per share paid in 2007 increased by 7.0% over 2006. Key factors behind these results are discussed below.
 
Taxable equivalent net interest income was $671.1 million for 2007, $24.7 million or 3.6% lower than 2006. Taxable equivalent interest income decreased $2.6 million, while interest expense increased by $22.1 million. As shown in Table 3, the $24.7 million decrease in taxable equivalent net interest income was a function of both unfavorable interest rate changes and unfavorable volume variances. Rate changes on earning assets increased interest income by $21.1 million, while changes in rates on interest-bearing liabilities raised interest expense by $41.1 million, for a net unfavorable rate impact of $20.0 million. The change in the mix and volume of earning assets reduced taxable equivalent net interest income by $23.7 million, while the reduction in and composition of interest-bearing liabilities reduced taxable equivalent net interest income by $19.0 million, for a net unfavorable volume impact of $4.7 million.
 
The net interest margin for 2007 was 3.60%, 2 bp lower than 3.62% in 2006. The 2 bp compression in net interest margin was attributable to a 7 bp decrease in interest rate spread (the net of a 27 bp increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities and a 20 bp increase in the yield on earning assets), partially offset by 5 bp higher contribution from net free funds (as higher rates on interest-bearing liabilities in 2007 increased the value of noninterest-bearing demand deposits, a principal component of net free funds).
 
Year-over-year changes in the average balance sheet were predominantly a function of the Corporation’s wholesale funding reduction strategy. In conjunction with this initiative (which began in fourth quarter 2005 and completed in third quarter 2006), cash from maturing or sold investments was not reinvested, but used to reduce wholesale funding and repurchase stock. As a result, average earning assets of $18.6 billion in 2007 were $0.6 billion (3%) lower than 2006, led by a $0.3 billion decrease in average securities and short-term investments. Average interest-bearing liabilities of $15.9 billion in 2007 were down $0.5 billion (3%) versus 2006, attributable to lower wholesale funding balances.

70


Table of Contents

Total loans were $15.5 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of $0.6 billion (4.3%) from December 31, 2006, with growth in commercial and home equity loans partially offset by declines in residential mortgage and installment loans. Total deposits at December 31, 2007, were $14.0 billion, down $0.3 billion (2.4%) from December 31, 2006, primarily affected by $224 million of branch deposits sold in the second half of 2007 and a $228 million decline in brokered CDs. In addition, the June 2007 acquisition of First National Bank added $0.3 billion to both total loans and total deposits.
 
Credit quality in 2007 was influenced by deteriorating real estate conditions and the impact of the economy on our customers, resulting in an increase in nonperforming loans and charge offs. Nonperforming loans were $163 million (representing 1.05% of total loans) at December 31, 2007, compared to $142 million (0.96% of total loans) at year-end 2006. Net charge offs were $40.4 million in 2007 (or 0.27% of average loans) compared to $19.0 million in 2006 (or 0.12% of average loans), led by the rise in commercial net charge offs. The provision for loan losses was $34.5 million and $19.1 million, respectively, for 2007 and 2006. At year-end 2007, the allowance for loan losses represented 1.29% of total loans (covering 123% of nonperforming loans), compared to 1.37% (covering 143% of nonperforming loans) at year-end 2006. See also sections “Provision for Loan Losses,” “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonperforming Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned.”
 
As shown in Table 6, noninterest income was $344.8 million for 2007, $49.3 million (16.7%) higher than 2006. Core fee-based revenues totaled $252.9 million for 2007, up 8.5% over $233.0 million for 2006, in part due to a combination of increased volumes and improved pricing. Net mortgage banking income was $22.8 million for 2007, compared to $14.8 million in 2006, with 2007 including gains of $8.6 million on bulk servicing sales and a $1.4 million valuation recovery, while 2006 included a $2.1 million unfavorable market valuation adjustment associated with the December 2006 transfer of $0.3 billion of residential mortgage loans to loans held for sale and a $2.3 million valuation recovery. BOLI income was $17.4 million, up $1.3 million from 2006, principally due to higher average BOLI balances between the years (up 9%). Other income was $28.0 million, up $1.4 million versus 2006, with small to moderate increases in various revenues, partially offset by a $1.2 million decline in net derivatives gains, as 2006 included an $0.8 million net gain on the termination of all swaps hedging long-term, fixed-rate commercial loans. Net asset sale and investment securities gains combined were $23.8 million for 2007, $18.8 million higher than 2006, predominantly from deposit premiums and fixed asset gains related to the 2007 branch deposit sales.
 
As shown in Table 7, noninterest expense was $534.9 million, up $38.7 million (7.8%) over 2006, impacted by generally rising costs. Personnel expense increased $20.0 million or 7.1% over 2006, with $17.6 million higher salary-related expenses (including merit increases between the years, higher expense for stock options and restricted stock, and higher performance-based bonuses) and $2.4 million higher fringe benefit expenses (primarily related to the increase in salary expense and higher 401k plan expense). All remaining noninterest expense categories on a combined basis increased $18.7 million or 8.8% over 2006. The efficiency ratio (as defined under the section “Overview”) was 53.92% for 2007 and 50.31% for 2006.
 
Income tax expense of $133.4 million was relatively unchanged (down $0.3 million) compared to 2006. The effective tax rate for 2007 was 31.8% compared to 29.6% for 2006. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the 2006 resolution of certain multi-jurisdictional tax issues and changes in exposure of uncertain tax positions, both resulting in the reduction of tax liabilities and income tax expense for 2006.
 
Subsequent Events
 
On January 28, 2009, the Board of Directors declared a $0.32 per common share dividend payable on February 17, 2009, to shareholders of record as of February 6, 2009. This cash dividend has not been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Future Accounting Pronouncements
 
Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements discusses new accounting policies adopted by the Corporation during 2008. The expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted are discussed below. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the


71


Table of Contents

impacts are discussed in the applicable sections of this financial review and the notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 163, “Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60” (“SFAS 163”). This statement requires that an insurance enterprise recognize a claim liability prior to an event of default when there is evidence that credit deterioration has occurred in an insured financial obligation. SFAS 163 also clarifies how Statement 60 applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts, including the recognition and measurement to be used to account for premium revenue and claim liabilities. Expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts are also required by this statement. SFAS 163 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008. The Corporation will adopt SFAS 163 at the beginning of 2009 as required, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS 162”). This statement makes the hierarchy explicitly and directly applicable to preparers of financial statements, a step that recognizes preparers’ responsibilities for selecting the accounting principles for their financial statements. SFAS 162 provides for slight modifications to the current hierarchy in place by adding FASB Staff Positions, Statement 133 Implementation Issues, and EITF D-Topics to it. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The amendments to AU Section 411 will be approved in conjunction with new Auditing Standard 6, which was issued by the PCAOB in January of 2008, but has yet to be approved by the SEC. The Corporation will adopt SFAS 162 when required.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 161”). An amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments and provides financial statement users with increased qualitative, quantitative, and credit-risk disclosures. It requires enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and its related interpretations; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161 is to be applied prospectively for interim periods and fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation will adopt SFAS 161 when required in 2009.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires noncontrolling interests to be treated as a separate component of equity, rather than a liability or other item outside of equity. This statement also requires the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and the noncontrolling interest to be clearly identified and presented on the face of the income statement. Changes in a parent’s ownership interest, as long as the parent retains a controlling financial interest, must be accounted for as equity transactions, and should a parent cease to have a controlling financial interest, SFAS 160 requires the parent to recognize a gain or loss in net income. Expanded disclosures in the consolidated financial statements are required by this statement and must clearly identify and distinguish between the interest of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 is to be applied prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with the exception of presentation and disclosure requirements, which shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Corporation will adopt SFAS 160 when required in 2009, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised December 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”), which replaces FASB Statement No. 141, “Business Combinations.” This statement requires an acquirer to recognize identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their full fair values at that date, with limited exceptions. Assets and liabilities assumed that arise from contractual contingencies as of the acquisition date must also be measured at their acquisition-date full fair values. SFAS 141R requires the acquirer to recognize goodwill as of the acquisition date, and in the case of a bargain purchase business combination, the acquirer shall recognize a gain. Acquisition-related


72


Table of Contents

costs are to be expensed in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received. Additional presentation and disclosure requirements have also been established to enable financial statement users to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effects of business combinations. SFAS 141R is to be applied prospectively for acquisition dates on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Corporation will adopt SFAS 141R when required in 2009.
 
In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) in Issue No. 07-5, “Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” (“EITF 07-5”). This issue requires companies with (1) options or warrants on their own shares, including market-based employee stock option valuation instruments; (2) forward contracts on their own shares, including forward contracts entered into as part of an accelerated share repurchase program; and (3) convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock to evaluate whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock. In order to complete this evaluation, EITF 07-5 requires companies to use a two-step approach, in which companies must first evaluate any contingencies, and then evaluate the instrument’s settlement provisions. By meeting the requirements set forth in these two steps, an instrument will be considered indexed to its own stock and exempt from the application of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). EITF 07-5 also determined equity-linked financial instruments whose strike price is denominated in a currency other than the issuer’s functional currency is not considered indexed to its own stock. Further, employee stock option valuation instruments were determined to generally be accounted for as derivatives under SFAS 133. EITF 07-5 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Corporation will adopt EITF 07-5 at the beginning of 2009 as required, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Transactions Are Participating Securities” (“FSP EITF 03-6-1”). The FASB determined in this FSP that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards with rights to nonforfeitable dividends are considered participating securities. Because they are considered participating securities, FSP EITF 03-6-1 requires companies to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted EPS. This FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Corporation will adopt FSP EITF 03-6-1 at the beginning of 2009 as required, with no expected material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP 142-3”). This FSP amends the list of factors companies should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets under SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” In addition to the amendment of the list of factors that companies should consider, FSP 142-3 requires additional disclosures for recognized intangible assets to help financial statement users understand the extent to which expected future cash flows associated with intangible assets are affected by the company’s intent or ability to renew or extend the arrangement associated with the intangible asset. While the guidance on determining useful lives is only applicable to intangible assets acquired after the FSP’s effective date, the disclosure requirements must be applied prospectively to all intangible assets recognized as of, and after, the FSP’s effective date. FSP 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Corporation will adopt FSP 142-3 in 2009 as required, with no expected material impact on its results of operations, financial position and liquidity.
 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Information required by this item is set forth in Item 7 under the captions “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” and “Interest Rate Risk.”


73


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (In Thousands,
 
    except share and per
 
    share data)  
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 533,338     $ 553,031  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    12,649       11,671  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    24,741       22,447  
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value
    5,349,417       3,543,019  
Loans held for sale
    87,084       94,441  
Loans
    16,283,908       15,516,252  
Allowance for loan losses
    (265,378 )     (200,570 )
 
 
Loans, net
    16,018,530       15,315,682  
Premises and equipment, net
    190,942       197,446  
Goodwill
    929,168       929,168  
Other intangible assets, net
    80,165       92,220  
Other assets
    966,033       832,958  
 
 
Total assets
  $ 24,192,067     $ 21,592,083  
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 2,814,079     $ 2,661,078  
Interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered certificates of deposit
    11,551,181       10,903,198  
Brokered certificates of deposit
    789,536       409,637  
 
 
Total deposits
    15,154,796       13,973,913  
Short-term borrowings
    3,703,936       3,226,787  
Long-term funding
    1,861,647       1,864,771  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    595,185       196,907  
 
 
Total liabilities
    21,315,564       19,262,378  
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred equity
    508,008        
Common stock
    1,281       1,278  
Surplus
    1,073,218       1,040,694  
Retained earnings
    1,293,941       1,305,136  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    55       (2,498 )
Treasury stock, at cost
          (14,905 )
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,876,503       2,329,705  
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 24,192,067     $ 21,592,083  
 
 
Preferred shares issued
    525,000        
Preferred shares authorized (par value $1.00 per share)
    750,000       750,000  
Common shares issued
    128,116,669       127,753,608  
Common shares authorized (par value $0.01 per share)
    250,000,000       250,000,000  
Treasury shares of common stock
          428,910  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


74


Table of Contents

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In Thousands, except per share data)  
 
INTEREST INCOME
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 952,653     $ 1,111,919     $ 1,106,903  
Interest and dividends on investment securities and deposits in other financial institutions:
                       
Taxable
    133,471       122,961       131,952  
Tax-exempt
    39,733       39,897       39,434  
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    852       935       1,090  
 
 
Total interest income
    1,126,709       1,275,712       1,279,379  
 
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Interest on deposits
    263,306       403,353       363,953  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    86,584       134,624       129,791  
Interest on long-term funding
    80,671       93,922       116,086  
 
 
Total interest expense
    430,561       631,899       609,830  
 
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
    696,148       643,813       669,549  
Provision for loan losses
    202,058       34,509       19,056  
 
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    494,090       609,304       650,493  
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME
                       
Trust service fees
    38,420       42,629       37,484  
Service charges on deposit accounts
    118,368       101,042       91,593  
Card-based and other nondeposit fees
    48,540       47,558       42,661  
Retail commissions
    62,588       61,645       61,256  
Mortgage banking, net
    14,684       22,750       14,801  
Bank owned life insurance income
    19,804       17,419       16,155  
Asset sale gains (losses), net
    (1,668 )     15,607       304  
Investment securities gains (losses), net
    (52,541 )     8,174       4,722  
Other
    37,455       27,957       26,525  
 
 
Total noninterest income
    285,650       344,781       295,501  
 
 
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Personnel expense
    309,478       303,428       283,431  
Occupancy
    50,461       46,659       43,825  
Equipment
    19,123       17,908       17,466  
Data processing
    30,451       31,690       31,451  
Business development and advertising
    21,400       19,785       16,857  
Other intangible asset amortization expense
    6,269       7,116       8,903  
Legal and professional fees
    14,566       11,841       12,723  
Foreclosure/OREO expense
    13,685       7,508       3,784  
Other
    92,027       88,956       77,775  
 
 
Total noninterest expense
    557,460       534,891       496,215  
 
 
Income before income taxes
    222,280       419,194       449,779  
Income tax expense
    53,828       133,442       133,134  
 
 
Net income
  $ 168,452     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
    3,250              
 
 
Net income available to common equity
  $ 165,202     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
 
 
Earnings per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.30     $ 2.24     $ 2.40  
Diluted
  $ 1.29     $ 2.23     $ 2.38  
Average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    127,501       127,408       132,006  
Diluted
    127,891       128,428       133,132  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


75


Table of Contents

ASSOCIATED BANC — CORP
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                                                 
                                        Accumulated
                   
                                        Other
                   
    Preferred Equity     Common Stock           Retained
    Comprehensive
    Deferred
    Treasury
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Surplus     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Compensation     Stock     Total  
    (In Thousands, except per share data)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
        $       135,697     $ 1,357     $ 1,301,004     $ 1,029,247     $ (3,938 )   $ (2,081 )   $ (611 )   $ 2,324,978  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                  316,645                         316,645  
Other comprehensive income
                                        2,549                   2,549  
                                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                                            319,194  
                                                                                 
Adjustment for adoption of SFAS 158, net of tax
                                        (15,064 )                 (15,064 )
Cash dividends, $1.14 per share
                                  (151,235 )                       (151,235 )
Common stock issued:
                                                                               
Stock-based compensation plans, net
                790       8       15,268       (4,945 )                 19,538       29,869  
Purchase of common stock
                (6,061 )     (61 )     (201,913 )                       (68,316 )     (270,290 )
Stock-based compensation, net
                            2,345       (54 )           2,081       (561 )     3,811  
Tax benefit of stock options
                            4,230                               4,230  
     
     
Balance, December 31, 2006
        $       130,426     $ 1,304     $ 1,120,934     $ 1,189,658     $ (16,453 )   $     $ (49,950 )   $ 2,245,493  
     
     
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                  285,752                         285,752  
Other comprehensive income
                                        13,955                   13,955  
                                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                                            299,707  
                                                                                 
Cash dividends, $1.22 per share
                                  (155,809 )                       (155,809 )
Common stock issued:
                                                                               
Business combinations
                1,338       14       46,486                               46,500  
Stock-based compensation plans, net
                            1,092       (14,465 )                 35,045       21,672  
Purchase of common stock
                (4,011 )     (40 )     (133,820 )                             (133,860 )
Stock-based compensation, net
                            4,189                               4,189  
Tax benefit of stock options
                            1,813                               1,813  
     
     
Balance, December 31, 2007
        $       127,753     $ 1,278     $ 1,040,694     $ 1,305,136     $ (2,498 )   $     $ (14,905 )   $ 2,329,705  
     
     
Adjustment for adoption of EITFs 06-4 and 06-10
                                  (2,515 )                       (2,515 )
     
     
Balance, January 1, 2008, as adjusted
        $       127,753     $ 1,278     $ 1,040,694     $ 1,302,621     $ (2,498 )   $     $ (14,905 )   $ 2,327,190  
     
     
Comprehensive income:
                                                                               
Net income
                                  168,452                         168,452  
Other comprehensive income
                                        2,553                   2,553  
                                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                                            171,005  
                                                                                 
Issuance of preferred stock
    525       507,675                                                 507,675  
Issuance of common stock warrants
                            17,325                               17,325  
Accretion of preferred stock discount
          333                         (333 )                        
Common stock issued:
                                                                               
Stock-based compensation plans, net
                363       3       5,981       (11,535 )                 14,905       9,354  
Cash dividends:
                                                                               
Common stock, $1.27 per share
                                  (162,347 )                       (162,347 )
Preferred stock
                                  (2,917 )                       (2,917 )
Stock-based compensation, net
                            6,988                               6,988  
Tax benefit of stock options
                            2,230                               2,230  
     
     
Balance, December 31, 2008
    525     $ 508,008       128,116     $ 1,281     $ 1,073,218     $ 1,293,941     $ 55     $     $     $ 2,876,503  
     
     
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


76


Table of Contents

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income
  $ 168,452     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    202,058       34,509       19,056  
Depreciation and amortization
    28,941       24,826       24,165  
Addition to (recovery of) valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights, net
    6,825       (1,350 )     (2,313 )
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights
    16,057       18,067       20,400  
Amortization of intangible assets
    6,269       7,116       8,903  
Amortization and accretion on earning assets, funding, and other, net
    4,878       4,546       11,902  
Deferred income taxes
    (41,552 )     9,466       19,636  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    2,230       1,813       4,230  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    (919 )     (1,879 )     (3,248 )
(Gain) loss on sales of investment securities, net, and impairment writedowns
    52,541       (8,174 )     (4,722 )
(Gain) loss on sales of assets, net
    1,668       (15,607 )     (304 )
Gain on sales of loans held for sale and mortgage servicing rights, net
    (17,726 )     (18,492 )     (8,513 )
Mortgage loans originated and acquired for sale
    (1,413,995 )     (1,481,294 )     (1,369,425 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
    1,416,617       1,452,848       1,349,068  
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable
    10,753       7,165       (6,415 )
Decrease in interest payable
    (7,435 )     (7,512 )     (2,825 )
Net change in other assets and other liabilities
    2,194       (20,423 )     (46,080 )
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    437,856       291,377       330,160  
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net increase in loans
    (1,017,570 )     (433,388 )     (8,515 )
Purchases of:
                       
Investment securities
    (2,709,851 )     (1,461,690 )     (1,020,279 )
Premises, equipment, and software, net of disposals
    (31,471 )     (34,815 )     (18,146 )
Bank owned life insurance
          (50,000 )     (50,000 )
Other assets
    (9,233 )     (13,905 )     (8,682 )
Proceeds from:
                       
Sales of investment securities
    3,550       66,239       754,091  
Calls and maturities of investment securities
    1,198,153       1,348,026       1,537,107  
Sales of other assets
    83,761       367,711       14,332  
Net cash paid in business combination
          (33,799 )      
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (2,482,661 )     (245,621 )     1,199,908  
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
    1,180,882       (421,193 )     742,982  
Net cash paid in sales of branch deposits
          (212,434 )      
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    477,149       1,172,102       (623,622 )
Repayment of long-term funding
    (528,395 )     (813,000 )     (1,775,378 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term funding
    525,822       600,000       500,000  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants
    525,000              
Cash dividends
    (162,347 )     (155,809 )     (151,235 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    9,354       21,672       29,869  
Purchase of common stock
          (133,860 )     (266,191 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    919       1,879       3,248  
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    2,028,384       59,357       (1,540,327 )
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (16,421 )     105,113       (10,259 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    587,149       482,036       492,295  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 570,728     $ 587,149     $ 482,036  
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 437,995     $ 639,411     $ 612,131  
Cash paid for income taxes
    85,952       127,868       122,427  
Loans and bank premises transferred to other real estate owned
    49,241       26,222       17,095  
Transfers of loans to held for sale
                299,967  
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights
    17,263       17,136       15,866  
Business Combinations:
                       
Fair value of assets acquired, including cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 422,600     $  
Value ascribed to intangibles
          64,341        
Liabilities assumed
          329,400        
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


77


Table of Contents

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
 
NOTE 1   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the financial services industry. The following is a description of the more significant of those policies.
 
Business
 
Associated Banc-Corp (individually referred to herein as the “Parent Company” and together with all of its subsidiaries and affiliates, collectively referred to herein as the “Corporation”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin. The Corporation provides a full range of banking and related financial services to individual and corporate customers through its network of bank and nonbank subsidiaries. The Corporation is subject to competition from other financial and non-financial institutions that offer similar or competing products and services. The Corporation is regulated by federal and state agencies and is subject to periodic examinations by those agencies.
 
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in unconsolidated entities (none of which are considered to be variable interest entities in which the Corporation is the primary beneficiary) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting when the Corporation has determined that the equity method is appropriate. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity method accounting are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated entities are included in other assets, and the Corporation’s share of income or loss is recorded in other noninterest income.
 
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Results of operations of companies purchased are included from the date of acquisition.
 
Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s presentation.
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, derivative financial instruments and hedging activities, and income taxes.
 
Investment Securities Available for Sale
 
At the time of purchase, investment securities are classified as available for sale, as management has the intent and ability to hold such securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell investment securities available for sale would be based on various factors, including but not limited to asset/liability management strategies, changes in interest rates or prepayment risks, liquidity needs, or regulatory capital considerations. Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income over the estimated life (earlier of call date, maturity, or estimated life) of the related security, using a prospective method that approximates level yield. Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability


78


Table of Contents

of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Realized securities gains or losses on securities sales (using specific identification method) and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in investment securities gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 3 for additional information on investment securities.
 
Loans
 
Loans and leases are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of any unearned income. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized over the contractual life of the related loans or over the commitment period as an adjustment of yield.
 
Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectibility of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on a nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. Previously accrued and uncollected interest on such loans is reversed, amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal balance of the loan is collectible. If collectibility of the principal is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal. A nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status when the obligation has been brought current and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. See Note 4 for additional information on loans.
 
Loans Held for Sale
 
Loans held for sale, which consist generally of current production of certain fixed-rate, first-lien residential mortgage loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value as determined on an aggregate basis. The amount by which cost exceeds estimated fair value is accounted for as a market valuation adjustment to the carrying value of the loans. Changes, if any, in the market valuation adjustment are included in mortgage banking, net, in the consolidated statements of income. The carrying value of loans held for sale included a market valuation adjustment of $0.9 million at December 31, 2007, while no market valuation adjustment was necessary at December 31, 2008. Holding costs are treated as period costs.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is a reserve for estimated credit losses. Actual credit losses, net of recoveries, are deducted from the allowance for loan losses. A provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio.
 
The allocation methodology applied by the Corporation, designed to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, includes an allocation methodology, as well as management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio into criticized loan categories (defined as specific loans warranting either specific allocation, or a criticized status of watch, special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss). The allocation methodology focuses on evaluation of several factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonperforming loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio.
 
Management, judging current information and events regarding the borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations, considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due


79


Table of Contents

according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial-oriented loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured meet this definition. The amount of impairment is measured based upon the loan’s observable market price, the estimated fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage, home equity and installment loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment. Interest income on impaired loans is recorded when cash is received and only if principal is considered to be collectible.
 
Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require that certain loan balances be charged off or downgraded into criticized loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations. See Note 4 for additional information on the allowance for loan losses.
 
Other Real Estate Owned
 
Other real estate owned is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and is comprised of property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, and loans classified as in-substance foreclosure. Other real estate owned is recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value of the underlying property collateral, less estimated selling costs. Any write-down in the carrying value of a property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent write-downs to reflect current fair market value, as well as gains and losses on disposition and revenues and expenses incurred in maintaining such properties, are treated as period costs. Other real estate owned also includes bank premises formerly but no longer used for banking. Banking premises are transferred at the lower of carrying value or estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs. Other real estate owned totaled $48.7 million and $26.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Premises and Equipment and Software
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while additions or major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives of the assets range predominantly as follows: 3 to 20 years for land improvements, 5 to 40 years for buildings, 3 to 5 years for computers, and 3 to 20 years for furniture, fixtures, and other equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Software, included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the contract terms or the estimated useful life of the software. See Note 6 for additional information on premises and equipment.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets : The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists primarily of goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other identifiable intangibles (primarily related to customer relationships acquired). Core deposit intangibles have estimated finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over a 10-year period. The other intangibles have estimated finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over their weighted average life (a weighted average life of 14 years and 13 years for 2008 and 2007, respectively). The Corporation reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, in which case an impairment charge would be recorded.
 
Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or earlier whenever an event occurs indicating that goodwill may be impaired. Any impairment of goodwill or other intangibles will be recognized as an expense in the period of impairment and such impairment could be material. The Corporation


80


Table of Contents

completes the annual goodwill impairment test by segment as of May 1 of each year and no impairment loss has been required. Note 5 includes a summary of the Corporation’s goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other intangibles.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset is capitalized, which represents the then current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value. As the Corporation has not elected to subsequently measure any class of servicing assets under the fair value measurement method, the Corporation follows the amortization method. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of the initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization, or estimated fair value, and are included in other intangible assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Corporation periodically evaluates its mortgage servicing rights asset for impairment. Impairment is assessed based on fair value at each reporting date using estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgage loans serviced and stratifications based on the risk characteristics of the underlying loans (predominantly loan type and note interest rate). As mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. A valuation allowance is established, through a charge to earnings, to the extent the amortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value by stratification. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a stratification, the valuation is reduced through a recovery to earnings. An other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., recoverability is considered remote when considering interest rates and loan pay off activity) is recognized as a write-down of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the related valuation allowance (to the extent a valuation allowance is available) and then against earnings. A direct write-down permanently reduces the carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights asset and valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries. See Note 5 for additional information on mortgage servicing rights.
 
Income Taxes
 
Amounts provided for income tax expense are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable under tax laws. Deferred income taxes, which arise principally from temporary differences between the period in which certain income and expenses are recognized for financial accounting purposes and the period in which they affect taxable income, are included in the amounts provided for income taxes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and, if necessary, tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
 
The Corporation files a consolidated federal income tax return and individual or consolidated state income tax returns. Accordingly, amounts equal to tax benefits of those subsidiaries having taxable federal losses or credits are offset by other subsidiaries that incur federal tax liabilities.
 
It is the Corporation’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation believes it has appropriately accounted for any unrecognized tax benefits. To the extent the Corporation prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the liability, the Corporation’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be effected. See Note 13 for additional information on income taxes.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in the fair value recorded to earnings or accumulated other comprehensive


81


Table of Contents

income, as appropriate. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Corporation designates the derivative as a fair value hedge (i.e., a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability), a cash flow hedge (i.e., a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability), or a free-standing derivative instrument. For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are recognized in current period earnings as an increase or decrease to the carrying value of the hedged item on the balance sheet and in the related income statement account. For a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recorded in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument are recognized in current period earnings as an adjustment to the related income statement account. Amounts within accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative is designated as a free-standing derivative instrument, changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings.
 
To qualify for and maintain hedge accounting, the Corporation must meet formal documentation and effectiveness evaluation requirements both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis. The application of the hedge accounting policy requires strict adherence to documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, judgment in the assessment of hedge effectiveness, identification of similar hedged item groupings, and measurement of changes in the fair value of hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. When hedge accounting is discontinued on a fair value hedge because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the Corporation continues to carry the derivative on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value. The adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item, beginning no later than when hedge accounting ceases. When hedge accounting is discontinued on a cash flow hedge because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the Corporation records the changes in the fair value of the derivative in earnings rather than through accumulated other comprehensive income and when the cash flows associated with the hedged item are realized, the gain or loss is reclassified out of other comprehensive income and included in the same income statement account of the item being hedged.
 
The Corporation measures the effectiveness of its hedges, where applicable, at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis. For a fair value hedge, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedge instrument attributable to the risk being hedged versus the cumulative fair value change of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is considered to be the “ineffective” portion, which is recorded as an increase or decrease in the related income statement classification of the item being hedged (i.e., net interest income). For a cash flow hedge, the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value are recognized immediately in the related income statement account. See Note 15 for additional information on derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised December 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R replaces SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” (“SFAS 123”) and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (“APB 25”). SFAS 123R is effective for all stock-based awards granted in the first fiscal year beginning on or after June 15, 2005. SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant and expensed over the applicable vesting period. In addition, companies must recognize compensation expense related to any stock-based awards that are not fully vested as of the effective date. The Corporation adopted SFAS 123R effective January 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method. See Note 11 for additional information on stock-based compensation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are considered to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.


82


Table of Contents

Per Share Computations
 
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and, having a lesser impact, unvested restricted stock and unsettled share repurchases. Also see Notes 10 and 19.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). This statement permits companies to choose, at specified election dates, to measure several financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The decision about whether to elect the fair value option is generally applied on an instrument by instrument basis, is applied only to an entire instrument, and is irrevocable. Once companies elect the fair value option for an item, SFAS 159 requires unrealized gains and losses on it to be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons (a) between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities and (b) between assets and liabilities in the financial statements of a company that selects different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. At January 1, 2008, the Corporation did not elect the fair value option for any financial instrument not currently required to be measured at fair value.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS 157”). According to SFAS 157, fair value refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts. The standard clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability by establishing a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. The fair value measurements must then be disclosed separately by level within the fair value hierarchy. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation adopted SFAS 157 as required at the beginning of 2008, with no material impact at adoption on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. Relative to SFAS 157, in February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Positions (“FSP”) No. FAS 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,” (“FSP 157-1”) which removed leasing transactions accounted for under Statement 13 from the scope of SFAS 157, and FSP No. FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” (“FSP 157-2”), which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (“FSP 157-3”). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active, and applies to financial assets within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements in accordance with SFAS 157. It amends SFAS 157 by including an illustrative example, which provides guidance in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active. FSP 157-3 is effective upon issuance, and includes prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The Corporation adopted FSP 157-3 for third quarter 2008 with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. See Note 17 for additional disclosures.
 
In January 2009, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-20-1, “Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20” (“FSP EITF 99-20-1). This FSP amends the impairment (and related interest income measurement) guidance in EITF Issue No. 99-20, “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interest and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets,” (“EITF 99-20”) to achieve more consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred for debt securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. FSP EITF 99-20-1 aligns itself more closely with the requirements of SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” as it no longer requires exclusive reliance on market participant


83


Table of Contents

assumptions regarding future cash flows. Instead, companies with securities that qualify under the requirements of EITF 99-20 are permitted to use management judgment regarding the probability of collecting all cash flows along with market participant data in making other-than-temporary impairment determinations. FSP EITF 99-20-1 is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period ending after December 15, 2008. The Corporation adopted FSP FAS EITF 99-20-1, as required, in the fourth quarter of 2008 with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities” (“FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8”). The objective of this FSP is to provide financial statement users with more information on a transferor’s continuing involvement with transfers of financial assets and public companies’ involvement with variable interest entities. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 also requires disclosures by public companies that (a) sponsor a qualifying special-purpose entity (“SPE”) that holds a variable interest in the qualifying SPE but was not the transferor of financial assets to the qualifying SPE and (b) service a qualifying SPE that holds a significant variable interest in the qualifying SPE but was not the transferor of financial assets to the qualifying SPE. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period ending after December 15, 2008. The Corporation adopted FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8, as required, in the fourth quarter of 2008 with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
 
In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 133-1 and Financial Interpretation (“FIN”) 45-4, “Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161” (“FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4”). The intention of this FSP is to enhance disclosures about credit derivatives by requiring additional information about the potential adverse effects of changes in credit risk on the financial position, financial performance, and cash flows of the sellers of credit derivatives. It amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indebtedness to Others,” by requiring disclosures by sellers of credit derivatives, including credit derivatives embedded in hybrid instruments, as well as disclosures about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee. FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 clarifies the disclosures required by Statement 161 should be provided for any reporting period beginning after November 15, 2008. This FSP is effective for annual or interim reporting periods ending after November 15, 2008. The Corporation adopted FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4, as required, in the fourth quarter of 2008 with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
 
In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings,” (“SAB 109”). This SAB discusses the SEC’s views regarding written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings under generally accepted accounting principles. SAB 109 supersedes an earlier SAB and is consistent with the guidance in SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets,” and SFAS 159, in which the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 109 also requires internally-developed intangible assets (such as customer relationship intangible assets) to not be recorded as part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment. SAB 109 is to be applied prospectively to derivative loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The Corporation adopted SAB 109 as required at the beginning of 2008, which, at adoption, resulted in a $2.1 million higher net value on its mortgage derivatives and mortgage loans held for sale combined, recorded in net mortgage banking income.
 
In June 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF in Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“EITF 06-11”). EITF 06-11 examines an employer’s deductibility of compensation expense for dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings on employee-held, equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested share units, or outstanding options (“affected securities”). A consensus was reached that an employer should recognize a realized tax benefit associated with dividends on affected securities charged to retained earnings as an increase in additional-paid-in-capital (“APIC”). The amount recognized in APIC should also be included in the APIC pool. Additionally, when an employer’s estimate of forfeitures increases or actual forfeitures exceed its estimates, EITF 06-11 requires the amount of tax


84


Table of Contents

benefits previously recognized in APIC to be reclassified into the income statement; however, the amount reclassified is limited to the APIC pool balance on the reclassification date. EITF 06-11 is to be applied prospectively in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal periods. The Corporation adopted EITF 06-11 as required at the beginning of 2008, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
 
In September 2006 and in March 2007, the FASB ratified the consensuses reached by the EITF in Issue No. 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements,” (“EITF 06-4”), and in Issue No. 06-10, “Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements,” (“EITF 06-10”), respectively. Both EITF 06-4 and 06-10 require companies with split-dollar life insurance policies providing a benefit to an employee that extends to postretirement periods to recognize a liability for future benefits based on the substantive agreement with the employee. EITF 06-4 pertains to endorsement type split-dollar life insurance policies, in which the company typically owns the policy, whereas EITF 06-10 pertains to collateral assignment split-dollar policies in which the employee typically owns the policy. Both EITF 06-4 and 06-10 require recognition to be in accordance with either FASB Statement No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” or APB Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion — 1967,” depending on whether a substantive plan is deemed to exist. Companies are permitted to recognize the effects of applying the consensus through either (1) a change in accounting principle through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings or to other components of equity or net assets as of the beginning of the year of adoption or (2) a change in accounting principle through retrospective application to all prior periods. Both EITF 06-4 and 06-10 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation adopted EITF 06-4 and 06-10 as required in 2008, and recorded a $2.5 million cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings.
 
NOTE 2   BUSINESS COMBINATIONS:
 
When valuing acquisitions, the Corporation considers a range of valuation methodologies, including comparable publicly-traded companies, comparable precedent transactions, and discounted cash flow. For each of the acquisitions noted below, the resulting purchase price exceeded the value of the net assets acquired. To record the transaction, the Corporation assigns estimated fair values to the assets acquired, including identifying and measuring acquired intangible assets, and to liabilities assumed (using sources of information such as observable market prices or discounted cash flows). To identify intangible assets that should be measured, the Corporation determines if the asset arose from contractual or other legal rights or if the asset is capable of being separated from the acquired entity. When valuing identified intangible assets, the Corporation generally relies on valuation reports by independent third parties. In each acquisition, the excess cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill.
 
Completed Business Combinations:
 
First National Bank of Hudson (“First National Bank”):  On June 1, 2007, the Corporation consummated its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of First National Bank, a $0.4 billion community bank headquartered in Woodbury, Minnesota. The consummation of the transaction included the issuance of approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock and $46.5 million in cash. With the addition of First National Bank’s eight locations, the Corporation expanded its presence in the Greater Twin Cities area. At acquisition, First National Bank added approximately $0.3 billion to both loans and deposits. In June 2007, the Corporation also completed its conversion of First National Bank onto its centralized operating systems and merged it into its banking subsidiary, Associated Bank, National Association (“Associated Bank”).
 
The acquisition was immaterial to the Corporation’s consolidated financial results. Goodwill of approximately $58 million (of which, all is deductible for income taxes) and a core deposit intangible of approximately $4 million (with a ten-year estimated life) recognized in the transaction at acquisition were assigned to the banking segment.


85


Table of Contents

NOTE 3   INVESTMENT SECURITIES:
 
The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:
 
                                 
    2008  
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
U. S. Treasury securities
  $ 4,985     $ 10     $ (29 )   $ 4,966  
Federal agency securities
    75,816       1,195       (1 )     77,010  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    913,216       16,581       (4,194 )     925,603  
Mortgage-related securities
    4,032,784       54,128       (9,481 )     4,077,431  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    264,275       639       (507 )     264,407  
     
     
Total securities available for sale
  $ 5,291,076     $ 72,553     $ (14,212 )   $ 5,349,417  
     
     
 
                                 
    2007  
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
U. S. Treasury securities
  $ 4,923     $ 17     $ (4 )   $ 4,936  
Federal agency securities
    75,272       416       (12 )     75,676  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    964,616       16,722       (349 )     980,989  
Mortgage-related securities
    2,224,198       9,060       (11,155 )     2,222,103  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    259,393       1,993       (2,071 )     259,315  
     
     
Total securities available for sale
  $ 3,528,402     $ 28,208     $ (13,591 )   $ 3,543,019  
     
     
 
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                 
    2008  
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 192,868     $ 194,901  
Due after one year through five years
    363,085       372,588  
Due after five years through ten years
    371,848       376,930  
Due after ten years
    115,968       112,555  
     
     
Total debt securities
    1,043,769       1,056,974  
Mortgage-related securities
    4,032,784       4,077,431  
Equity securities
    214,523       215,012  
     
     
Total securities available for sale
  $ 5,291,076     $ 5,349,417  
     
     
 
Federal Reserve stock ($60.1 million and $60.0 million at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively) and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock ($145.9 million and $124.4 million at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively) are included in other equity securities. The Corporation is required to maintain these equity securities as a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, and in amounts as required by these institutions. These equity securities are “restricted” in that they can only be sold back to the respective institutions or another member institution at par. Therefore, they are less liquid than other tradable equity securities, their fair value is equal to amortized cost, and no other-than-temporary write-downs have been recorded during 2008, 2007, or 2006.


86


Table of Contents

The FHLB of Chicago announced in October 2007 that it was under a consensual cease and desist order with its regulator, which among other things, restricts various future activities of the FHLB of Chicago. Such restrictions may limit or stop the FHLB from paying dividends or redeeming stock without prior approval. The FHLB of Chicago last paid a dividend in the third quarter of 2007. Based on an evaluation of this investment as of December 31, 2008, the Corporation believes the cost of the investment will be recovered.
 
Investment securities losses of $52.5 million for 2008 were attributable to other-than-temporary write-downs on the Corporation’s holdings of various investment securities, including mortgage-related, debt, and equity securities. For 2007, the Corporation recognized gross gains of $9.1 million on sales of equity securities and a $0.9 million other-than-temporary write-down on a common equity security, while for 2006, in conjunction with the Corporation’s wholesale funding reduction initiative, the Corporation recognized gross gains of $22.6 million on the sales of equity securities and gross losses of $17.8 million, comprised of $15.8 million securities sales losses and a $2.0 million other-than-temporary impairment write-down.
 
Total proceeds and gross realized gains and losses from sales of investment securities available for sale (with other-than-temporary write-downs on securities included in gross losses) for each of the three years ended December 31 were:
 
                                 
    2008     2007     2006        
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Gross gains
  $ 5     $ 9,081     $ 22,569          
Gross losses
    (52,546 )     (907 )     (17,847 )        
     
     
Investment securities gains, net
  $ (52,541 )   $ 8,174     $ 4,722          
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
    3,550       66,239       754,091          
 
Pledged securities with a carrying value of approximately $3.4 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure certain deposits, FHLB advances, or for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
 
The following represents gross unrealized losses and the related fair value of investment securities available for sale, aggregated by investment category and length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2008.
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
       
    Unrealized Losses     Fair Value     Unrealized Losses     Fair Value     Unrealized Losses     Fair Value  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
December 31, 2008:
                                               
U. S. Treasury securities
  $ (29 )   $ 3,960     $     $     $ (29 )   $ 3,960  
Federal agency securities
                (1 )     52       (1 )     52  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)
    (3,645 )     128,571       (549 )     21,752       (4,194 )     150,323  
Mortgage-related securities
    (2,240 )     268,626       (7,241 )     140,021       (9,481 )     408,647  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    (445 )     3,798       (62 )     206       (507 )     4,004  
     
     
Total
  $ (6,359 )   $ 404,955     $ (7,853 )   $ 162,031     $ (14,212 )   $ 566,986  
     
     
 
The Corporation continues to monitor its exposure to other-than-temporary impairment that may result due to adverse economic conditions currently being experienced. Based on the Corporation’s evaluation, management


87


Table of Contents

does not believe any individual unrealized loss at December 31, 2008 represents an other-than-temporary impairment as these unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and the current volatile market conditions, and not credit deterioration. At December 31, 2008, the number of investment securities in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months for municipal and mortgage-related securities was 278 and 130, respectively. For investment securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more, the number of individual securities in the municipal and mortgage-related categories was 41 and 55, respectively. The unrealized losses reported for mortgage-related securities relate to non-agency backed collateralized mortgage obligations as well as mortgage-backed securities issued by government agencies such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). The Corporation currently has both the intent and ability to hold the securities contained in the previous table for a time necessary to recover the amortized cost.
 
During 2008, the Corporation owned certain mortgage-related, debt (trust preferred) and equity (common and preferred stock) securities that were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, resulting in $52.5 million of write-downs against earnings. The write-downs recognized in 2008 included $31.1 million on a non-agency mortgage-related security, $13.2 million related to the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock securities, a $6.8 million write-down on trust preferred debt securities pools, and $1.4 million on common equity securities. At December 31, 2008, the remaining carrying values of the specific securities with other-than-temporary write-downs were $32.9 million for the non-agency mortgage-related security, $0.2 million for the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock securities combined, $3.9 million for the trust preferred debt securities pools, and $0.4 million for the common equity securities. During 2007, a common equity security was determined to have an other-than-temporary impairment that resulted in a write-down on the security of $0.9 million.
 
The write-down on the mortgage-related security is attributable to a single bond security. This bond is comprised of large fixed-rate, 30-year amortizing mortgages. In consideration of a significant decline in the market value of this bond during the fourth quarter of 2008, as well as expectations of future principal and interest cash flows and the business and economic environment, other-than-temporary impairment was recorded. Of the remaining $4.1 billion of mortgage-related securities held at December 31, 2008, $4.0 billion are agency insured, and the vast majority of the remainder are seasoned.
 
The write-downs of the FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock securities resulted from action taken by the U.S. Treasury Department and Federal Housing Finance Authority to place FHLMC and FNMA into conservatorship during the third quarter of 2008. Part of this action was to capitalize both FHLMC and FNMA via a $100 billion contribution by the U.S. Treasury Department, in exchange for senior ranking preferred stock. This new preferred stock is the only class of shares eligible for dividend payment during the conservatorship, thereby eliminating dividend payments for the preferred stock securities held by the Corporation. Announcement of the provisions of the conservatorship triggered an immediate and significant decline in value for current preferred stock shareholders of FHLMC and FNMA, and the Corporation determined an other-than-temporary impairment write-down was necessary.


88


Table of Contents

For comparative purposes, the following represents gross unrealized losses and the related fair value of investment securities available for sale, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
       
    Unrealized Losses     Fair Value     Unrealized Losses     Fair Value     Unrealized Losses     Fair Value  
       
                ($ in Thousands)              
 
December 31, 2007:
                                               
U. S. Treasury securities
  $ (4 )   $ 3,944     $     $     $ (4 )   $ 3,944  
Federal agency securities
    (1 )     15,161       (11 )     6,893       (12 )     22,054  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    (125 )     22,957       (224 )     42,547       (349 )     65,504  
Mortgage-related securities
    (82 )     61,962       (11,073 )     1,193,144       (11,155 )     1,255,106  
Other securities (debt and equity)
    (2,039 )     13,686       (32 )     6,296       (2,071 )     19,982  
     
     
Total
  $ (2,251 )   $ 117,710     $ (11,340 )   $ 1,248,880     $ (13,591 )   $ 1,366,590  
     
     
 
NOTE 4   LOANS:
 
Loans at December 31 are summarized below.
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
  $ 4,388,691     $ 4,281,091  
Commercial real estate
    3,566,551       3,635,365  
Real estate construction
    2,260,888       2,260,766  
Lease financing
    122,113       108,794  
                 
Commercial
    10,338,243       10,286,016  
Home equity
    2,883,317       2,269,122  
Installment
    827,303       841,136  
                 
Retail
    3,710,620       3,110,258  
Residential mortgage
    2,235,045       2,119,978  
                 
Total loans
  $ 16,283,908     $ 15,516,252  
                 
 
A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated is as follows:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 200,570     $ 203,481     $ 203,404  
Balance related to acquisition
          2,991        
Provision for loan losses
    202,058       34,509       19,056  
Charge offs
    (145,826 )     (47,249 )     (30,507 )
Recoveries
    8,576       6,838       11,528  
                         
Net charge offs
    (137,250 )     (40,411 )     (18,979 )
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 265,378     $ 200,570     $ 203,481  
                         


89


Table of Contents

The following table presents nonperforming loans at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual loans
  $ 326,857     $ 152,528  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
    13,811       10,118  
                 
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 340,668     $ 162,646  
                 
 
Management has determined that specific commercial and consumer loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are impaired loans. The following table presents data on impaired loans at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Impaired loans for which a valuation allowance has been provided
  $ 120,830     $ 64,880  
Impaired loans for which no valuation allowance has been provided
    152,324       47,758  
                 
Total loans determined to be impaired
  $ 273,154     $ 112,638  
                 
Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans
  $ 51,511     $ 32,823  
                 
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
For the years ended December 31:
                       
Average recorded investment in impaired loans
  $ 204,054     $ 126,355     $ 95,299  
                         
Cash basis interest income recognized from impaired loans
  $ 12,093     $ 4,432     $ 5,692  
                         
 
The Corporation has granted loans to their directors, executive officers, or their related interests. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unrelated customers, and do not involve more than a normal risk of collection. These loans to related parties are summarized as follows:
 
         
    2008  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 33,192  
New loans
    45,909  
Repayments
    (21,056 )
Changes due to status of executive officers and directors
    (176 )
         
Balance at end of year
  $ 57,869  
         
 
The Corporation serves the credit needs of its customers by offering a wide variety of loan programs to customers, primarily in our core footprint. The loan portfolio is widely diversified by types of borrowers, industry groups, and market areas. Significant loan concentrations are considered to exist for a financial institution when there are amounts loaned to multiple numbers of borrowers engaged in similar activities that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. At December 31, 2008, no significant concentrations existed in the Corporation’s loan portfolio in excess of 10% of total loans.
 
NOTE 5   GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
 
Goodwill: Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. The Corporation conducts its impairment testing annually in May and no impairment loss was necessary in 2008, 2007, or 2006. For 2009, depending on market conditions, economic forecasts, results of operations, and other factors, the goodwill impairment analysis will require additional review of assumptions and outcomes. In addition, depending on market conditions, the goodwill impairment analysis may need to be prepared more frequently in the future. At December 31, 2008, goodwill of $907 million is assigned to the banking segment and goodwill of $22 million


90


Table of Contents

is assigned to the wealth management segment. The $58 million increase to goodwill during 2007 was attributable to the June 2007 acquisition of First National Bank. The $6 million reduction to goodwill during 2006 resulted from a $4 million adjustment attributable to finalizing the dissolution of an employee stock ownership plan acquired with a financial services company in October 2005 and a $2 million adjustment to tax liabilities related to the Corporation’s acquisition of a thrift in October 2004. The change in the carrying amount of goodwill was as follows.
 
                         
Goodwill
  2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 929,168     $ 871,629     $ 877,680  
Goodwill acquired, net of adjustments
          57,539       (6,051 )
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 929,168     $ 929,168     $ 871,629  
                         
 
Other Intangible Assets: The Corporation has other intangible assets that are amortized, consisting of core deposit intangibles, other intangibles (primarily related to customer relationships acquired in connection with the Corporation’s insurance agency acquisitions), and mortgage servicing rights. The core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights are assigned to the Corporation’s banking segment, while the other intangibles are assigned to the wealth management segment as of December 31, 2008.
 
For core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, changes in the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value were as follows. The $0.2 million deduction during 2008 was attributable to the write-off of unamortized customer list intangible related to the sale of third party administration business contracts. The $4 million increase to core deposit intangibles during 2007 was attributable to the June 2007 acquisition of First National Bank, while the $1 million increase to other intangibles was attributable to the value of check processing contracts purchased in June 2007.
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Core deposit intangibles:
                       
Gross carrying amount
  $ 47,748     $ 47,748     $ 43,363  
Accumulated amortization
    (25,165 )     (20,580 )     (15,698 )
     
     
Net book value
  $ 22,583     $ 27,168     $ 27,665  
     
     
Additions during the year
  $     $ 4,385     $  
Amortization during the year
    4,585       4,882       5,190  
Other intangibles: (1)
                       
Gross carrying amount
  $ 20,433     $ 22,370     $ 26,348  
Accumulated amortization
    (8,419 )     (8,505 )     (11,399 )
     
     
Net book value
  $ 12,014     $ 13,865     $ 14,949  
     
     
Additions during the year
  $     $ 1,150     $  
Deductions during the year
    167              
Amortization during the year
    1,684       2,234       3,713  
 
(1) Other intangibles of $1.8 million were fully amortized during 2007 and have been removed from both the gross carrying amount and the accumulated amortization for 2008. Other intangibles of $5.1 million were fully amortized during 2006 and have been removed from both the gross carrying amount and the accumulated amortization for 2007.
 
The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset is capitalized, which represents the then current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value. As the Corporation has not elected to subsequently measure any class of servicing assets under the fair value measurement method, the Corporation follows the amortization method. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of the


91


Table of Contents

initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization, or estimated fair value, and are included in other intangible assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Corporation periodically evaluates its mortgage servicing rights asset for impairment. Impairment is assessed based on fair value at each reporting date using estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgage loans serviced and stratifications based on the risk characteristics of the underlying loans (predominantly loan type and note interest rate). As mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. Conversely, as mortgage interest rates fall, prepayment speeds are usually faster and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally decreases, requiring additional valuation reserve. Based on the current environment, there is downward pressure on the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset. A valuation allowance is established, through a charge to earnings, to the extent the amortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value by stratification. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a stratification, the valuation is reduced through a recovery to earnings. An other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., recoverability is considered remote when considering interest rates and loan pay off activity) is recognized as a write-down of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the related valuation allowance (to the extent a valuation allowance is available) and then against earnings. A direct write-down permanently reduces the carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights asset and valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries. See Note 17 which further discusses fair value measurement relative to the mortgage servicing rights asset.
 
Mortgage servicing rights expense is a component of mortgage banking, net, in the consolidated statements of income. The $22.9 million mortgage servicing rights expense for 2008 was comprised of $16.1 million of base amortization and a $6.8 million addition to the valuation allowance. For 2007, the $16.7 million mortgage servicing rights expense included $18.1 million base amortization, net of a $1.4 million recovery to the valuation allowance, while for 2006 the $18.1 million mortgage servicing rights expense was comprised of base amortization of $20.4 million, net of a $2.3 million recovery to the valuation allowance.
 
A summary of changes in the balance of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the mortgage servicing rights valuation allowance was as follows.
 
                         
Mortgage servicing rights
  2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Mortgage servicing rights at beginning of year
  $ 54,819     $ 71,694     $ 76,236  
Additions(1)
    17,263       19,553       15,866  
Sale of servicing(2)
          (18,269 )      
Amortization
    (16,057 )     (18,067 )     (20,400 )
Other-than-temporary impairment
          (92 )     (8 )
     
     
Mortgage servicing rights at end of year
  $ 56,025     $ 54,819     $ 71,694  
     
     
Valuation allowance at beginning of year
    (3,632 )     (5,074 )     (7,395 )
(Additions)/Recoveries, net
    (6,825 )     1,350       2,313  
Other-than-temporary impairment
          92       8  
     
     
Valuation allowance at end of year
    (10,457 )     (3,632 )     (5,074 )
     
     
Mortgage servicing rights, net
  $ 45,568     $ 51,187     $ 66,620  
     
     
Fair value of Mortgage servicing rights
  $ 52,882     $ 62,815     $ 76,734  
Portfolio of residential mortgage loans
  $ 6,606,000     $ 6,403,000     $ 8,330,000  
serviced for others (2)(3)  
                       
Mortgage servicing rights, net to Portfolio of
    0.69 %     0.80 %     0.80 %
residential mortgage loans serviced for others
                       
Mortgage servicing rights expense(4)
  $ 22,882     $ 16,717     $ 18,087  
 
(1) Included in the December 31, 2007, additions to mortgage servicing rights was $2.4 million from First National Bank at acquisition.
 
(2) In 2007, the Corporation sold approximately $2.7 billion of its mortgage portfolio serviced for others with a carrying value of $18.3 million at an $8.6 million gain, which is included in mortgage banking, net in the consolidated statements of income.


92


Table of Contents

 
(3) Included in the December 31, 2007, portfolio of residential mortgage loans serviced for others was $0.3 billion from First National Bank at acquisition.
 
(4) Includes the amortization of mortgage servicing rights and additions/recoveries to the valuation allowance of mortgage servicing rights, and is a component of mortgage banking, net in the consolidated statements of income.
 
The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets. The projections of amortization expense for the next five years are based on existing asset balances, the current interest rate environment, and prepayment speeds as of December 31, 2008. The actual amortization expense the Corporation recognizes in any given period may be significantly different depending upon acquisition or sale activities, changes in interest rates, market conditions, regulatory requirements, and events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
 
                         
Estimated amortization expense
  Core Deposit Intangibles     Other Intangibles     Mortgage Servicing Rights  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Year ending December 31,
                       
2009
  $ 4,100     $ 1,400     $ 14,300  
2010
    3,700       1,200       11,800  
2011
    3,700       1,000       9,500  
2012
    3,200       1,000       7,100  
2013
    3,100       900       5,100  
     
     
 
NOTE 6   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:
 
A summary of premises and equipment at December 31 was as follows:
 
                                         
          2008     2007  
    Estimated
          Accumulated
    Net Book
    Net Book
 
    Useful Lives     Cost     Depreciation     Value     Value  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Land
        $ 44,554     $     $ 44,554     $ 45,519  
Land improvements
    3 – 20 years       4,777       2,333       2,444       2,074  
Buildings
    5 – 40 years       197,449       96,983       100,466       104,711  
Computers
    3 – 5 years       34,735       27,298       7,437       8,750  
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
    3 – 20 years       123,074       94,285       28,789       27,585  
Leasehold improvements
    5 – 30 years       26,048       18,796       7,252       8,807  
             
             
Total premises and equipment
          $ 430,637     $ 239,695     $ 190,942     $ 197,446  
             
             
 
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment totaled $22.3 million in 2008, $21.7 million in 2007, and $21.6 million in 2006.
 
The Corporation and certain subsidiaries are obligated under noncancelable operating leases for other facilities and equipment, certain of which provide for increased rentals based upon increases in cost of living adjustments and


93


Table of Contents

other operating costs. The approximate minimum annual rentals and commitments under these noncancelable agreements and leases with remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 11,764  
2010
    10,650  
2011
    8,620  
2012
    7,463  
2013
    5,861  
Thereafter
    14,751  
         
Total
  $ 59,109  
         
 
Total rental expense under leases, net of sublease income, totaled $16.8 million in 2008, $16.0 million in 2007, and $15.3 million in 2006.
 
NOTE 7   DEPOSITS:
 
The distribution of deposits at December 31 was as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 2,814,079     $ 2,661,078  
Savings deposits
    841,129       853,618  
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    1,796,405       1,947,551  
Money market deposits
    4,926,088       3,923,063  
Brokered certificates of deposit
    789,536       409,637  
Other time deposits
    3,987,559       4,178,966  
     
     
Total deposits
  $ 15,154,796     $ 13,973,913  
     
     
 
Time deposits of $100,000 or more were $1.6 billion at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Aggregate annual maturities of all time deposits at December 31, 2008, are as follows:
 
         
Maturities During Year Ending December 31,
  ($ in Thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 3,664,484  
2010
    607,627  
2011
    97,728  
2012
    303,774  
2013
    56,989  
Thereafter
    46,493  
         
Total
  $ 4,777,095  
         


94


Table of Contents

NOTE 8   SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS:
 
Short-term borrowings at December 31 was as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 1,590,738     $ 1,936,430  
Federal Reserve Term Auction Facility
    500,000        
FHLB advances
    1,600,000       200,000  
Treasury, tax, and loan notes
    13,198       1,055,357  
Commercial paper
          35,000  
     
     
Total short-term borrowings
  $ 3,703,936     $ 3,226,787  
     
     
 
The FHLB advances included in short-term borrowings are those with original contractual maturities of less than one year, while the Federal Reserve funds represent short-term borrowings through the Term Auction Facility. The treasury, tax, and loan notes are demand notes representing secured borrowings from the U.S. Treasury, collateralized by qualifying securities and loans.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Parent Company had $100 million of established lines of credit with various nonaffiliated banks, which were not drawn on. This line of credit matured during the fourth quarter of 2008. During 2000, a $200 million commercial paper program was initiated, of which, none was outstanding at December 31, 2008, while $35 million was outstanding at December 31, 2007.
 
NOTE 9   LONG-TERM FUNDING:
 
Long-term funding (funding with original contractual maturities greater than one year) at December 31 was as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
FHLB advances
  $ 1,118,140     $ 1,096,685  
Bank notes
          250,000  
Repurchase agreements
    300,000       100,000  
Subordinated debt, net
    225,058       199,462  
Junior subordinated debentures, net
    216,291       216,465  
Other borrowed funds
    2,158       2,159  
     
     
Total long-term funding
  $ 1,861,647     $ 1,864,771  
     
     
 
FHLB advances:  Long-term advances from the FHLB had maturities through 2020 at December 31, 2008, and had weighted-average interest rates of 3.53% at December 31, 2008, and 4.51% at December 31, 2007. These advances had a combination of fixed and variable contractual rates, of which 27% were variable at both December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. In September 2007, the Corporation entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the interest rate risk in the cash flows of a $200 million variable rate, long-term FHLB advance. The fair value of the derivative was a $3.2 million loss at December 31, 2008, compared to a $2.0 million loss at December 31, 2007.
 
Bank notes:  The long-term bank notes matured during the second quarter of 2008. These notes had a weighted-average interest rate of 5.19% at December 31, 2007 and were 100% variable rate.
 
Repurchase agreements:  The long-term repurchase agreements had maturities through 2010 and had weighted-average interest rates of 3.27% at December 31, 2008, and 4.38% at December 31, 2007. These repurchase agreements were 33% and 100% variable rate at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Subordinated debt:  In September 2008, the Corporation issued $26 million of 10-year subordinated debt, and in August 2001, the Corporation issued $200 million of 10-year subordinated debt. The subordinated notes were each issued at a discount, and the September 2008 debt has a fixed coupon interest rate of 9.25%, while the August 2001 debt has a fixed coupon interest rate of 6.75%. Subordinated debt qualifies under the risk-based capital guidelines as


95


Table of Contents

Tier 2 supplementary capital for regulatory purposes, and is subject to be discounted according to regulations when the debt has five years or less remaining to maturity.
 
Junior subordinated debentures:  The Corporation has $180.4 million of junior subordinated debentures (“ASBC Debentures”), which carry a fixed rate of 7.625% and mature on June 15, 2032. Beginning May 30, 2007, the Corporation has had the right to redeem the ASBC Debentures, at par. During 2002, the Corporation entered into interest rate swaps to hedge the interest rate risk on the ASBC Debentures. These interest rate swaps were called during the first quarter of 2008. Accordingly, the fair value of the derivative was zero at December 31, 2008 (as the swaps were terminated), compared to a $0.1 million loss at December 31, 2007, and the $0.8 million fair value gain on the debt at the time the swaps were terminated is being amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the debt. The carrying value of the ASBC Debentures was $179.6 million at December 31, 2008. With its October 2005 acquisition, the Corporation acquired variable rate junior subordinated debentures at a premium (the “SFSC Debentures”), from two equal issuances (contractually $30.9 million on a combined basis), of which one pays a variable rate adjusted quarterly based on the 90-day LIBOR plus 2.80% (or 6.27% at December 31, 2008) and matures April 23, 2034, and the other which pays a variable rate adjusted quarterly based on the 90-day LIBOR plus 3.45% (or 5.60% at December 31, 2008) and matures November 7, 2032. The Corporation has the right to redeem the SFSC Debentures, at par, on or after April 23, 2009, and November 7, 2007, respectively, and quarterly thereafter. The carrying value of the SFSC Debentures was $36.7 million at December 31, 2008.
 
The table below summarizes the maturities of the Corporation’s long-term funding at December 31, 2008:
 
         
Year
  ($ in Thousands)  
 
2009
  $ 707,519  
2010
    710,000  
2011
    199,612  
2012
    83  
2013
    79  
Thereafter
    244,354  
         
Total long-term funding
  $ 1,861,647  
         
 
Under agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, FHLB advances (short-term and long-term) are secured by qualifying mortgages of the subsidiary bank (such as residential mortgage, residential mortgage loans held for sale, home equity, and commercial real estate) and by specific investment securities for certain FHLB advances.
 
NOTE 10   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
Preferred Equity:  The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the issuance of 750,000 shares of preferred stock at a par value of $1.00 per share. In November 2008, under the CPP, the Corporation issued 525,000 shares of senior preferred stock (with a par value of $1.00 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 4.0 million shares of common stock (see section “Common Stock Warrants” below for additional information), for aggregate proceeds of $525 million. The proceeds received were allocated between the Senior Preferred Stock and the Common Stock Warrants based upon their relative fair values, which resulted in the recording of a discount on the Senior Preferred Stock upon issuance that reflects the value allocated to the Common Stock Warrants. The discount will be accreted using a level-yield basis over five years. The allocated carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants on the date of issuance (based on their relative fair values) were $507.7 million and $17.3 million, respectively. Cumulative dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock are payable at 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Corporation is prohibited from paying any dividend with respect to shares of common stock unless all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid in full on the Senior Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods. The Senior Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Senior Preferred Stock. The Senior Preferred Stock is callable at par after three years. Prior to the end of three years, the Senior Preferred Stock may be redeemed with the proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings of any Tier 1 perpetual preferred or


96


Table of Contents

common stock of at least $131 million (each a “Qualified Equity Offering”). The UST may also transfer the Senior Preferred Stock to a third party at any time.
 
Common Stock Warrants:  The Common Stock Warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $19.77 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments). The UST may not exercise or transfer the Common Stock Warrants with respect to more than half of the initial shares of common stock underlying the common stock warrants prior to the earlier of (a) the date on which the Corporation receives aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $525 million from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings and (b) December 31, 2009. The number of shares of common stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Common Stock Warrants will be reduced by 50% if the Corporation receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least $525 million from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings prior to December 31, 2009.
 
Assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of Common Stock Warrants. The weighted average expected life of the Common Stock Warrants represents the period of time that common stock warrants are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock. The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value for the Common Stock Warrants: a weighted average expected life of 10 years, a risk-free interest rate of 3.14%, an expected volatility of 32.28%, and a dividend yield of 5%. Based on these assumptions, the estimated fair value of the Common Stock Warrants was $2.70.
 
Subsidiary Equity:  At December 31, 2008, subsidiary equity equaled $2.6 billion, of which approximately $50 million could be paid to the Parent Company in the form of cash dividends without prior regulatory approval, subject to the capital needs of each subsidiary.
 
Stock Repurchases:  The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock to be made available for re-issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and/or for other corporate purposes. For the Corporation’s employee incentive plans, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares per quarter, while under various actions, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of shares, not to exceed specified amounts of the Corporation’s outstanding shares per authorization (“block authorizations”).
 
During 2008, no shares were repurchased under the block authorizations. During 2007, under the block authorizations, the Corporation repurchased (and cancelled) 4.0 million shares of its outstanding common stock for approximately $134 million (or $33.47 on average per share) under two accelerated share repurchase agreements. In addition, the Corporation settled previously announced accelerated share repurchase agreements during 2007 by issuing shares. At December 31, 2008, approximately 3.9 million shares remain authorized to repurchase under the block authorizations. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to the restrictions under the CPP.
 
Under the CPP, prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock (November 21, 2011), unless the Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for us to redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind, other than (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of the Senior Preferred Stock, (ii) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of our common stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (iii) certain other redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions as permitted under the CPP.


97


Table of Contents

Other Comprehensive Income: A summary of activity in accumulated other comprehensive income follows.
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Net income
  $ 168,452     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                       
Investment securities available for sale:
                       
Net unrealized gains (losses)
    (8,817 )     24,607       8,790  
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses realized in net income
    52,541       (8,174 )     (4,722 )
Income tax expense
    (16,559 )     (5,591 )     (1,519 )
     
     
Other comprehensive income on investment securities available for sale
    27,165       10,842       2,549  
Defined benefit pension and postretirement obligations:
                       
Net gain (loss)
    (29,593 )     6,267        
Prior service cost
          (396 )      
Amortization of prior service cost
    472       442        
Amortization of net loss
    231       844        
Income tax (expense) benefit
    11,556       (2,863 )      
     
     
Other comprehensive income (loss) on pension and postretirement obligations
    (17,334 )     4,294        
Derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships:
                       
Net unrealized losses
    (16,679 )     (1,606 )      
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses and interest expense for interest differential on derivative instruments realized in net income
    4,343       (366 )      
Income tax benefit
    5,058       791        
     
     
Other comprehensive loss on cash flow hedging relationships
    (7,278 )     (1,181 )      
     
     
Total other comprehensive income
    2,553       13,955       2,549  
     
     
Comprehensive income
  $ 171,005     $ 299,707     $ 319,194  
     
     
 
NOTE 11   STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:
 
At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had three stock-based compensation plans (discussed below). All stock awards granted under these plans have an exercise price that is established at the closing price of the Corporation’s stock on the date the awards were granted. The stock incentive plans of acquired companies were terminated as to future option grants at each respective merger date. Option holders under such plans received the Corporation’s common stock, options to buy the Corporation’s common stock, or cash, based on the conversion terms of the various merger agreements.
 
The Corporation may issue common stock with restrictions to certain key employees. The shares are restricted as to transfer, but are not restricted as to dividend payment or voting rights. The transfer restrictions lapse over three or five years, depending upon whether the awards are service-based or performance-based, are contingent upon continued employment, and for performance-based awards are based on earnings per share performance goals.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans:
 
In 1987 (as amended subsequently, and most recently in 2005), the Board of Directors, with subsequent approval of the Corporation’s shareholders, approved the Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (“Stock Plan”). Options are generally exercisable up to 10 years from the date of grant and vest ratably over three years. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 1.3 million shares remain available for grants.


98


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors approved the implementation of a broad-based stock option grant effective July 28, 1999. The only stock option grant under this was in 1999, which provided all qualifying employees with an opportunity and an incentive to buy shares of the Corporation and align their financial interest with the growth in value of the Corporation’s shares. These options have 10-year terms and fully vested after two years. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 2.8 million shares remain available for grants.
 
In January 2003 (and as amended in 2005), the Board of Directors, with subsequent approval of the Corporation’s shareholders, approved the adoption of the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2003 Plan”), which provides for the granting of options or other stock incentive awards (e.g., restricted stock awards) to key employees. Options are generally exercisable up to 10 years from the date of grant and vest ratably over three years. As of December 31, 2008, approximately 2.2 million shares remain available for grants.
 
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation:
 
The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, while the fair value of restricted stock shares is their fair market value on the date of grant. The fair values of stock grants are amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grants. Compensation expense recognized is included in personnel expense in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Assumptions are used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted. The weighted average expected life of the stock option represents the period of time that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using historical data of stock option exercises and forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock. The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value for options granted in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Dividend yield
    5.12 %     3.45 %     3.23 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.77 %     4.80 %     4.44 %
Expected volatility
    21.32 %     19.28 %     23.98 %
Weighted average expected life
    6yrs       6 yrs       6 yrs  
Weighted average per share fair value of options
  $ 2.74     $ 5.99     $ 6.97  
 
The Corporation is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation expense recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.


99


Table of Contents

A summary of the Corporation’s stock option activity for 2008, 2007, and 2006, is presented below.
 
                                 
                Weighted Average
    Aggregate
 
          Weighted Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
Stock Options   Shares     Exercise Price     Contractual Term     Value (000s)  
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    7,859,686     $ 25.40                  
Granted
    77,000       32.28                  
Exercised
    (1,316,932 )     22.58                  
Forfeited
    (153,272 )     31.43                  
                     
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    6,466,482     $ 25.91       5.95     $ 57,985  
                     
                     
Options exercisable at December 31, 2006
    6,081,776     $ 25.67       5.85     $ 56,005  
     
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    6,466,482     $ 25.91                  
Granted
    1,091,645       33.72                  
Exercised
    (974,440 )     23.05                  
Forfeited
    (264,274 )     32.48                  
                     
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    6,319,413     $ 27.43       5.78     $ (2,136 )
                     
                     
Options exercisable at December 31, 2007
    5,289,288     $ 26.22       5.14     $ 4,603  
     
     
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    6,319,413     $ 27.43                  
Granted
    1,256,790       24.35                  
Exercised
    (576,685 )     18.20                  
Forfeited
    (417,816 )     30.55                  
                     
                     
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    6,581,702     $ 27.45       5.87     $ (42,922 )
                     
                     
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008
    4,770,537     $ 27.44       4.77     $ (31,076 )
     
     
 
The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008:
 
                                           
    Options
    Weighted Average
    Remaining
      Options
    Weighted Average
 
    Outstanding     Exercise Price     Life (Years)       Exercisable     Exercise Price  
   
Range of Exercise Prices:
                                         
$11.85 — $13.20
    26,003     $ 12.53       1.49         26,003     $ 12.53  
$16.70 — $18.82
    308,822       17.25       2.77         241,822       16.82  
$19.43 — $24.89
    2,768,858       22.70       5.28         1,650,324       21.40  
$26.39 — $29.46
    772,161       29.04       5.30         737,681       29.08  
$31.17 — $34.27
    2,705,858       33.17       7.04         2,114,707       32.99  
     
     
TOTAL
    6,581,702     $ 27.45       5.87         4,770,537     $ 27.44  
     
     
                                           


100


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s nonvested stock option activity for 2008, 2007, and 2006.
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
Stock Options
  Shares     Grant Date Fair Value  
 
Nonvested at December 31, 2005
    1,003,891     $ 6.00  
Granted
    77,000       6.97  
Vested
    (668,362 )     5.87  
Forfeited
    (27,823 )     6.26  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2006
    384,706     $ 6.40  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2006
    384,706     $ 6.40  
Granted
    1,091,645       5.99  
Vested
    (333,376 )     6.31  
Forfeited
    (112,850 )     6.07  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2007
    1,030,125     $ 6.03  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2007
    1,030,125     $ 6.03  
Granted
    1,256,790       2.74  
Vested
    (337,557 )     6.06  
Forfeited
    (138,193 )     4.66  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2008
    1,811,165     $ 3.85  
                 
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $3.8 million, $9.6 million, and $14.6 million, respectively. (Intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the stock option.) During 2008, $10.5 million was received for the exercise of stock options. The total fair value of stock options that vested was $2.0 million, $2.1 million, and $3.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. The Corporation recognized compensation expense of $3.0 million, $2.2 million, and $0.9 million for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, for the vesting of stock options. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $4.2 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over the remaining contractual terms that extend predominantly through fourth quarter 2010.


101


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s restricted stock shares activity for 2008, 2007, and 2006.
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
Restricted Stock   Shares     Grant Date Fair Value  
   
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    72,500     $ 28.70  
Granted
    92,300       33.50  
Vested
    (15,000 )     23.25  
Forfeited
    (21,900 )     32.78  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    127,900     $ 32.11  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    127,900     $ 32.11  
Granted
    118,250       33.70  
Vested
    (45,716 )     31.64  
Forfeited
    (35,594 )     33.19  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    164,840     $ 33.14  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    164,840     $ 33.14  
Granted
    265,900       24.43  
Vested
    (69,074 )     32.47  
Forfeited
    (7,339 )     32.21  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    354,327     $ 26.75  
                 
 
The Corporation amortizes the expense related to restricted stock awards as compensation expense over the vesting period. Expense for restricted stock awards of approximately $4.0 million, $2.0 million, and $1.0 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $5.5 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock shares that is expected to be recognized over the remaining contractual terms that extend predominantly through fourth quarter 2010.
 
The Corporation issues shares from treasury, when available, or new shares upon the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock shares. The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock each quarter in the market, to be made available for issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and for other corporate purposes. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to restrictions under the CPP.
 
NOTE 12   RETIREMENT PLANS:
 
The Corporation has a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan (the Retirement Account Plan (“RAP”)) covering substantially all full-time employees. The benefits are based primarily on years of service and the employee’s compensation paid. Employees of acquired entities generally participate in the RAP after consummation of the business combinations. The plans of acquired entities are typically merged into the RAP after completion of the mergers, and credit is usually given to employees for years of service at the acquired institution for vesting and eligibility purposes. In connection with the First Federal acquisition in October 2004, the Corporation assumed the First Federal pension plan (the “First Federal Plan”). The First Federal Plan was frozen on December 31, 2004, and qualified participants in the First Federal Plan became eligible to participate in the RAP as of January 1, 2005. Additional discussion and information on the RAP and the First Federal Plan are collectively referred to below as the “Pension Plan.”
 
Associated also provides healthcare benefits for eligible retired employees in its Postretirement Plan (the “Postretirement Plan”). Retirees who are at least 55 years of age with 10 years of service are eligible to participate in the plan. Additionally, with the rise in healthcare costs for retirees under the age of 65, the Corporation changed its postretirement benefits to include a subsidy for those employees who are at least age 55 but less than age 65 with at least 15 years of service as of January 1, 2007. The Corporation has no plan assets attributable to the plan, and


102


Table of Contents

funds the benefits as claims arise. The Corporation reserves the right to terminate or make changes to the plan at any time.
 
The funded status and amounts recognized in the 2008 and 2007 consolidated balance sheets, as measured on December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for the Pension and Postretirement Plans were as follows.
 
                                   
    Pension
    Postretirement
      Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Plan     Plan       Plan     Plan  
       
    2008     2008       2007     2007  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 135,931     $       $ 124,551     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (27,660 )             10,567        
Employer contributions
    10,000       378         10,000       354  
Gross benefits paid
    (9,160 )     (378 )       (9,187 )     (354 )
     
     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 109,111     $       $ 135,931     $  
     
     
Change in Benefit Obligation
                                 
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 108,006     $ 5,188       $ 107,425     $ 5,747  
Service cost
    9,362               9,888        
Interest cost
    6,174       271         5,698       294  
Plan Amendments
                  396        
Curtailments, Settlements, Special Termination Benefits
    147                      
Actuarial gain
    (9,327 )     (520 )       (6,214 )     (499 )
Gross benefits paid
    (9,160 )     (378 )       (9,187 )     (354 )
     
     
Net benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 105,202     $ 4,561       $ 108,006     $ 5,188  
     
     
Funded status
  $ 3,909     $ (4,561 )     $ 27,925     $ (5,188 )
     
     
Noncurrent assets
  $ 4,557     $       $ 27,925     $  
Current liabilities
          (560 )             (590 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (648 )     (4,001 )             (4,598 )
     
     
Asset (Liability) Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
  $ 3,909     $ (4,561 )     $ 27,925     $ (5,188 )
     
     
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 follow:
 
                                   
    Pension
    Postretirement
      Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Plan     Plan       Plan     Plan  
       
    2008     2008       2007     2007  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
Prior service cost
  $ 400     $ 813       $ 446     $ 1,050  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    27,294       (403 )       9,382       (108 )
     
     
Amount not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost, but recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 27,694     $ 410       $ 9,828     $ 942  
     
     


103


Table of Contents

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), net of tax, in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
 
                                       
    Pension Plan
      Postretirement Plan
      Pension Plan
      Postretirement Plan
 
    2008       2008       2007       2007  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
Net gain (loss)
  $ (30,112 )     $ 519       $ 5,769       $ 498  
Prior service cost
                    (396 )        
Amortization of prior service cost
    77         395         47         395  
Amortization of actuarial (gain) loss
    258         (27 )       844          
Income tax (expense) benefit
    11,911         (355 )       (2,506 )       (357 )
     
     
Total Recognized in OCI
  $ (17,866 )     $ 532       $ 3,758       $ 536  
     
     
 
The components of net periodic benefit cost for the Pension and Postretirement Plans for 2008, 2007, and 2006 were as follows:
 
                                                     
    Pension Plan
    Postretirement Plan
      Pension Plan
    Postretirement Plan
      Pension Plan
    Postretirement Plan
 
    2008     2008       2007     2007       2006     2006  
       
                  ($ in Thousands)                
Service cost
  $ 9,362     $       $ 9,888     $       $ 9,546     $  
Interest cost
    6,174       271         5,698       294         5,335       311  
Expected return on plan assets
    (11,768 )             (11,269 )             (9,551 )      
Amortization of:
                                                   
Transition asset
                                (88 )      
Prior service cost
    77       395         47       395         47       395  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    258       (27 )       844               1,035        
     
     
Total net periodic benefit cost
  $ 4,103     $ 639       $ 5,208     $ 689       $ 6,324     $ 706  
Settlement charge
    267                             102        
     
     
Total net pension cost
  $ 4,370     $ 639       $ 5,208     $ 689       $ 6,426     $ 706  
     
     
 
As of December 31, 2008, the estimated actuarial losses and prior service cost that will be amortized during 2009 from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan are $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively. An estimated $0.4 million in prior service cost is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net benefit cost during 2009 for the Postretirement Plan.
 


104


Table of Contents

                                   
    Pension Plan
    Postretirement Plan
      Pension Plan
    Postretirement Plan
 
    2008     2008       2007     2007  
       
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
                                 
Discount rate
    6.10 %     6.10 %       6.00 %     6.00 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    5.00       N/A         5.00       N/A  
Weighted average assumptions used to
                                 
determine net periodic benefit costs:
                                 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.00 %       5.50 %     5.50 %
Rate of increase in compensation levels
    5.00       N/A         5.00       N/A  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    8.25       N/A         8.75       N/A  
     
     
 
The overall expected long-term rates of return on the Pension Plan assets were 8.25% and 8.75% as of December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The expected long-term rate of return was estimated using market benchmarks for equities and bonds applied to the Pension Plan’s anticipated asset allocations. The expected return on equities was computed utilizing a valuation framework, which projected future returns based on current equity valuations rather than historical returns.
 
The investment objective for the Pension Plan is to maximize total return with a tolerance for average risk. The plan has a diversified portfolio that will provide liquidity, current income, and growth of income and principal, with anticipated asset allocation ranges of: equity securities 55-65%, debt securities 35-45%, and other cash equivalents 0-5%. Given current market conditions, the Corporation could be outside of the allocation ranges for brief periods of time. The asset allocation for the Pension Plan as of the December 31, 2008 and 2007 measurement dates, respectively, by asset category were as follows.
 
                 
Asset Category   2008     2007  
 
Equity securities
    52 %     61 %
Debt securities
    47       37  
Other
    1       2  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
 
The Corporation’s funding policy is to pay at least the minimum amount required by the funding requirements of federal law and regulations, with consideration given to the maximum funding amounts allowed. The Corporation contributed $10 million to its Pension Plan during both 2008 and 2007. The Corporation regularly reviews the funding of its Pension Plans. At this time, the Corporation expects to make a contribution of up to $10 million in 2009.
 
The projected benefit payments for the Pension and Postretirement Plans at December 31, 2008, reflecting expected future services, were as follows. The projected benefit payments were calculated using the same assumptions as those used to calculate the benefit obligations listed above.
 
                 
    Pension Plan     Postretirement Plan  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Estimated future benefit payments:
               
2009
  $ 16,548     $ 560  
2010
    7,721       610  
2011
    8,375       587  
2012
    9,454       565  
2013
    9,720       500  
2014-2018
    52,501       1,463  

105


Table of Contents

The health care trend rate is an assumption as to how much the plan’s medical costs will increase each year in the future. The health care trend rate assumption for pre-65 coverage is 9% for 2008, and 1% lower in each succeeding year, to an ultimate rate of 5% for 2012 and future years. The health care trend rate assumption for post-65 coverage is 10% for 2008, and 1% lower in each succeeding year, to an ultimate rate of 5% for 2013 and future years.
 
A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effect.
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    100 bp Increase     100 bp Decrease     100 bp Increase     100 bp Decrease  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $ 23     $ (21 )   $ 22     $ (20 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 377     $ (348 )   $ 363     $ (339 )
 
The Corporation also has a 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “401(k) plan”). The Corporation’s contribution is determined annually by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors, based in part on performance-driven formulas provided in the plan. Total expense related to contributions to the 401(k) plan was $6.2 million, $6.1 million, and $3.4 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
NOTE 13   INCOME TAXES:
 
The current and deferred amounts of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 97,707     $ 120,623     $ 109,909  
State
    (2,327 )     3,353       3,589  
     
     
Total current
    95,380       123,976       113,498  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (44,986 )     7,048       16,412  
State
    3,434       2,418       3,224  
     
     
Total deferred
    (41,552 )     9,466       19,636  
     
     
Total income tax expense
  $ 53,828     $ 133,442     $ 133,134  
     
     


106


Table of Contents

Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities resulted in deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 were as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Gross deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 108,028     $ 81,498  
Accrued liabilities
    5,424       3,002  
Deferred compensation
    20,637       19,160  
Securities valuation adjustment
    23,072       2,222  
Benefit of tax loss carryforwards
    37,249       29,337  
Other
    9,457       3,293  
     
     
Total gross deferred tax assets
    203,867       138,512  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (25,182 )     (12,082 )
     
     
      178,685       126,430  
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
               
FHLB stock dividends
    13,903       13,903  
Prepaid expenses
    22,621       20,862  
Intangible amortization
    25,932       23,661  
Mortgage banking activity
    6,498       9,679  
Deferred loan fee income
    18,105       16,492  
State income taxes
    16,569       10,717  
Leases
    4,046       5,091  
Other
    9,313       5,879  
     
     
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    116,987       106,284  
     
     
Net deferred tax assets
    61,698       20,146  
     
     
Tax effect of unrealized loss (gain) related to available for sale securities
    (15,926 )     (4,395 )
Tax effect of unrealized loss related to pension and postretirement benefits
    18,736       7,180  
     
     
      2,810       2,785  
     
     
Net deferred tax assets including tax effected items
  $ 64,508     $ 22,931  
     
     
 
For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance has been recognized to offset deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards of certain subsidiaries and other state temporary differences due to the uncertainty that the assets will be realized. If it is subsequently determined that all or a portion of these deferred tax assets will be realized, the tax benefit for these items will be used to reduce deferred tax expense for that period. In addition, a valuation allowance has been established through purchase accounting related to acquired net operating loss carryforwards. If it is subsequently determined that all or a portion of these deferred tax assets will be realized, the tax benefit for these items will be used to reduce goodwill for that period.


107


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $25.2 million was related to the deferred tax benefit of tax loss carryforwards of $37.2 million and other state deferred tax assets of $9 million, while at December 31, 2007, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $12.1 million was related to the deferred tax benefit of tax loss carryforwards of $29.3 million. The changes in the valuation allowance, which related to an increase in net operating losses and other state deferred tax assets for 2008 and an increase in net operating losses in 2007, was as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, beginning of year
  $ 12,082     $ 7,689  
Increase in current year
    13,100       4,393  
     
     
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, end of year
  $ 25,182     $ 12,082  
     
     
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and, if necessary, tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the projections for future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income over the period that the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Corporation will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had state net operating losses of $465 million (of which, $59 million was acquired from various acquisitions) and federal net operating losses of $1.3 million (of which, all was acquired from various acquisitions) that will expire in the years 2009 through 2023.
 
The effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal tax rate. The major reasons for this difference were as follows:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Federal income tax rate at statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Increases (decreases) resulting from:
                       
Tax-exempt interest and dividends
    (7.3 )     (3.9 )     (3.0 )
State income taxes (net of federal income taxes), including changes to valuation allowance
    0.3       0.9       1.0  
Bank owned life insurance
    (3.1 )     (1.4 )     (1.2 )
Other
    (0.7 )     1.2       (2.2 )
     
     
Effective income tax rate
    24.2 %     31.8 %     29.6 %
     
     
 
Savings banks acquired by the Corporation in 1997 and 2004 qualified under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code that permitted them to deduct from taxable income an allowance for bad debts that differed from the provision for such losses charged to income for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made for $100.3 million of retained income at December 31, 2008. If income taxes had been provided, the deferred tax liability would have been approximately $40.3 million. Management does not expect this amount to become taxable in the future, therefore, no provision for income taxes has been made.
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states jurisdictions. The Corporation’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination from the 2005 tax return year and forward, while the Corporation’s various state income tax returns are generally open and subject to examination from the 1999 and later tax return years based on individual state statutes of limitation.


108


Table of Contents

The Corporation adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007, resulting in no cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of adoption. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Millions)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 38     $ 29  
Changes in tax positions for prior years
           
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
    9       10  
Settlements
    (8 )      
Statute expiration
    (1 )     (1 )
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 38     $ 38  
                 
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $24 million and $26 million, respectively.
 
The Corporation recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax expense line of the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $5 million of interest and penalties (including $1.8 million of interest accrued during 2008) on unrecognized tax benefits of which $2 million had an impact on the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2007, the Corporation had $6 million of interest and penalties (including $0.5 million of interest accrued during 2007) on unrecognized tax benefits of which $4 million had an impact on the effective tax rate. Management does not anticipate significant adjustments to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
 
NOTE 14   COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
 
The Corporation utilizes a variety of financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to manage its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include lending-related and other commitments (see below) and derivative instruments (see Note 15).
 
Lending-related Commitments
 
As a financial services provider, the Corporation routinely enters into commitments to extend credit. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by the Corporation, with each customer’s creditworthiness evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Since a significant portion of commitments to extend credit are nonbinding or may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Corporation had a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments totaling $3.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Lending-related commitments include commitments to extend credit, commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers at predetermined interest rates, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contracts. Commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are considered derivative instruments, and the fair value of these commitments is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. The Corporation’s derivative and hedging activity is further described in Note 15. Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party, while standby letters of credit generally are


109


Table of Contents

contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party.
 
The following is a summary of lending-related commitments at December 31.
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Commitments to extend credit, excluding commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale(1)(2)
  $ 4,885,011     $ 6,603,204  
Commercial letters of credit(1)
    21,121       30,495  
Standby letters of credit(3)
    563,784       628,760  
 
(1) These off-balance sheet financial instruments are exercisable at the market rate prevailing at the date the underlying transaction will be completed and, thus, are deemed to have no current fair value, or the fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and is not material at December 31, 2008 or 2007.
 
(2) Commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale are considered derivative instruments and are disclosed in Note 15.
 
(3) The Corporation has established a liability of $3.7 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, as an estimate of the fair value of these financial instruments.
 
Other Commitments
 
The Corporation has principal investment commitments to provide capital-based financing to private and public companies through either direct investments in specific companies or through investment funds and partnerships. The timing of future cash requirements to fund such commitments is generally dependent on the investment cycle, whereby privately held companies are funded by private equity investors and ultimately sold, merged, or taken public through an initial offering, which can vary based on overall market conditions, as well as the nature and type of industry in which the companies operate. The Corporation also invests in low-income housing, small-business commercial real estate, and historic tax credit projects to promote the revitalization of low-to-moderate-income neighborhoods throughout the local communities of its bank subsidiary. As a limited partner in these unconsolidated projects, the Corporation is allocated tax credits and deductions associated with the underlying projects. The aggregate carrying value of all these investments at December 31, 2008, was $35 million, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, compared to $26 million at December 31, 2007. Related to these investments, the Corporation had remaining commitments to fund of $21 million at December 31, 2008, and $29 million at December 31, 2007.
 
Contingent Liabilities
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation may be named as defendant in or be a party to various pending and threatened legal proceedings. Since it may not be possible to formulate a meaningful opinion as to the range of possible outcomes and plaintiffs’ ultimate damage claims, management cannot estimate the specific possible loss or range of loss that may result from these proceedings. Management believes, based upon current knowledge, that liabilities arising out of any such current proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Corporation.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, Visa announced that it had reached a settlement regarding certain litigation with American Express totaling $2.1 billion. Visa also disclosed in its annual report filed during the fourth quarter of 2007, a $650 million liability related to pending litigation with Discover Financial Services (“Discover”), as well as potential additional exposure for similar pending litigation related to other lawsuits against Visa (for which Visa has not recorded a liability). As a result of the indemnification agreement established as part of Visa’s restructuring transactions in October 2007, banks with a membership interest, including the Corporation, have obligations to share in certain losses with Visa, including these litigation matters. Accordingly, during the fourth quarter of 2007, the Corporation recorded a $2.3 million reserve and a corresponding charge to other noninterest expense for unfavorable litigation losses related to Visa.
 
Visa matters during 2008 resulted in the Corporation recording a total gain of $5.2 million, which included a $3.2 million gain from the mandatory partial redemption of the Corporation’s Class B common stock in Visa Inc. related to Visa’s initial public offering which was completed during first quarter 2008 and a $2.0 million gain


110


Table of Contents

(including a $1.5 million gain in the first quarter of 2008 and a $0.5 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2008) and a corresponding receivable (included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets) for the Corporation’s pro rata interest in the litigation escrow account established by Visa from which settlements of certain covered litigation will be paid (Visa may add to this over time through a defined process which may involve a further redemption of the Class B common stock). In addition, the Corporation has a zero basis (i.e., historical cost/carryover basis) in the shares of unredeemed Visa Class B common stock which are convertible with limitations into Visa Class A common stock based on a conversion rate that is subject to change in accordance with specified terms (including provision of Visa’s retrospective responsibility plan which provides that Class B stockholders will bear the financial impact of certain covered litigation) and no sooner than the longer of three years or resolution of covered litigation. On October 27, 2008, Visa publicly announced that it had agreed to settle litigation with Discover for $1.9 billion, which includes $1.7 billion from the escrow account created under Visa’s retrospective responsibility plan and that would affect the Corporation’s previously recorded liability estimate which was based on Visa’s original $650 million estimate for the Discover litigation. The Corporation’s pro rata share of approximately $0.5 million in this additional settlement amount was recognized through other noninterest expense in October 2008 (offsetting the $0.5 million gain recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008 noted above). In addition, based upon Visa’s revised liability estimated for Discover litigation, during the fourth quarter of 2008 the Corporation recorded a $0.5 million reduction in the reserve for litigation losses and a corresponding reduction in the Visa escrow receivable. At December 31, 2008, the remaining reserve for unfavorable litigation losses related to Visa was $2.3 million.
 
Residential mortgage loans sold to others are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated under our usual underwriting procedures, and are most often sold on a nonrecourse basis. The Corporation’s agreements to sell residential mortgage loans in the normal course of business usually require certain representations and warranties on the underlying loans sold, related to credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability, which if subsequently are untrue or breached, could require the Corporation to repurchase certain loans affected. There have been insignificant instances of repurchase under representations and warranties. To a much lesser degree, the Corporation may sell residential mortgage loans with limited recourse (limited in that the recourse period ends prior to the loan’s maturity, usually after certain time and/or loan paydown criteria have been met), whereby repurchase could be required if the loan had defined delinquency issues during the limited recourse periods. At December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, there were approximately $77 million and $61 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans sold with such recourse risk, upon which there have been insignificant instances of repurchase. Given that the underlying loans delivered to buyers are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated or purchased under our usual underwriting procedures, and that historical experience shows negligible losses and insignificant repurchase activity, management believes that losses and repurchases under the limited recourse provisions will continue to be insignificant.
 
In October 2004, the Corporation acquired a thrift. Prior to the acquisition, this thrift retained a subordinate position to the FHLB in the credit risk on the underlying residential mortgage loans it sold to the FHLB in exchange for a monthly credit enhancement fee. The Corporation has not sold loans to the FHLB with such credit risk retention since February 2005. At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, there were $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, of such residential mortgage loans with credit risk recourse, upon which there have been negligible historical losses to the Corporation.
 
At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Corporation provided a credit guarantee on contracts related to specific commercial loans to unrelated third parties in exchange for a fee. In the event of a customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Corporation is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk, in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers, is limited to a defined contract liability. In the event of nonperformance, the Corporation has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The Corporation has an estimated fair value of approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million related to these credit guarantee contracts at December 31, 2008 and December 30, 2007, respectively, recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.


111


Table of Contents

NOTE 15   DERIVATIVE AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:
 
The Corporation uses derivative instruments primarily to hedge the variability in interest payments or protect the value of certain assets and liabilities recorded on its consolidated balance sheet from changes in interest rates. The predominant derivative and hedging activities include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate collars, and certain mortgage banking activities. The contract or notional amount of a derivative is used to determine, along with the other terms of the derivative, the amounts to be exchanged between the counterparties. Because the contract or notional amount does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, it is not a measure of loss exposure related to the use of derivatives nor of exposure to liquidity risk. The Corporation is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to financial instruments. As the Corporation generally enters into transactions only with high quality counterparties, no losses with counterparty nonperformance on derivative financial instruments have occurred. Further, the Corporation obtains collateral and uses master netting arrangements when available. To mitigate the counterparty risk, interest rate swap agreements generally contain language outlining collateral pledging requirements for each counterparty. Collateral must be posted when the market value exceeds a certain threshold. The Corporation was required to pledge $71 million of investment securities and cash equivalents as collateral at December 31, 2008, while no collateral was required to be pledged at December 31, 2007. The threshold limits are determined from the credit ratings of each counterparty. Upgrades or downgrades to the credit ratings of either counterparty would lower or raise the threshold limits. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices. The market risk associated with interest rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
 
Interest rate swap contracts are entered into primarily as an asset / liability management strategy of the Corporation to modify interest rate risk, while an interest rate cap or collar is an interest rate protection instrument. The customer interest rate swaps, caps, and collars are entered into to service the customers’ needs. The Corporation simultaneously enters into offsetting derivative instruments, i.e. mirror interest rate swaps, caps, and collars, with third parties to manage its interest rate risk associated with the customer interest rate swaps, caps, or collars. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed rate payments for floating rate payments, based on a notional principal amount. Payments related to the Corporation’s swap contracts are made monthly, quarterly, or semi-annually by one of the parties, depending on the specific terms of the related contract. The primary risk associated with all swaps is the exposure to movements in interest rates and the ability of the counterparties to meet the terms of the contract. Interest rate floors, caps, and collars are interest rate protection instruments that involve the payment from the seller to the buyer of an interest differential. This differential represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., six-month LIBOR) and an agreed upon rate (the strike rate) applied to a notional principal amount. By buying a cap, the Corporation will be paid the differential by a counterparty should the short-term rate rise above the strike level of the agreement. In contrast, by buying a floor, the Corporation will be paid the differential by a counterparty should the short-term rate fall below the strike level of the agreement. The primary risk associated with purchased floors and caps is the ability of the counterparties to meet the terms of the agreement.


112


Table of Contents

The table below identifies the Corporation’s primary derivative instruments, excluding mortgage derivatives, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, as well as which instruments receive hedge accounting treatment. Included in the table below for both December 31, 2008 and 2007, were customer interest rate swaps, caps, and collars for which the Corporation has mirror swaps, caps, and collars. The fair value of these customer swaps, caps, and collars and of the mirror swaps, caps, and collars is recorded net in other noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. The net impact for 2008 was a $1.5 million net loss, of which, $0.5 million was due to the January 2008 adoption of SFAS 157, attributable to the inclusion of a nonperformance / credit risk component in the fair value measurement of the interest rate derivative instruments not previously included. The net impact in the consolidated statement of income for 2007 was immaterial. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 17, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional information and disclosure.
 
                                         
    Notional
    Fair Value
    Weighted Average  
December 31, 2008   Amount     Gain / (Loss)     Receive Rate     Pay Rate     Maturity  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Swaps — receive variable / pay fixed(1)
  $ 400,000     $ (14,623 )     0.76 %     3.78 %     22 months  
Customer and mirror swaps(2)
    1,787,262       (1,404 )     3.02 %     3.02 %     55 months  
Customer and mirror caps(2)
    92,724                         15 months  
Customer and mirror collars(2)
    53,593       (94 )                 42 months  
     
     
 
(1) Cash flow hedge accounting is applied on $400 million notional, of which, $200 million hedges the interest rate risk in the cash flows of a long-term, variable-rate FHLB advance and $200 million hedges the interest rate risk in the cash flows of certain, short-term, variable-rate borrowings as an asset / liability management strategy.
 
(2) Hedge accounting is not applied on $1.9 billion notional of interest rate swaps, caps, and collars entered into with our customers whose value changes are offset by mirror swaps, caps, and collars entered into with third parties.
 
                                         
    Notional
    Fair Value
    Weighted Average  
December 31, 2007   Amount     Gain / (Loss)     Receive Rate     Pay Rate     Maturity  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Swaps — receive fixed / pay variable(3)
  $ 175,000     $ (50 )     7.63 %     6.01 %     298 months  
Swaps — receive variable / pay fixed(4)
    200,000       (1,972 )     4.74 %     4.42 %     18 months  
Customer and mirror swaps(5)
    758,376             4.92 %     4.92 %     62 months  
Customer and mirror caps(5)
    42,314                         15 months  
Customer and mirror collars(5)
    56,503                         54 months  
     
     
 
(3) Fair value hedge accounting is applied on $175 million notional, which hedges a long-term, fixed-rate subordinated debenture.
 
(4) Cash flow hedge accounting is applied on $200 million notional, which hedges the interest rate risk in the cash flows of a long-term, variable-rate FHLB advance.
 
(5) Hedge accounting is not applied on $857 million notional of interest rate swaps, caps, and collars entered into with our customers whose value changes are offset by mirror swaps, caps, and collars entered into with third parties.
 
Fair value hedges:  The Corporation recognized ineffectiveness of $0.6 million in 2007 (which increased net interest income), relating to the Corporation’s fair value hedges of a long-term, fixed-rate subordinated debenture. These swaps were called early in the first quarter of 2008. In 2006, the Corporation recognized combined ineffectiveness of $1.1 million (which increased net interest income) relating to the Corporation’s fair value hedges of long-term, fixed-rate commercial loans and a long-term, fixed-rate subordinated debenture. No components of the change in fair value of the derivatives were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. In December 2006, the Corporation terminated all swaps hedging long-term, fixed-rate commercial loans for a net gain of approximately $0.8 million.
 
Cash flow hedges:  During the third quarter of 2008, the Corporation entered into two interest rate swap agreements which hedge the interest rate risk in the cash flows of certain short-term, variable-rate borrowings. In September 2007, the Corporation entered into an interest rate swap which hedges the interest rate risk in the cash flows of a long-term, variable-rate FHLB advance. These interest rate swap agreements are accounted for as cash flow hedges and the hedge effectiveness is determined using regression analysis. The Corporation recognized combined ineffectiveness of $0.3 million in 2008 (which decreased net interest income) relating to these cash flow hedge relationships, while the 2007 ineffectiveness was immaterial. No components of the derivatives change in fair value were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Derivative gains and losses reclassified from


113


Table of Contents

accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings are included in interest expense on short-term borrowings or long-term funding (i.e., the line items in which the hedged cash flows are recorded). At December 31, 2008, accumulated other comprehensive income included a deferred after-tax net loss of $8.5 million related to these derivatives, compared to a deferred after-tax net loss of $1.2 million at December 31, 2007. The net after-tax derivative loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2008, is projected to be reclassified into net interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest payments on the variable-rate, short-term borrowings through September 2011 and long-term, variable-rate FHLB advance through June 2009.
 
Mortgage derivatives:  For the mortgage derivatives, which are not included in the table above and are not accounted for as hedges, changes in the fair value are recorded to mortgage banking, net. The fair value of the mortgage derivatives at December 31, 2008, was a net gain of $4.1 million, compared to a net loss of $1.1 million at December 31, 2007, with the change of $5.2 million increasing net mortgage banking income for 2008. The $4.1 million net fair value gain for mortgage derivatives at December 31, 2008 was composed of the net loss on commitments to sell approximately $531 million of loans to various investors and the net gain on commitments to fund approximately $508 million of loans to individual borrowers. The $1.1 million net fair value loss for mortgage derivatives at December 31, 2007, was composed of the net loss on commitments to sell approximately $199 million of loans to various investors and the net loss on commitments to fund approximately $118 million of loans to individual borrowers. The increase in the fair value of the mortgage derivatives since year-end 2007 was primarily attributable to the adoption of SAB 109. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for additional information regarding the impact of SAB 109 at adoption.
 
Foreign currency derivatives : The Corporation provides foreign exchange services to customers. The Corporation may enter into a foreign currency forward to mitigate the exchange rate risk attached to the cash flows of a loan or as an offsetting contract to a forward entered into as a service to our customer. At December 31, 2008, the Corporation had $8 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to loans, and $27 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to customer transactions (with mirror foreign currency forwards of $27 million), which on a combined basis had a fair value of $0.1 million net gain. At December 31, 2007, the Corporation had $10 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to loans, and $5 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to customer transactions (with mirror foreign currency forwards of $5 million), which on a combined basis had a fair value of $0.3 million net gain.


114


Table of Contents

NOTE 16   PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
 
Presented below are condensed financial statements for the Parent Company:
 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    2008     2007  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 194     $ 2,189  
Notes receivable from subsidiaries
    618,742       131,947  
Investment in subsidiaries
    2,622,275       2,543,595  
Other assets
    133,376       148,901  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 3,374,587     $ 2,826,632  
     
     
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Short-term borrowings
  $     $ 35,000  
Long-term funding
    441,349       415,927  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    56,735       46,000  
     
     
Total liabilities
    498,084       496,927  
Stockholders’ equity
    2,876,503       2,329,705  
     
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,374,587     $ 2,826,632  
     
     


115


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
INCOME
                       
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 133,000     $ 273,000     $ 354,000  
Management and service fees from subsidiaries
    69,468       64,212       59,515  
Interest income on notes receivable
    7,050       17,830       22,325  
Other income
    2,395       2,287       21,964  
     
     
Total income
    211,913       357,329       457,804  
     
     
EXPENSE
                       
Interest expense on borrowed funds
    32,121       34,099       32,404  
Provision for loan losses
                (1,455 )
Personnel expense
    42,595       36,623       33,190  
Other expense
    27,557       25,563       19,047  
     
     
Total expense
    102,273       96,285       83,186  
     
     
Income before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in undistributed income
    109,640       261,044       374,618  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (5,815 )     (4,955 )     7,450  
     
     
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    115,455       265,999       367,168  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    52,997       19,753       (50,523 )
     
     
Net income
    168,452       285,752       316,645  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
    3,250              
     
     
Net income available to common equity
  $ 165,202     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
     
     


116


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income
  $ 168,452     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
(Increase) decrease in equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (52,997 )     (19,753 )     50,523  
Depreciation and amortization
    357       371       356  
(Gain) loss on sales of investment securities, net
    1,429       809       (19,105 )
Gain on sales of assets, net
                (622 )
Increase in interest receivable and other assets
    (3,393 )     (12,181 )     (11,914 )
Increase (decrease) in interest payable and other liabilities
    11,665       (814 )     (7,307 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    (919 )     (1,879 )     (3,248 )
Capital contributed to subsidiaries
          (95 )     (50 )
     
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    124,594       252,210       325,278  
     
     
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Proceeds from sales of investment securities
    254       168       20,730  
Purchase of investment securities
          (2,693 )     (550 )
Net cash paid in acquisition of subsidiary
          (46,475 )      
Net (increase) decrease in notes receivable
    (486,309 )     151,661       (42,675 )
Purchase of other assets, net of disposals
    (4,281 )     (6,977 )     (4,723 )
     
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (490,336 )     95,684       (27,218 )
     
     
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    (35,000 )     (80,000 )     90,000  
Net increase in long-term funding
    25,821              
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants
    525,000              
Cash dividends
    (162,347 )     (155,809 )     (151,235 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    9,354       21,672       29,869  
Purchase of common stock
          (133,860 )     (266,191 )
Settlement of employee stock ownership plan
                (4,099 )
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    919       1,879       3,248  
     
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    363,747       (346,118 )     (298,408 )
     
     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (1,995 )     1,776       (348 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    2,189       413       761  
     
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 194     $ 2,189     $ 413  
     
     
 
NOTE 17   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:
 
Fair Value Measurements:
 
As discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Corporation adopted SFAS 157 effective January 1, 2008, with the exception of the application to nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (such as other real estate owned and goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment testing) in accordance with FSP 157-2.


117


Table of Contents

SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements; accordingly, the standard amends numerous accounting pronouncements but does not require any new fair value measurements of reported balances. SFAS 157 emphasizes that fair value (i.e., the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date), among other things, is based on exit price versus entry price, should include assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values, and is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. When considering the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels.
 
Level 1 inputs  Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability to access.
 
Level 2 inputs  Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
 
Level 3 inputs  Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity.
 
In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Corporation’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
 
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Corporation’s more significant instruments measured on a recurring basis at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. While the Corporation considered the unfavorable impact of recent economic challenges (including but not limited to weakened economic conditions, disruptions in capital markets, troubled or failed financial institutions, government intervention and actions) on quoted market prices for identical and similar financial instruments, and on inputs or assumptions used, the Corporation accepted the fair values determined under its valuation methodologies.
 
Investment securities available for sale :  Where quoted prices are available in an active market, investment securities are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities primarily include U.S. Treasury, Federal agency, and exchange-traded debt and equity securities. If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows, and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples of these investment securities include obligations of state and political subdivisions, mortgage-related securities, and other debt securities. Lastly, in certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the estimated fair value, securities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Corporation has determined that the fair value measures of its investment securities are classified within Level 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 3, “Investment Securities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s investment securities.
 
Derivative financial instruments :  The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate risk. In addition, the Corporation offers customer interest rate swaps, caps, and collars to service our customers’ needs, for which the Corporation simultaneously enters into offsetting derivative financial instruments (i.e., mirror interest rate swaps, caps, and collars) with third parties to manage its interest rate risk associated with the customer interest rate swaps, caps, and collars. The valuation of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments is determined


118


Table of Contents

using discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative and, with the adoption of SFAS 157 beginning January 2008, also includes a nonperformance / credit risk component (credit valuation adjustment) not previously included. See Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments.
 
The discounted cash flow analysis component in the fair value measurements reflects the contractual terms of the derivative financial instruments, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. More specifically, the fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments), with the variable cash payments (or receipts) based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves. Likewise, the fair values of interest rate options (i.e., interest rate caps and collars) are determined using the market standard methodology of discounting the future expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates fall below (or rise above) the strike rate of the floors (or caps), with the variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected receipts on the floor (or cap) based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves and volatilities.
 
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 157, the Corporation also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative financial instruments for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Corporation has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.
 
While the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivative financial instruments fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. The Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions as of December 31, 2008, and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivative financial instruments. Therefore, the Corporation has determined that the fair value measures of its derivative financial instruments in their entirety are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Mortgage derivatives :  Mortgage derivatives include rate-locked commitments to originate residential mortgage loans to individual customers and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans to various investors. The Corporation relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale, which includes grouping the rate-lock commitments by interest rate and terms, applying an estimated pull-through rate based on historical experience, and then multiplying by quoted investor prices determined to be reasonably applicable to the loan commitment groups based on interest rate, terms, and rate-lock expiration dates of the loan commitment groups. The Corporation also relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its forward commitments to sell residential mortgages (i.e., an estimate of what the Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the forward delivery contract based on market prices for similar financial instruments), which includes matching specific terms and maturities of the forward commitments against applicable investor pricing available. While there are Level 2 and 3 inputs used in the valuation models, the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs significant in the valuation of both of the mortgage derivatives fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 15, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s mortgage derivatives.
 
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Corporation’s more significant instruments measured on a nonrecurring basis at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
 
Loans Held for Sale :  Loans held for sale, which consist generally of current production of certain fixed-rate, first-lien residential mortgage loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics, which the Corporation classifies as a Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurement.


119


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans :  The Corporation considers a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial-oriented loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured meet this impaired loan definition, with the amount of impairment based upon the loan’s observable market price, the estimated fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Per SFAS 157, the use of observable market price or estimated fair value of collateral on collateral-dependent loans is considered a fair value measurement subject to the fair value hierarchy and provisions of SFAS 157. Appraised values are generally used on real estate collateral-dependent impaired loans, which the Corporation classifies as a Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurement.
 
Mortgage servicing rights :  Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of mortgage servicing rights do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available to allow for a “quoted price for similar assets” comparison. Accordingly, the Corporation relies on an internal discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights. The Corporation uses a valuation model in conjunction with third party prepayment assumptions to project mortgage servicing rights cash flows based on the current interest rate scenario, which is then discounted to estimate an expected fair value of the mortgage servicing rights. The valuation model considers portfolio characteristics of the underlying mortgages, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, discount rate assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service, and other economic factors. The Corporation reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model to reflect market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing the mortgage servicing rights asset. In addition, the Corporation compares its fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data for mortgage servicing rights, where available, and to recent market activity and actual portfolio experience. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Corporation uses the amortization method (i.e., lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value measured on a nonrecurring basis), not fair value measurement accounting, for its mortgage servicing rights assets. See Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights.
 
The table below presents the Corporation’s investment securities available for sale, derivative financial instruments, and mortgage derivatives measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
    December 31, 2008     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Assets:
                               
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 5,349,417     $ 319,689     $ 5,029,728     $  
Derivatives (other assets)
    79,706             75,576       4,130  
Liabilities:
                               
Derivatives (other liabilities)
  $ 91,697     $     $ 91,697     $  


120


Table of Contents

The table below presents a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the year ended December 31, 2008, for financial instruments measured on a recurring basis and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
         
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value
 
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Derivatives  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Balance December 31, 2007
  $ (1,067 )
Gains included in earnings (realized)
    5,197  
         
Balance December 31, 2008
  $ 4,130  
         
 
The table below presents the Corporation’s loans held for sale, loans, and mortgage servicing rights measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2008, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
    December 31, 2008     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Assets:
                               
Loans held for sale
  $ 87,084     $     $ 87,084     $  
Loans(1)
    133,627             133,627        
Mortgage servicing rights
    45,568                   45,568  
 
(1) Represents collateral-dependent impaired loans, net, which are included in loans.


121


Table of Contents

 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
 
The Corporation is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Corporation’s financial instruments.
 
The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments on the balance sheet at December 31 were as follows:
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
       
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 533,338     $ 533,338     $ 553,031     $ 553,031  
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
    12,649       12,649       11,671       11,671  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    24,741       24,741       22,447       22,447  
Accrued interest receivable
    98,335       98,335       109,088       109,088  
Interest rate swap, cap, and collar agreements(1)
    75,576       75,576       16,116       16,116  
Investment securities available for sale
    5,349,417       5,349,417       3,543,019       3,543,019  
Loans held for sale
    87,084       87,161       94,441       94,441  
Loans, net
    16,018,530       15,527,838       15,315,682       15,435,448  
Bank owned life insurance
    510,663       510,663       491,294       491,294  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    15,154,796       15,154,796       13,973,913       13,995,258  
Accrued interest payable
    31,947       31,947       39,382       39,382  
Short-term borrowings
    3,703,936       3,703,936       3,226,787       3,226,787  
Long-term funding
    1,861,647       1,981,566       1,864,771       1,881,852  
Interest rate swap, cap, and collar agreements(1)
    91,697       91,697       18,138       18,138  
Standby letters of credit(2)
    3,672       3,672       3,692       3,692  
Commitments to originate residential
                               
mortgage loans held for sale
    6,630       6,630       590       590  
Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans
    (2,500 )     (2,500 )     477       477  
     
     
 
(1) At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the notional amount of non-trading interest rate swap agreements was $400 million and $375 million, respectively. See Note 15 for information on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.
 
(2) The commitment on standby letters of credit was $0.6 billion at both December 31, 2008 and 2007. See Note 14 for additional information on the standby letters of credit and for information on the fair value of lending-related commitments.
 
Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and accrued interest receivable —For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Investment securities available for sale —The fair value of investment securities available for sale, with certain exceptions noted, is estimated based on bid prices published in financial newspapers or bid quotations received from securities dealers. The fair value of certain state and municipal securities is not readily available through market sources other than dealer quotations, so fair value estimates are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued. The carrying amount is a reasonable fair value estimate for Federal Reserve and FHLB stock given their “restricted” nature.


122


Table of Contents

Loans held for sale —Fair value is estimated using the prices of the Corporation’s existing commitments to sell such loans and/or the quoted market prices for commitments to sell similar loans.
 
Loans —Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial, financial, and agricultural, real estate construction, commercial real estate, lease financing, residential mortgage, home equity, and other installment. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for similar maturities.
 
Bank owned life insurance —The fair value of bank owned life insurance approximates the carrying amount, because upon liquidation of these investments, the Corporation would receive the cash surrender value which equals the carrying amount.
 
Deposits —The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, interest-bearing demand deposits, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of December 31. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
Accrued interest payable and short-term borrowings —For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Long-term funding —Rates currently available to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing borrowings.
 
Interest rate swap, cap, and collar agreements —The fair value of interest rate swap, cap, and collar agreements is obtained from dealer quotes. These values represent the estimated amount the Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the agreements, taking into account current interest rates and, when appropriate, the current creditworthiness of the counterparties.
 
Standby letters of credit —The fair value of standby letters of credit represent deferred fees arising from the related off-balance sheet financial instruments. These deferred fees approximate the fair value of these instruments and are based on several factors, including the remaining terms of the agreement and the credit standing of the customer.
 
Commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale —The fair value of commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale is estimated by comparing the Corporation’s cost to acquire mortgages and the current price for similar mortgage loans, taking into account the terms of the commitments and the creditworthiness of the counterparties.
 
Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans —The fair value of forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans is the estimated amount that the Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the forward delivery contract at the reporting date based on market prices for similar financial instruments.
 
Limitations —Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
NOTE 18   REGULATORY MATTERS:
 
Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks
 
The Corporation’s bank subsidiary is required to maintain certain vault cash and reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet specific reserve requirements. These requirements approximated $22 million at December 31, 2008.


123


Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
The Corporation and its subsidiary bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, that the Corporation meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the most recent notifications from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the subsidiary bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the subsidiary bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institutions’ category. The actual capital amounts and ratios of the Corporation and its significant subsidiary are presented below. No deductions from capital were made for interest rate risk in 2008 or 2007.
 
                                                 
                To Be Well Capitalized
 
          For Capital Adequacy
    Under Prompt Corrective
 
    Actual     Purposes     Action Provisions:(2)  
($ In Thousands)   Amount     Ratio(1)     Amount     Ratio(1)     Amount     Ratio(1)  
 
As of December 31, 2008:
                                               
Associated Banc-Corp
                                               
Total Capital
  $ 2,446,597       13.76 %   $ 1,422,715       ³ 8.00 %                
Tier 1 Capital
    2,117,680       11.91       711,358       ³ 4.00 %                
Leverage
    2,117,680       9.75       869,139       ³ 4.00 %                
Associated Bank, N.A.
                                               
Total Capital
  $ 1,794,979       10.32     $ 1,391,227       ³ 8.00 %   $ 1,739,033       ³ 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital
    1,576,864       9.07       695,613       ³ 4.00 %     1,043,420       ³ 6.00 %
Leverage
    1,576,864       7.31       862,936       ³ 4.00 %     1,078,670       ³ 5.00 %
As of December 31, 2007:
                                               
Associated Banc-Corp
                                               
Total Capital
  $ 1,888,346       10.92 %   $ 1,383,408       ³ 8.00 %                
Tier 1 Capital
    1,566,872       9.06       691,704       ³ 4.00 %                
Leverage
    1,566,872       7.83       800,474       ³ 4.00 %                
Associated Bank, N.A.
                                               
Total Capital
  $ 1,706,518       10.04     $ 1,359,997       ³ 8.00 %   $ 1,699,997       ³ 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital
    1,513,235       8.90       679,999       ³ 4.00 %     1,019,998       ³ 6.00 %
Leverage
    1,513,235       7.63       793,289       ³ 4.00 %     991,612       ³ 5.00 %
 
(1)
— Total Capital ratio is defined as tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets. The Tier 1 Capital ratio is defined as tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets. The leverage ratio is defined as tier 1 capital divided by the most recent quarter’s average total assets.
 
(2)
— Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable at the bank holding company level.


124


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 19   EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:
 
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock awards (outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock, and outstanding stock warrants) and unsettled share repurchases. Presented below are the calculations for basic and diluted earnings per common share.
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net income
  $ 168,452     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
Preferred dividends and discount accretion
    (3,250 )            
     
     
Net income available to common equity
  $ 165,202     $ 285,752     $ 316,645  
     
     
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,501       127,408       132,006  
Effect of dilutive stock awards and unsettled share repurchases
    390       1,020       1,126  
     
     
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    127,891       128,428       133,132  
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 1.30     $ 2.24     $ 2.40  
     
     
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 1.29     $ 2.23     $ 2.38  
     
     
 
NOTE 20   SEGMENT REPORTING:
 
Selected financial and descriptive information is required to be provided about reportable operating segments, considering a “management approach” concept as the basis for identifying reportable segments. The management approach is based on the way that management organizes the segments within the enterprise for making operating decisions, allocating resources, and assessing performance. Consequently, the segments are evident from the structure of the enterprise’s internal organization, focusing on financial information that an enterprise’s chief operating decision-makers use to make decisions about the enterprise’s operating matters.
 
The Corporation’s primary segment is banking, conducted through its bank and lending subsidiaries. For purposes of segment disclosure, as allowed by the governing accounting statement, these entities have been combined as one segment that have similar economic characteristics and the nature of their products, services, processes, customers, delivery channels, and regulatory environment are similar. Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governmental units, and consumers (including mortgages, home equity lending, and card products) and the support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services.
 
The wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory, and Corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth, including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management. The other segment includes intersegment eliminations and residual revenues and expenses, representing the difference between actual amounts incurred and the amounts allocated to operating segments.
 
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. Selected segment information is presented below.
 


125


Table of Contents

                                 
          Wealth
          Consolidated
 
    Banking     Management     Other     Total  
    ($ in Thousands)  
 
2008
                               
Net interest income
  $ 695,370     $ 778     $     $ 696,148  
Provision for loan losses
    202,058                   202,058  
Noninterest income
    200,515       105,043       (3,851 )     301,707  
Depreciation and amortization
    49,799       1,468             51,267  
Other noninterest expense
    455,355       70,746       (3,851 )     522,250  
Income taxes
    40,385       13,443             53,828  
     
     
Net income
  $ 148,288     $ 20,164     $     $ 168,452  
     
     
Percent of consolidated net income
    88 %     12 %     %     100 %
Total assets
  $ 24,133,439     $ 115,690     $ (57,062 )   $ 24,192,067  
     
     
Percent of consolidated total assets
    100 %     %     %     100 %
Total revenues*
  $ 895,885     $ 105,821     $ (3,851 )   $ 997,855  
Percent of consolidated total revenues
    90 %     10 %     %     100 %
2007
                               
Net interest income
  $ 643,306     $ 507     $     $ 643,813  
Provision for loan losses
    34,509                   34,509  
Noninterest income
    259,259       107,473       (3,884 )     362,848  
Depreciation and amortization
    48,314       1,695             50,009  
Other noninterest expense
    435,255       71,578       (3,884 )     502,949  
Income taxes
    119,559       13,883             133,442  
     
     
Net income
  $ 264,928     $ 20,824     $     $ 285,752  
     
     
Percent of consolidated net income
    93 %     7 %     %     100 %
Total assets
  $ 21,527,456     $ 110,105     $ (45,478 )   $ 21,592,083  
     
     
Percent of consolidated total assets
    100 %     %     %     100 %
Total revenues*
  $ 902,565     $ 107,980     $ (3,884 )   $ 1,006,661  
Percent of consolidated total revenues
    90 %     10 %     %     100 %
2006
                               
Net interest income
  $ 669,047     $ 502     $     $ 669,549  
Provision for loan losses
    19,056                   19,056  
Noninterest income
    217,160       101,904       (3,163 )     315,901  
Depreciation and amortization
    51,562       1,906             53,468  
Other noninterest expense
    397,003       69,307       (3,163 )     463,147  
Income taxes
    120,657       12,477             133,134  
     
     
Net income
  $ 297,929     $ 18,716     $     $ 316,645  
     
     
Percent of consolidated net income
    94 %     6 %     %     100 %
Total assets
  $ 20,797,528     $ 94,931     $ (31,075 )   $ 20,861,384  
     
     
Percent of consolidated total assets
    100 %     %     %     100 %
Total revenues*
  $ 886,207     $ 102,406     $ (3,163 )   $ 985,450  
Percent of consolidated total revenues
    90 %     10 %     %     100 %
 
* Total revenues for this segment disclosure are defined to be the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income, net of mortgage servicing rights amortization.

126


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Associated Banc-Corp:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Associated Banc-Corp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
-S- KPMG LLP
 
 
KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 26, 2009


127


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures as required under Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008. No changes were made to the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Corporation”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
 
As of December 31, 2008, management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, was effective.
 
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, is included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”


128


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Associated Banc-Corp:
 
We have audited Associated Banc-Corp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Associated Banc-Corp’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Associated Banc-Corp’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Associated Banc-Corp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
-S- KPMG LLP
 
 
KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 26, 2009


129


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
Prior to December 31, 2008, in connection with the Corporation’s executive succession planning, pending the appointment of successors to the positions of Executive Vice President, Wealth Management and Executive Vice President, Corporate Banking, Lisa B. Binder, the Corporation’s President and Chief Operating Officer, assumed the responsibilities of these positions from Mark J. McMullen and Gordon J. Weber, respectively, who remain employed by the Corporation to facilitate this transition.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning directors of the Corporation under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Information About the Board of Directors”; information concerning executive officers of the Corporation under the caption “Information About the Executive Officers,”; and information concerning Section 16(a) compliance under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the caption “Executive Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the caption “Stock Ownership,” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2008, regarding shares outstanding and available for issuance under the Corporation’s existing equity compensation plans. Additional information regarding stock-based compensation is presented in Note 11, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements within Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
                         
                (c)
 
                Number of
 
                Securities
 
    (a)
          Remaining Available
 
    Number of
          for Future Issuance
 
    Securities to be
    (b)
    Under Equity
 
    Issued Upon
    Weighted-Average
    Compensation Plans
 
    Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    (excluding
 
    Outstanding
    Outstanding
    securities
 
    Options, Warrants
    Options, Warrants
    reflected in column
 
Plan Category
  and Rights     and Rights     (a))  
       
 
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders
    6,300,794     $ 27.71       3,521,583  
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
    280,908       21.76       2,780,864  
     
     
Total
    6,581,702     $ 27.45       6,302,447  
     
     


130


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item under the caption “Related Person Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2009 Annual meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item under the caption “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)   1 and 2 Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules
 
The following financial statements and financial statement schedules are included under a separate caption “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 hereof and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
Consolidated Statements of Income—For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity—For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—For the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


131


Table of Contents

(a)   3 Exhibits Required by Item 601  of Regulation S-K
 
         
Exhibit Number
  Description    
 
(3)(a)
  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation   Exhibit(3) to Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2006
(3)(b)
  Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (TARP Capital Purchase Program Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A)   Exhibit (3.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008
(3)(c)
  Amended and Restated Bylaws   Exhibit (3.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on April 24, 2008
(4)
  Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures    
    The Parent Company, by signing this report, agrees to furnish the SEC, upon its request, a copy of any instrument that defines the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed and that authorizes a total amount of securities not in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation on a consolidated basis    
(4)(b)
  Warrant for Purchase of Common Stock, issue date November 21, 2008 (TARP Capital Purchase Program)   Exhibit (4.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008
*(10)(a)
  Associated Banc-Corp 1987 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(b)
  Associated Banc-Corp 1999 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(c)
  Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(d)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(e)
  Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(f)
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement—Performance Based Restricted Shares Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(g)
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement—Service Based Restricted Shares Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith


132


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit Number
  Description    
 
*(10)(h)
  Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Plan   Filed herewith
*(10)(i)
  Associated Banc-Corp Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(j)
  Associated Banc-Corp Cash Incentive Compensation Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(k)
  Associated Banc-Corp Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
*(10)(l)
  Change of Control Plan of the Corporation, Restated Effective January 1, 2008   Filed herewith
(10)(m)
  Letter Agreement, dated November 21, 2008, between Associated Banc-Corp and the United States Department of the Treasury, which includes the Securities Purchase Agreement attached thereto, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A and Warrant to purchase Common Stock (TARP Capital Purchase Program)   Exhibit (10.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008
*(10)(n)
  Form of Senior Executive Officer Compensation Waiver (TARP Capital Purchase Program)   Exhibit (10.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008
*(10)(o)
  Form of TARP Capital Purchase Program Compliance, Amendment and Consent Agreement (including Clawback Policy)   Exhibit (10.3) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2008
(11)
  Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings   See Note 19 in Part II Item 8
(21)
  Subsidiaries of Associated Banc-Corp   Filed herewith
(23)
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   Filed herewith
(24)
  Power of Attorney   Filed herewith
(31.1)
  Certification Under Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley by Paul S. Beideman, Chief Executive Officer   Filed herewith
(31.2)
  Certification Under Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley by Joseph B. Selner, Chief Financial Officer   Filed herewith
(32)
  Certification by the CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley.   Filed herewith
 
* Management contracts and arrangements.
 
Schedules and exhibits other than those listed are omitted for the reasons that they are not required, are not applicable or that equivalent information has been included in the financial statements, and notes thereto, or elsewhere within.

133


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
     
    ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
     
Date: February 26, 2009
 
By: 
/s/   PAUL S. BEIDEMAN
Paul S. Beideman
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
     
     
     
     
 
/s/   Paul S. Beideman

Paul S. Beideman
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
/s/  William R. Hutchinson *

William R. Hutchinson
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/   Joseph B. Selner

Joseph B. Selner
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer
 
/s/  Eileen A. Kamerick *

Eileen A. Kamerick
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/  Lisa B. Binder

Lisa B. Binder
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
 
/s/  Richard T. Lommen *

Richard T. Lommen
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/  Karen T. Beckwith *

Karen T. Beckwith
Director
 
/s/  John C. Meng *

John C. Meng
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/  Ruth M. Crowley *

Ruth M. Crowley
Director
 
/s/  J. Douglas Quick *

J. Douglas Quick
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/  Robert C. Gallagher *

Robert C. Gallagher
Director
 
/s/  Carlos E. Santiago *

Carlos E. Santiago
Director
     
     
     
 
/s/  Ronald R. Harder *

Ronald R. Harder
Director
 
/s/  John C. Seramur *

John C. Seramur
Director
     
     
     
 *
/s/   Brian R. Bodager

Brian R. Bodager
Attorney-in-Fact
   
 
Date: February 26, 2009


134

Exhibit (10)(a)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
1987 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
1987 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
        Page
SECTION I
  Purpose of the Plan   1
 
SECTION II
  Administration   1
 
SECTION III
  Awards   2
 
SECTION IV
  Miscellaneous Provisions   11
 
SECTION V
  Amendment and Termination; Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock   16
 
SECTION VI
  Shares of Stock Available   16
 
SECTION VII
  Effective Date and Term of the Plan   17
 
SECTION VIII
  Disclaimer   17

i


 

Section I. Purpose of the Plan.
     The purpose of this Associated Banc-Corp 1987 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (prior to January 1, 2008, known as the Associated Banc-Corp Restated Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan) (the “Plan”) is (i) to associate more closely the interests of certain key employees of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) and its affiliated units and directors of the Company (the “Participants”) with those of the Company’s stockholders by encouraging stock ownership, (ii) to provide long-term incentives and rewards to those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company, and (iii) to assist the Company in retaining and attracting key employees with requisite experience and ability.
Section II. Administration.
(a)   The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) composed of not less than three Directors. In the event that any member of the Committee is to be granted Options under the Plan, then said grant shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors’ actions in such instances shall be governed by each of the provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to the Committee. Options under the Plan can be granted to officers and directors of the Company only after the Plan has been ratified by the shareholders of the Company.
(b)   Authority and Discretion of Committee . Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and provided that all actions taken shall be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and complete authority and the sole discretion to: (i) determine those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who shall be among the Participants; (ii) select the Participants to whom awards are to be granted under this Plan; (iii) determine the size and the form of the award or awards to be granted to any Participant; (iv) determine the time or times such awards shall be granted; (v) establish the terms and conditions upon which such awards may be exercised and/or transferred; (vi) alter any restrictions or vesting schedules; and (vii) adopt such rules and regulations, establish, define and/or interpret any other terms and conditions, and make all other determinations (which may be on a case-by-case basis) deemed necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

1


 

(c)   Option Grants . Options granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) or nonqualified stock options (collectively, “Options”). Each stock option agreement shall specifically state, for each Option granted thereunder, whether the Option is an ISO or a nonqualified stock option. In no event, however, shall both an ISO and a nonqualified stock option be granted together under the Plan in such a manner that the exercise of one Option affects the right to exercise the other. The provisions of this Plan and of each ISO granted hereunder shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 422 of the Code and with all valid regulations issued thereunder. However, to the extent that any ISO granted hereunder does not comply with the provisions of Section 422, such ISO shall be treated as a nonqualified stock option for all purposes under the Code. ISOs may be granted only to employees of the Company and its affiliated units. No ISO shall be granted under the Plan subsequent to April 22, 2008. Except as provided in section III(f)(2), all provisions of this Plan apply to both ISOs and nonqualified options.
Section III. Awards.
     Awards which the Committee may grant under the Plan may include any or all of the following, as described herein: Any form of Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Award or Performance Shares granted under this Plan.
  (a)   Nonqualified Stock Options . Nonqualified stock options are rights to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, $.01 par value, (“Common Stock”) at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock on the date of grant for a predetermined period of time.
  (i)   The Committee may grant nonqualified stock options either alone or in conjunction with Stock Appreciation Rights as described in paragraph (c) below. It shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such nonqualified stock option. Nonqualified stock options granted hereunder shall be evidenced by option agreements containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish from time to time consistent with the Plan.
 
  (ii)   No nonqualified stock option shall be exercisable until it is vested and, thereafter, shall be immediately exercisable. A nonqualified stock option shall vest in accordance with terms

2


 

      set forth by the Committee at the date of grant in the option agreement.
  (iii)   In the event of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, except as otherwise provided below, any non-vested portion of any nonqualified stock option granted to such Participant shall terminate immediately.
 
  (iv)   Except as described below or as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, in the event of a Participant’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units, the vested portion of any nonqualified stock option granted to such Participant, but not yet exercised, shall terminate on the date of termination of employment.
 
  (v)   If a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated unit terminates by reason of the Participant’s death, Permanent Disability or Retirement, any outstanding nonqualified stock option then held by such Participant shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent such nonqualified stock option was exercisable on the date of such Participant’s termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such Option. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such nonqualified stock option shall not be fully exercisable, the Committee shall have the discretion to cause such Option to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time a nonqualified stock option is granted or at any time thereafter while such a nonqualified stock option remains outstanding.
 
  (vi)   The Committee will determine the conditions of nonqualified stock option exercise, but in no event may any portion of a vested nonqualified stock option be exercisable earlier than one year (except pursuant to a Change in Control) or later than ten years from the date of the grant.
 
  (vii)   All nonqualified stock options shall vest immediately upon a Change in Control, as defined in section IV(1) hereof.

3


 

  (viii)   The purchase price of shares purchased pursuant to any nonqualified stock option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of nonqualified stock option grant, as determined by the Committee, and shall be paid in full upon exercise, either (a) in cash; (b) by delivery of shares of Common Stock held for a period of at least six months (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of nonqualified stock option exercise, as defined in section IV); or (c) a combination of cash and Common Stock.
 
  (ix)   The Committee may at any time offer to buy out a nonqualified stock option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made.
  (b)   ISO . ISOs are rights to purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock on the date of grant for a predetermined period of time. Only Participants who are key employees (not directors who are not also employees) of the Company or an affiliated unit shall be eligible to receive an ISO grant. However, in the case of an ISO granted to a Participant who at the time of the grant owns (directly or indirectly, and including the Shares purchasable under such ISO) stock of the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the Option price shall be at least 110% of such Fair Market Value at the time the ISO is granted; provided further, that the Option price shall in no event be less than the par value of the Shares subject to such Option and the ISO must be exercised within 5 years of the date of grant.
  (i)   The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such ISO. ISOs granted hereunder shall be evidenced by option agreements containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish from time to time consistent with the Plan.
 
  (ii)   No ISO shall be exercisable until it is vested and, thereafter, shall be immediately exercisable. An ISO shall vest in accordance with terms set forth by the Committee at the date of grant in the option agreement.

4


 

  (iii)   In the event of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, except as otherwise provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any non-vested portion of any ISO granted to such Participant shall terminate immediately.
 
  (iv)   Except as described below or as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, in the event of a Participant’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units, the vested portion of any ISO granted to such Participant, but not yet exercised, shall terminate on the date of termination of employment.
 
  (v)   If a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated unit terminates by reason of the Participant’s death, Permanent Disability or Retirement, any outstanding ISO then held by such Participant shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent such option was exercisable on the date of such Participant’s termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such ISO. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such ISO shall not be fully exercisable, the Committee shall have the discretion to cause such ISO to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time an ISO is granted or at any time thereafter while such an ISO remains outstanding.
 
  (vi)   The Committee will determine the conditions of Option exercise, but in no event may any portion of a vested ISO be exercisable earlier than one year (except pursuant to a Change in Control) or later than ten years from the date of the grant.
 
  (vii)   All ISOs shall vest immediately upon a Change in Control, as defined in section IV(1) hereof.
 
  (viii)   The purchase price of shares purchased pursuant to any ISO shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee, and shall be paid in full upon exercise, either (a) in cash; (b) by delivery

5


 

      of shares of Common Stock held for a period of at least six months (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of ISO exercise, as defined in section IV); or (c) a combination of cash and Common Stock.
  (ix)   The Committee may at any time offer to buy out an ISO previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made.
  (c)   Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights are rights to receive cash and/or Common Stock in lieu of the purchase of shares under a related Option. The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to any optionee either at the time of the grant of the Option or subsequently, by amendment to such grant. All Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by option agreements containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish from time to time consistent with the Plan and shall be granted subject to the following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish:
  (i)   Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable at the same time as the related Option is exercisable.
 
  (ii)   Each Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the holder thereof to surrender to the Company a portion of or all of the unexercised, but exercisable, related Option. With respect to each share of Common Stock as to which an optionee’s Option is surrendered upon exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right, the optionee shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in shares of Common Stock, the economic value of such Stock Appreciation Right. Such economic value shall be equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value (determined on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right) of one share of Common Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Option. The Optionee shall not be required to pay the Option exercise price upon surrender of the Option upon exercise of the related Stock Appreciation Right.
 
  (iii)   Each surrender of a portion of or all of an Option upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall cause a

6


 

      share-for-share reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the related Option.
  (iv)   Stock Appreciation Rights, when exercised, may be paid for by the Company in cash or Common Stock. The Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine the relative amounts of cash or Common Stock which may be paid or issued upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights.
  (d)   Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards are stock grants, the payment of which will depend upon the Participant’s continued employment with the Company and may depend upon the achievement of certain financial performance objectives.
  (i)   The Committee may grant Restricted Stock either alone or in conjunction with Performance Shares as described in paragraph (e) below. It shall determine the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be covered by each such grant.
 
  (ii)   Restricted Stock is Common Stock acquired by a Participant subject to the restrictions described in the following subsections.
 
  (iii)   Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged, or otherwise encumbered during a period set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such award. In the event of the termination of employment of a recipient of Restricted Stock for any reason except death, Retirement or Permanent Disability, the recipient shall transfer or cause to be transferred to the Company title to the Restricted Stock owned by such recipient within 30 days following such termination.
 
  (iv)   Restriction terms and conditions will be set by the Committee at the time of award. These conditions may include the requirement that certain financial performance objectives of a Participant or the Company are achieved.
 
  (v)   Upon the occurrence of the earlier of the death or Permanent Disability of the recipient of Restricted Stock, the restrictions against sale, transfer, and other disposition and against pledge or other encumbrance of such Restricted Stock, which have not otherwise lapsed, shall immediately lapse.

7


 

  (vi)   Upon the occurrence of Retirement, the restrictions against sale, transfer or other disposition and against pledge or other encumbrance, as to a portion of the Restricted Stock (Portion A), as to which restrictions have not otherwise lapsed shall immediately lapse. The retiree shall transfer or cause to be transferred to the Company title to the balance of the Restricted Stock ( i.e. , the portion of Restricted Stock as to which restrictions have not otherwise lapsed and which is not included in Portion A) within 30 days following such Retirement.
 
      For purposes of this subsection, Portion A will be determined separately for each block of Restricted Stock for which restrictions are due to lapse on a different date. For each such block, Portion A will be determined by multiplying the number of shares in such block by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the date of grant of that block of Restricted Stock to the date of retiree’s Retirement and the denominator of which is the number of months from the date of grant of that block of Restricted Stock to the date that restrictions on such block are due to lapse, as determined by the Committee. In the event that the total Portion A calculated for all such fraction shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
 
      By way of illustration, if a Participant was granted 100 shares of Restricted Stock on January 1, 1994, with the restrictions on such stock due to lapse on January 1, 1999, and 200 shares of Restricted Stock on January 1, 1995, with the restrictions on such stock due to lapse on January 1, 2000, and if the Participant retired on January 1, 1996, Portion A would be determined separately for the Restricted Stock granted on January 1, 1994, and for the Restricted Stock granted on January 1, 1995. With respect to the Restricted Stock granted on January 1, 1994, Portion A would equal 40 shares [determined by multiplying 100 (the number of shares in such block) by 24/60 (the number of months from the date of grant to the date of Retirement divided by the number of months from the date of grant to the date of lapse)]. Thus the total amount of stock included in Portion A for the Participant would be 60 shares (40 plus 20).

8


 

  (vii)   All restrictions shall lapse immediately upon a Change in Control, as defined in section IV(1) hereof.
 
  (viii)   Certificates issued in respect of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the recipient but shall bear the following legend:
 
      “The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the Associated Banc-Corp 1987 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”
 
      Prior to January 1, 2008, the legend provided:
 
      “The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”
 
  (ix)   In order to enforce the restrictions, terms and conditions on Restricted Stock, each recipient thereof shall, immediately upon receipt of a certificate or certificates representing such stock, deposit such certificates, together with stock powers and such other instructions of transfer as the Committee may require, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company as Escrow Agent under an escrow agreement in such form as shall be determined by the Committee.
  (e)   Performance Shares . Each Restricted Stock Award may be accompanied by a Performance Share Award.
  (i)   On the date the restrictions lapse on an accompanying Restricted Stock Award, each Performance Share awarded will result in payment to the recipient of the Performance Share Award, in Common Stock or in cash, of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Common Stock on such date multiplied by sum of the highest Federal and state of residence of Participant marginal income

9


 

      tax rates in effect in the year in which restrictions lapse. A marginal income tax rate is the rate of tax applicable to the last dollar of income earned by the taxpayer. The Committee shall have the sole and absolute discretion to determine the relative amounts of cash or Common Stock which may be paid or issued in satisfaction of a Performance Share Award.
  (ii)   The number of Performance Shares shall be determined by the Committee and will be granted on the same date as is the Restricted Stock Award.
  (f)   Limitations on Grants .
  (i)   The following limitations will apply to grants of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan:
  [a]    No Participant will be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan to receive more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock in any fiscal year, provided that the Company may make an additional one-time grant of up to 20,000 shares to newly hired employees; and
 
  [b]    No Participant will be granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan to purchase more than 1,000,000 shares over the term of the Plan, provided that, if the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan is increased, the maximum number of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that any Participant may be granted also automatically will increase by a proportionate amount equal of shares for each additional fiscal year in which shares are allocated for issuance under the Plan.
      Except as to forfeited shares, the payment of cash dividends and dividend equivalents in conjunction with outstanding awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance.
 
      The foregoing limitations are intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights so as to qualify such awards as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of section 162 (m) of the Code. In the event that the Committee determines that such

10


 

      limitations are not required to qualify Options or Stock Appreciation Rights as performance-based compensation, the Committee may modify or eliminate such limitations.
  (ii)   The following limitations will apply to grants of ISOs under the Plan:
  [a]    The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the ISOs are granted) of the Shares with respect to which the ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking ISOs into account in the order they were granted.
 
  [b]    Shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO shall not be disposed of (a) within two (2) years following the date the ISO was granted; nor (b) within one (1) year following the date shares of Common Stock are transferred to the employee.
Section IV. Miscellaneous Provisions.
  (a)   Rights of Recipients of Awards . A holder of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Performance Shares granted under the Plan shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company by virtue thereof unless and until certificates for shares are issued. The holder of a Restricted Stock Award will be entitled to receive any dividends on such shares in the same amount and at the same time as declared on shares of Common Stock of the Company and shall be entitled to vote such shares as a shareholder of record.
 
  (b)   Assignment . Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Performance Shares or any rights or interests of a Participant therein, shall be assignable or transferable by such Participant at the discretion of the Committee or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
  (c)   Further Agreements . All Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Shares granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by agreements or other written documents from the Company, in such form and containing such terms and conditions (not inconsistent with this Plan) as the Committee may require. Such agreement may set forth certain restrictive covenants applicable to the Participant and penalties for the breach thereof, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

11


 

  (d)   Replacement Options . Upon cancellation of an outstanding Option, replacement Options may be issued in an amount and with such terms as the Committee may determine.
 
  (e)   Deferral of Exercise .
  (i)   Securities Law Restrictions . Although the Company intends to use its best efforts so that the shares purchasable upon the exercise of Options will be registered under, or exempt from the registration requirements of the federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and any applicable state securities law at the time Options become exercisable, if the exercise of an Option or any part of it would otherwise result in the violation by the Company of any provision of the Securities Act or of any state securities law, the Company may require that such exercise be deferred until the Company has taken appropriate action to avoid any such violation.
 
  (ii)   Legal and Other Requirements . No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred upon exercise of any award under the Plan unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares and such other requirements as are consistent with the Plan have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may require that prior to the issuance or transfer of Common Stock hereunder, the recipient thereof shall enter into a written agreement to comply with any restrictions on subsequent disposition that the Committee or the Company deem necessary or advisable under any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof. Certificates of stock issued hereunder may bear a legend to reflect such restrictions.
  (f)   Withholding of Taxes . Pursuant to applicable Federal, state, local, or foreign tax laws, the Company may be required to collect income or other taxes upon the grant of certain awards, the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or the lapse of restrictions on a Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share. The Company may deduct from payments made under the Plan, or require, as a condition to such award or to the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, that the recipient pay the Company, at such time as the Committee or the Company determine, the amount of any taxes which the Committee or the Company determine, in their

12


 

      discretion are required to be withheld. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation may be settled by the Participant’s transfer of vested Common Stock to the Company. The maximum number of shares that the Participant may use toward satisfying the withholding reimbursement shall not exceed the minimum funding required for the withholding. Where the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation arises by reason of the Participant’s election under section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Award, the Participant may not remit unvested shares in satisfaction of the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation.
  (g)   Right to Awards . No employee of the Company or its affiliated unit or other person shall have any claim or right to be a Participant in this Plan or to be granted an award hereunder. Neither the adoption of this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any affiliated unit nor shall the grant of any award hereunder constitute a request or consent to postpone the retirement date of a Participant. Nothing contained hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant or any other person any equity or interest of any kind in any assets of the Company or creating a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and any such person. As to any claim for any unpaid amounts under the Plan, any Participant or any other person having a claim for payments shall be an unsecured creditor.
 
  (h)   Fair Market Value . The “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the Company shall be determined by the Committee and shall be the closing price as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System as reported in the Wall Street Journal, for the Company’s Common Stock for the trading day of the date of the grant or exercise, whichever is appropriate. If no trade occurs on the NASDAQ National Market System on such date, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the Company shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
 
  (i)   Permanent Disability . “Permanent Disability” shall mean a finding by the Committee that a Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits of

13


 

      not less than 3 months under the Associated Banc-Corp Long-Term Disability Plan.
  (j)   Retirement . “Retirement” shall mean any date on which an employee retires under the terms and conditions of the Company’s 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan provided, however, that the employee has attained age 55 as of such date.
 
  (k)   Indemnity . Neither the Board of Directors nor the Company, nor any members of either, nor any employees of the Company or its affiliated units, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with their responsibilities with respect to the Plan, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the members of the Board of Directors, the members of the Committee, and the employees of the Company and its affiliated units with respect to any claim, loss, damage, or expense (including counsel fees) arising from any such act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination with respect to the Plan or any action taken pursuant to it to the full extent permitted by law and the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
 
  (l)   Change in Control . “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which shall be deemed to have occurred only if:
  (i)   25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company changes beneficial ownership as a result of a tender offer;
 
  (ii)   The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation is owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) of any party to such merger or consolidation;
 
  (iii)   The Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group of corporations, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member; or

14


 

  (iv)   A person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record).
      For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) (relating to options) of the Exchange Act.
 
  (m)   Transfers and Leaves . A change in employment or service from the Company to an affiliated unit of the Company, or vice versa, shall not constitute termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. Furthermore, the Committee (or Board of Directors in case of a member of the Committee) may determine that for purposes of the Plan, a Participant who is on leave of absence will still be considered as in the continuous employment or service of the Company.
 
  (n)   No Fiduciary Relationship or Responsibility . The Plan is not subject to ERISA. Under ERISA and related federal laws, the Company is not a fiduciary with respect to the Plan, and has no fiduciary obligation with respect to any Participant, beneficiary or other person claiming a right hereunder. Further, nothing herein contained, and no action or inaction arising pursuant hereto shall give rise under state or federal law to a trust of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship of any kind or degree for the benefit of Participants, any beneficiary, or any other person.
 
  (o)   Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
 
  (p)   Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed, administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the United States and the State of Wisconsin law to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States.
 
  (q)   Waiver . A waiver by a party of any of the terms and conditions of this agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any

15


 

      subsequent breach thereof, or of any other term or condition of this agreement.
  (r)   Entire Agreement . This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and there are no representations, warranties, agreements, or commitments of the Company hereto except as set forth herein. This Plan may be amended only by an instrument in writing.
Section V. Amendment and Termination; Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock
     The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time, and from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, that such amendment shall be subject to shareholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or the rules of the NASDAQ National Market System or any other exchange or market on which any of the Company’s securities are traded. Except as provided herein, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may impair the rights of a Participant to whom an award has been granted without such Participant’s consent. If there shall be any change in the stock subject to the Plan or to any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Share Award or other award granted under the Plan, through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, appropriate adjustments may be made by the Board of Directors of the Company in the aggregate number and kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Awards, Performance Share Awards or other awards. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Committee to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
Section VI. Shares of Stock Available.
     The shares available for Options, Stock Appreciation Right Awards, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Share Awards or other awards under this Plan shall not exceed 9,440,575 shares of the Company’s common stock (adjusted for stock dividends and splits), $.01 par value. This amount will be reduced upon the exercise of an Option, by the number of shares exercised; upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, by an amount equal to the number of shares covered by the Option cancelled due to Stock Appreciation Rights exercised; by the number of shares which are released due to the lapse of restrictions in case of a Restricted Stock Award; by the number of Performance Shares paid (in cash or Common Stock) at the time restrictions lapse on the Restricted Stock Awards which the Performance Shares accompany paid at the time restrictions lapse on

16


 

such awards. Any shares subject to an Option hereunder that for any reason expires, terminates or is cancelled (other than because of the exercise of an attached Stock Appreciation Right or the unexercised expiration of such Option); shares reacquired by the Company because the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock Awards; or Performance Shares not paid because the participant’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the lapse of restrictions on accompanying Restricted Stock Awards will be available for further awards. Shares of Common Stock available for Options, Stock Appreciation Right Awards, Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Share Awards, Performance Units or Other Stock-Based Awards may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares reacquired on the open market. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan. Cash may be paid in lieu of any fractional shares and settlement of awards under the Plan.
Section VII. Effective Date and Term of the Plan.
     Subject to shareholder approval, the effective date of the amendment and restatement of the Plan is the date on which shareholder approval is obtained (the “Effective Date”). Awards under the Plan may be made for a period of ten years commencing on such date. The period during which an Option or other Award may be exercised may extend beyond that time as provided herein. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Participant in writing, awards made prior to the Effective Date shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan prior to its amendment and restatement and the applicable option (or other award) agreement.
Section VIII. Disclaimer
     Associated is not responsible for the failure of optionees to make timely exercises, nor will any exception to the Plan be granted because of such failure and inaction.
     Adopted by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 26, 1994.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 26, 1994.
     Approved by Shareholders at the April 28, 1994, Annual Meeting.
     Amended by the Board of Directors: October 23, 1996.
     Amended by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 22, 1997.

17


 

     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 22, 1997.
     Approved by the Shareholders at the April 23, 1997, Annual Meeting.
     Amended by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 28, 1998.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 28, 1998.
     Approved by the Shareholders at the April 22, 1998, Annual Meeting.
     Amended by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 27, 1999
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 27, 1999
     Amended by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 23, 2002
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 23, 2002
     Approved by the Shareholders at the April 24, 2002, Annual Meeting.
     Amended by the Compensation and Benefits Committee: October 28, 2008.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: October 28, 2008.

18

Exhibit (10)(b)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
Effective July 28, 1999
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
ARTICLE I
  Establishment and Purpose     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  Definitions     1  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  Eligibility and Participation     3  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  Administration     3  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  Stock Subject to the Plan     4  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
  Duration of the Plan     5  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
  Terms of Stock Options     5  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
  Written Notice, Issuance of Stock Certificates, Stockholder Privilege     6  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
  Termination of Employment or Services     7  
 
           
ARTICLE X
  Rights of Optionees     8  
 
           
ARTICLE XI
  Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan     8  
 
           
ARTICLE XII
  Acquisition, Merger and Liquidation     8  
 
           
ARTICLE XIII
  Securities Registration     10  
 
           
ARTICLE XIV
  Tax Withholding     10  
 
           
ARTICLE XV
  Indemnification     10  
 
           
ARTICLE XVI
  Requirements of Law     11  

i


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
Article I. Establishment and Purpose
     1.1 Establishment . Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), hereby establishes a stock option plan, and amended and restated it effective January 1, 2008, for employees and others providing services to the Company, as described herein, which shall be known as the Associated Banc-Corp 1999 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (prior to January 1, 2008, the Associated Banc-Corp 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan) (the “Plan”). It is intended that the Options issued pursuant to the Plan will constitute nonstatutory Options.
     1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means for the Company to retain competent personnel and to provide to participating directors, officers and other employees long term incentives for high levels of performance by providing them with a means to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company’s success.
Article II. Definitions
     2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as follows:
  (a)   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (b)   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
 
  (c)   “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.
 
  (d)   “Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board.
 
  (e)   “Company” means Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation.
 
  (f)   “Date of Exercise” means the date the Company receives notice, by an Optionee, of the exercise of an Option pursuant to section 8.1 of this Plan. Such notice shall indicate the number of shares of Stock the Optionee intends to purchase upon exercise of an Option.

1


 

  (g)   “Employee” means any person, including an officer or director of the Company, who is employed by the Company.
 
  (h)   “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.
 
  (i)   “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of Stock upon which an Option is granted under this Plan, as determined by the Board. If the Stock is traded on an over-the-counter securities market or national securities exchange, “Fair Market Value” shall mean an amount equal to the average of the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Stock reported on such over-the-counter market or such national securities exchange on the applicable date or, if no sales of Stock have been reported for that date, on the next preceding date for which sales where reported.
 
  (j)   “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor agency.
 
  (k)   “Option” means the right, granted under this Plan, to purchase Stock of the Company at the Option price for a specified period of time.
 
  (l)   “Optionee” means an Employee holding an Option under the Plan.
 
  (m)   “Permanent Disability” means a finding by the Committee that the Optionee is fully and permanently unable to be gainfully employed because of a physical or mental disability.
 
  (n)   “Qualified Director” means a director who is both (a) a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i), as promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission, and (b) an “Outside Director” as defined by section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor definition adopted by the IRS.
 
  (o)   “Retirement” means any date on which an Optionee retires under the Company’s Profit Sharing & Retirement Savings Plan provided, however, that the Optionee has attained age 55 as of such date.

2


 

  (p)   “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.
 
  (q)   “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.
     2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology when used in this Plan also shall include the feminine gender and the definition of any term herein in the singular shall also include the plural.
Article III. Eligibility and Participation
     3.1 Eligibility and Participation . All Employees are eligible to participate in this Plan and receive Nonstatutory Options. Optionees in the Plan shall be selected by the Committee from among those Employees who, in the opinion of the Committee, are in a position to contribute materially to the Company’s continued growth and development and to its long-term financial success.
Article IV. Administration
     4.1 Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan.
          The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions and assurances deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Plan. Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall be final and binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.
          The members of the Committee may be directors who are eligible to receive Options under this Plan, but Options may be granted to such persons only by action of the full Board and not by action of the Committee.
          The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the limitations of the Plan and any limitations imposed by the Board, to construe, interpret and administer this Plan and to make determinations which shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including, without limitation, the

3


 

Company, the stockholders, the directors and any persons having any interests in any Options which may be granted under this Plan and, by resolution providing for the creation and issuance of any such Option, to fix the terms upon which, the time or times at or within which, and the price or prices at which any such shares may be purchased from the Company upon the exercise of such Option, which terms, time or times and price or prices shall, in every case, be set forth or incorporated by reference in the instrument or instruments evidencing such Option, and shall be consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
          The Board may remove the Committee as Administrator of the Plan at any time. In the event of such removal, the Board may serve as Administrator or appoint an independent administrative committee composed of at least two Qualified Directors to administer the Plan. Vacancies on the Committee, howsoever caused, shall be filled by the Board. A majority of the Committee at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. For purposes of this Plan, a quorum shall consist of two-thirds of the members of the Committee. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it.
     4.2 Special Provisions for Grants to Officers or Directors . Rule 16b-3 provides that the grant of a stock option to a director or officer of a company subject to the Exchange Act will be exempt from the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act if the conditions set forth in Rule 16b-3 are satisfied. Unless otherwise specified by the Board, grants of Options hereunder to individuals who are officers or directors of the Company for purposes of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act shall be made in a manner that satisfies the conditions of Rule 16b-3.
Article V. Stock Subject to the Plan
     5.1 Number . The total number of shares of Stock hereby made available and reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,000,000. The aggregate number of shares of Stock available under this Plan shall be subject to adjustment as provided in section 5.2. The total number of shares of Stock will be newly-issued shares specifically issued for the Plan. However, the Board may also approve authorized but unissued shares of Stock, or shares acquired by purchase as directed by the Board from time to time in its discretion, to be used for issuance upon exercise of Options granted hereunder.

4


 

     5.2 Adjustment in Capitalization . In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of Stock by reason of a stock dividend or split, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar corporate change, the aggregate number of shares of Stock set forth in section 5.1 shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive; provided, however, that fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. In any such case, the number and kind of shares that are subject to any Option (including any Option outstanding after termination of employment) and the Option price per share shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted without any change in the aggregate Option price to be paid therefor upon exercise of the Option.
Article VI. Duration of the Plan
     6.1 Duration of the Plan . The Plan shall be in effect for ten years from the date of its adoption by the Board. Any Options outstanding at the end of such period shall remain in effect in accordance with their terms. The Plan shall terminate before the end of such period if all Stock subject to the Plan has been purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan.
Article VII. Terms of Stock Options
     7.1 Grant of Options . Subject to section 5.1, Options may be granted to Employees from time to time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Options granted to each Optionee. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of services rendered by such Employee, their present and potential contributions to the Company, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
     7.2 Option Notice; Terms and Conditions to Apply Unless Otherwise Specified . As determined by the Committee on the date of grant, each Option shall be evidenced by an Option Notice (the “Option Notice”) that includes the nontransferability provisions required by section 10.2 hereof and specifies: the Option exercise price; the duration of the Option; the number of shares of Stock to which the Option applies; any vesting or exercisability restrictions which the Committee may impose; and any other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant of the Option.
          All Option Notices shall incorporate the provisions of this Plan by reference.

5


 

     7.3 Option Exercise Price . The Option exercise price shall be established by the Committee, but in no case shall the Option exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock on the date the Company grants the Option.
     7.4 Term of Options . Each Option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine when it is granted, provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary date of its grant.
     7.5 Exercise of Options . Options granted under this Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for all Optionees.
     7.6 Payment . Payment for all shares of Stock shall be made at the time that an Option, or any part thereof, is exercised, and no shares shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made. Such payment may be made in cash and/or such other consideration as the Committee determines; provided, however, that the Committee may not permit Optionees to pay for Options with a portion of the Option Stock. If shares of Stock are being used in part or full payment for the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option, such shares shall be valued for the purpose of such exchange as of the Date of Exercise of the Option at the Fair Market Value of the shares. Any certificates evidencing shares of Stock used to pay the purchase price shall be accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank by the registered holder of the certificate (with signatures thereon guaranteed). In the event the certificates tendered by the holder in such payment cover more shares than are required for such payment, the certificate shall also be accompanied by instructions from the holder to the Company’s transfer agent with regard to the disposition of the balance of the shares covered thereby.
     7.7 Vesting . No Stock Options shall be exercisable until vested. The Committee shall have sole discretion to specify the vesting period with respect to any Options granted under this Plan. The Committee shall notify the Optionee as to the vesting period for any Option in the Option Notice. In the event that the Committee shall not specify the vesting period for an Option, the Options shall vest 24 months following the date they are granted.
Article VIII. Written Notice, Issuance of Stock Certificates, Stockholder Privilege
     8.1 Written Notice . An Optionee wishing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company, in the form and manner prescribed by the

6


 

Committee. Full payment for the Options exercised, as provided in section 7.6 above, must accompany the written notice.
     8.2 Issuance of Stock Certificate . As soon as practicable after the receipt of written notice and payment, the Company may deliver to the Optionee or to a nominee of the Optionee a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of shares of Stock.
     8.3 Privileges of a Stockholder . An Optionee or any other person entitled to exercise an Option under this Plan shall not have stockholder privileges with respect to any Stock covered by the Option until the date of issuance of such Stock.
Article IX. Termination of Employment or Services
     Except as otherwise expressly specified by the Board, all Options granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following termination provisions.
     9.1 Death . If an Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of death, the Option may thereafter be exercised at any time prior to the expiration date of the Option or within 12 months after the date of such death, whichever period is the shorter, by the person or persons entitled to do so under the Optionee’s will or, if the Optionee shall fail to make a testamentary disposition of an Option or shall die intestate, the Optionee’s legal representative or representatives. The Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that such Option was exercisable as of the date of death.
     9.2 Termination Other Than for Cause or Due to Death . In the event of an Optionee’s termination of employment other than by reason of death, Retirement or Permanent Disability, the non-vested portion of any Option and the vested portion of any Option which has not been exercised shall terminate immediately.
          A change of duties or position within the Company, if any, shall not be considered a termination of employment for purposes of this Plan. The Option Notices may contain such provisions as the Committee shall approve with respect to the effect of approved leaves of absence upon termination of employment.
     9.3 Retirement or Permanent Disability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of an Optionee’s termination of employment by reason of Retirement or Permanent Disability, any outstanding, vested Option then held by such Optionee shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent the Option

7


 

was exercisable as of the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment, until the expiration of the term of such Option. Notwithstanding this section or section 7.7 of this Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to, upon a Optionee’s Retirement or Permanent Disability, extend the vesting of the Optionee’s Options as if the Optionee were still employed. The Committee must indicate in writing when a Optionee’s vesting period is continued pursuant to this section.
Article X. Rights of Optionees
     10.1 Service . Nothing in this Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Employee’s employment at any time, nor confer upon any Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company.
     10.2 Nontransferability . Options granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable by the Optionee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.
Article XI. Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan
     11.1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination of the Plan . The Board may at any time terminate and from time to time may amend or modify the Plan. No amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any outstanding Option under the Plan without the consent of the Optionee holding the Option. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board has authorized the Committee to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
Article XII. Acquisition, Merger and Liquidation
     12.1 Acquisition . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that an Acquisition (as defined below) occurs with respect to the Company, the Board shall have the option, but not the obligation, to cancel Options outstanding as of the effective date of Acquisition, whether or not such Options are then exercisable, in return for payment to the Optionees for each Option of an amount equal to a reasonable, good faith estimate of an amount (hereinafter the “Spread”) equal to the difference between the net amount per share payable in the Acquisition, or as a result of the Acquisition, less the exercise price per share of the Option. In estimating the Spread, appropriate adjustments to give effect to the existence of the Options shall be made, such as deeming the Options to have been exercised, with the Company receiving the exercise price payable thereunder, and

8


 

treating the shares receivable upon exercise of the Options as being outstanding in determining the net amount per share. For purposes of this section, an “Acquisition” shall mean any transaction in which substantially all of the Company’s assets are acquired or in which a controlling amount of the Company’s outstanding shares are acquired, in each case by a single person or entity or an affiliated group of persons and/or entities. For purposes of this section a controlling amount shall mean more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Company. The Company shall have such an option regardless of how the Acquisition is effectuated, whether by direct purchase, through a merger or similar corporate transaction, or otherwise. In cases where the Acquisition consists of the acquisition of assets of the Company, the net amount per share shall be calculated on the basis of the net amount receivable with respect to shares upon a distribution and liquidation by the Company after giving effect to expenses and charges, including but not limited to taxes, payable by the Company before the liquidation can be completed.
          Where the Company does not exercise its option under this section 12.1, the remaining provisions of this Article XII shall apply, to the extent applicable.
     12.2 Merger or Consolidation . Subject to section 12.1, if the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, any Option granted hereunder shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option would have been entitled in such merger or consolidation.
     12.3 Other Transactions . Subject to section 12.1, dissolution or a liquidation of the Company or a merger and consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation shall cause every Option outstanding hereunder to terminate as of the effective date of the dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation. However, the Optionee either (i) shall be offered a firm commitment whereby the resulting or surviving corporation in a merger or consolidation will tender to the Optionee an Option (the “Substitute Option”) to purchase its shares on terms and conditions both as to number of shares and otherwise, which will substantially preserve to the Optionee the rights and benefits of the Option outstanding hereunder granted by the Company, or (ii) shall have the right immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation to exercise any unexercised Options whether or not then exercisable, subject to the provisions of this Plan. The Board shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion to determine whether the Optionee has been offered a firm commitment and whether the tendered Substitute Option will substantially preserve to the Optionee the rights and benefits of the Option outstanding hereunder.

9


 

Article XIII. Securities Registration
     13.1 Securities Registration . In the event that the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other applicable statute, any Options or any Stock with respect to which an Option may be or shall have been granted or exercised, or to qualify any such Options or Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other statute, then the Optionee shall cooperate with the Company and take such action as is necessary to permit registration or qualification of such Options or Stock.
          Unless the Committee has determined that the following representation is unnecessary, each person exercising an Option under the Plan may be required by the Company, as a condition to the issuance of the shares pursuant to exercise of the Option, to make a representation in writing (a) that he is acquiring such shares for his own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any part thereof, and (b) that before any transfer in connection with the resale of such shares, he will obtain the written opinion of counsel to the Company, or other counsel acceptable to the Company, that such shares may be transferred. The Company may also require that the certificates representing such shares contain legends reflecting the foregoing.
Article XIV. Tax Withholding
     14.1 Tax Withholding . Whenever shares of Stock are to be issued in satisfaction of Options exercised under this Plan, the Company shall have the power to require the recipient of the Stock to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, withholding obligations may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The maximum amount of Option Stock that a Optionee may use toward satisfying tax withholding requirements shall not exceed the minimum funding required for the withholding. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Optionee.
Article XV. Indemnification

10


 

     15.1 Indemnification . To the extent permitted by law, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board or Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s articles of incorporation or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
Article XVI. Requirements of Law
     16.1 Requirements of Law . The granting of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
     16.2 Governing Law . The Plan and all notices hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Wisconsin.

11

Exhibit (10)(c)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
SECTION I
  Purpose and Adoption     1  
 
           
SECTION II
  Administration     1  
 
           
SECTION III
  Awards     3  
 
           
SECTION IV
  Miscellaneous Provisions     17  
 
           
SECTION V
  Amendment and Termination; Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock     22  
 
           
SECTION VI
  Shares of Stock Available     22  
 
           
SECTION VII
  Effective Date and Term of the Plan     23  
 
           
SECTION VIII
  Disclaimer     23  

i


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
Section I. Purpose and Adoption .
     (a)  Purpose of the Plan . The purpose of this Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (prior to January 1, 2008, the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (the “Plan”) is (i) to associate more closely the interests of certain key employees of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) and its affiliated units and directors of the Company (the “Participants”) with those of the Company’s shareholders by encouraging stock ownership, (ii) to provide long-term stock and cash incentives and rewards to those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company, and (iii) to assist the Company in attracting and retaining key employees with requisite experience and ability.
     (b)  Adoption . The Plan has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), to be effective as of January 1, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), but is subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company. If the Company fails to obtain shareholder approval within 12 months after the Plan is adopted by the Board, any awards granted under the Plan will become void.
Section II. Administration .
     (a)  The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”), or such other committee as is appointed by the Board to address compensation matters, composed of not less than two Directors. The Directors forming the Committee shall each be an “outside director” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) section 162(m), an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ National Market System and a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The members of the Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. In the event that any member of the Committee is to be granted an award under the Plan, then said award shall be made by the Board. The Board’s actions in such instances shall be governed by each of the provisions of the Plan to the extent applicable to the Committee.
     (b)  Authority and Discretion of Committee . Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and provided that all actions taken shall be consistent with

1


 

the purposes of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and complete authority and the sole discretion to: (i) determine those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who shall be among the Participants; (ii) select the Participants to whom awards are to be granted under this Plan; (iii) determine the size and the form of the award or awards to be granted to any Participant; (iv) determine the time or times such awards shall be granted; (v) establish the terms and conditions upon which such awards may be exercised and/or transferred; (vi) alter any restrictions or vesting schedules; and (vii) adopt such rules and regulations, establish, define, construe, interpret and implement any other terms and conditions, and make all other determinations (which may be on a case-by-case basis) deemed necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
          The Committee may delegate such of its powers and authority under the Plan as it deems appropriate to a subcommittee of the Committee. Such subcommittee shall consist of at least two individuals, all of whom meet the requirements set forth in section II(a) above. The Committee shall not have or exercise any discretion that would disqualify amounts payable under section III(a), (b), (d), (e) or (f) as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m). The designation of a Participant to receive an award under one portion of the Plan does not require the Committee to include such Participant under other portions of the Plan. The designation of a Participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an award in any other year.
     (c)  Option Grants . Options granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) as defined in Code section 422 or nonqualified stock options (collectively, “Options”). Each stock option agreement shall specifically state, for each Option granted thereunder, whether the Option is an ISO or a nonqualified stock option. In no event, however, shall both an ISO and a nonqualified stock option be granted together under the Plan in such a manner that the exercise of one Option affects the right to exercise the other. The provisions of this Plan and of each ISO granted hereunder shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code section 422 and with all valid regulations issued thereunder. However, to the extent that any ISO granted hereunder does not comply with the provisions of Code section 422, such ISO shall be treated as a nonqualified stock option for all purposes under the Code. ISOs may be granted only to employees of the Company and its affiliated units. No ISO shall be granted under the Plan subsequent to December 31, 2012.

2


 

Section III. Awards .
     Awards which the Committee may grant under the Plan may include any or all of the following, as described herein: Any form of Option, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Make Whole Payments or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan.
     (a)  Nonqualified Stock Options . Nonqualified stock options are rights to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, $.01 par value, (“Common Stock”) at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock on the date of grant for a predetermined period of time and which do not qualify as an ISO under Code section 422 or are not labeled by the Committee as an ISO.
          (i) The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such nonqualified stock option. Nonqualified stock options granted hereunder shall be evidenced by option agreements containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish from time to time consistent with the Plan.
          (ii) No nonqualified stock option shall be exercisable until it is vested and, thereafter, shall be immediately exercisable. A nonqualified stock option shall vest in accordance with terms set forth by the Committee at the date of grant in the option agreement.
          (iii) In the event of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, except as otherwise provided below, any non-vested portion of any nonqualified stock option granted to such Participant shall terminate immediately.
          (iv) Except as described below, the Committee may in its sole discretion, permit at the time a nonqualified stock option is granted to allow a Participant to exercise a vested nonqualified stock option up to 90 days following a Participant’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units.
          (v) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit at the time a nonqualified stock option is granted to provide that the nonqualified stock option, once vested, will remain exercisable after the Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units terminates by reason of the Participant’s death, Total Disability or Retirement, but only to the extent such nonqualified stock option was vested and exercisable on the date of such Participant’s

3


 

termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such Option. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such nonqualified stock option shall not be fully exercisable, the Committee shall have the discretion to cause such Option to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time a nonqualified stock option is granted or at any time thereafter while such a nonqualified stock option remains outstanding.
          (vi) The Committee will determine the conditions of a nonqualified stock option exercise, but in no event may any portion of the vested nonqualified stock option be exercisable later than ten years from the date of the grant.
          (vii) All nonqualified stock options shall vest immediately upon a Change of Control, as defined in section IV(m) hereof.
          (viii) The purchase price of shares purchased pursuant to any nonqualified stock option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of nonqualified stock option grant, as determined by the Committee, and shall be paid in full upon exercise, either (a) in cash; (b) by delivery of shares of Common Stock held for a period of at least six months (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of nonqualified stock option exercise, as defined in section IV(f)); or (c) a combination of cash and Common Stock.
          (ix) The Committee may at any time offer to buy out a nonqualified stock option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made.
     (b)  ISO . ISOs are rights to purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock on the date of grant for a predetermined period of time. Only Participants who are key employees (not directors who are not also employees) of the Company or an affiliated unit shall be eligible to receive an ISO grant. However, in the case of an ISO granted to a Participant who at the time of the grant owns (directly or indirectly, and including the Shares purchasable under such ISO) stock of the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the Option price shall be at least 110% of such Fair Market Value at the time the ISO is granted; provided further, that the ISO must be exercised within five years of the date of grant.

4


 

          (i) The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each such ISO. ISOs granted hereunder shall be evidenced by option agreements containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish from time to time consistent with the Plan.
          (ii) The Option price for an ISO under the Plan shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Option at the time the Option is granted.
          (iii) No ISO shall be exercisable until it is vested and, thereafter, shall be immediately exercisable. An ISO shall vest in accordance with terms set forth by the Committee at the date of grant in the option agreement.
          (iv) In the event of termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, except as otherwise provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any non-vested portion of any ISO granted to such Participant shall terminate immediately.
          (v) Except as described below, the Committee may in its sole discretion, permit at the time an ISO is granted to allow a Participant to exercise a vested ISO up to 90 days following the Participant’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units.
          (vi) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit at the time an ISO is granted to provide that the nonqualified stock option, once vested, will remain exercisable after the Participant’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units terminates by reason of the Participant’s death, Total Disability or Retirement but only to the extent such option was vested and exercisable on the date of such Participant’s termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such ISO. Any Option executed more than three months after the Participant’s termination of employment due to Retirement shall not meet the requirements for tax treatment of an ISO. Any Option executed more than 1 year after the Participant’s termination of employment due to Total Disability shall not meet the requirements for tax treatment of an ISO. Additionally, in the event of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s executor, administrator, or such person need not exercise the Option within three months after the death of the individual to whom the Option is granted to receive ISO treatment. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such ISO shall not be fully exercisable, the Committee shall have the discretion to cause such ISO to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of

5


 

employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time an ISO is granted or at any time thereafter while such an ISO remains outstanding.
          (vii) The Committee will determine the conditions of ISO exercise, but in no event may any portion of a vested ISO be exercisable earlier than one year (except pursuant to a Change of Control) or later than ten years from the date of the grant.
          (viii) All ISOs shall vest immediately upon a Change of Control, as defined in section IV(m) hereof.
          (ix) The purchase price of shares purchased pursuant to any ISO shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee, and shall be paid in full upon exercise, either (a) in cash; (b) by delivery of shares of Common Stock held for a period of at least six months (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of ISO exercise, as defined in section IV); or (c) a combination of cash and Common Stock.
          (x) The Committee may at any time offer to buy out an ISO previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Participant at the time that such offer is made.
     (c)  Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards are stock grants, the vesting of which will depend upon the Participant’s continued employment with the Company.
          (i) The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be covered by each separate grant under the Plan. The Committee shall determine which Participants will receive Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock will not qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code section 162(m).
          (ii) Restricted Stock is Common Stock acquired by a Participant subject to the restrictions described in the following subsections.
          (iii) Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged, or otherwise encumbered during a period set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such award.
          (iv) Restriction terms and conditions will be set by the Committee at the time of award. These conditions will include a requirement that the

6


 

Participant continue employment with the Company in order to vest the Restricted Stock. Vesting schedules pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be “graded,” awarding the Participant with portions of the Restricted Stock over a course of years. The Committee shall have complete discretion to determine the length and timing of the graded vesting schedule.
          (v) In the event of the termination of employment of a recipient of Restricted Stock for any reason, the recipient shall retain all stock that is vested pursuant to the vesting schedule prescribed by the Committee. Vesting, however, will not continue with respect to any Restricted Stock that was not fully vested at the time of the termination of employment.
          (vi) All restrictions shall lapse immediately upon a Change of Control, as defined in section IV(m) hereof.
          (vii) Certificates issued in respect of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the recipient, but shall bear the following legend:
               “The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”
               Prior to January 1, 2008, the legend provided:
               “The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”
          (viii) To enforce the restrictions, terms and conditions on Restricted Stock, each recipient thereof shall, immediately upon receipt of a certificate or certificates representing such stock, deposit such certificates, together with stock powers and such other instructions of transfer as the Committee may require, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company as Escrow Agent under an escrow agreement in such form as shall be determined by the Committee.

7


 

     (d)  Performance Shares . Performance Shares are stock grants, the payment of which will depend upon the achievement by the Company of certain financial performance objectives.
          (i) The Committee shall determine the number of shares of Performance Shares to be covered by each separate grant under the Plan. The Committee shall determine which Participants will receive Performance Shares.
          (ii) Performance Shares are Common Stock acquired by Participants subject to the restrictions described in the following subsections.
          (iii) Restriction terms and conditions will be set by the Committee at the time of Award. The Committee may select the appropriate performance measure from among the following types of measures: (a) basic or diluted earnings per share; (b) stock price growth; (c) return on equity; or (d) revenue growth.
          (iv) For each Performance Period with respect to which a Performance Share Award may be earned by a Participant under the Plan, the Committee shall establish the performance goal in writing for such performance period by preparing an award schedule for each Participant. The Award schedule shall set forth the applicable performance period, performance measure(s), performance goal(s), and such other information (including a peer group modifier, if applicable) as the Committee may determine. The Committee may also grant a Performance Share Award pursuant to an award formula, such that the Participant could receive a specified percentage of the Performance Shares depending upon a range set as part of the performance goal. Once established for a performance period, such items shall not be amended or otherwise modified. Award schedules may vary from performance period to performance period and from Participant to Participant. The Committee must establish the performance goal applicable to each selected performance period no later than the earlier to occur of (a) 90 days after the commencement of the performance period, and (b) the date upon which twenty five percent (25%) of the performance period shall have elapsed.
          (v) In the event of the termination of employment of a recipient of Performance Shares due to death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant without cause, the Participant will receive a pro rata portion of the Performance Shares, based upon the length of the Participant’s employment during the performance period. The Committee will determine the amount of the prorated award by multiplying the amount of the award that would have been earned, determined at the end of the performance period, by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction equals the number of whole

8


 

months such Participant was employed during the performance period. The denominator of the fraction equals the total number of months of the performance period. This paragraph (v) shall apply only if the Company meets the specified performance goal. The Participant will receive none of the Performance Shares if the Company does not meet the specified performance goal.
          (vi) If, prior to the Committee’s certification that the performance goal has been met pursuant to the following paragraph, the Participant terminates employment for any reason other than death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant’s employment with cause, the Participant shall receive none of the Performance Shares, regardless of whether the Company meets the performance goal.
          (vii) As soon as administratively feasible following the end of the performance period, the Committee will determine whether the Company has attained the performance goal. If the performance goal has been attained, the Committee will remove restrictions on the Participant’s Performance Shares. If the Company has not attained the performance goal, the Participant will forfeit the Performance Shares.
          (viii) All restrictions shall lapse immediately upon any Change of Control, as defined in section IV(m) hereof.
          (ix) With respect to any Performance Share that does not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m), the Committee is authorized to defer payment of such Awards until the Participant is no longer subject to the limits of Code section 162(m) or any successor statute, or a Change of Control occurs.
          (x) Certificates issued in respect of Performance Shares granted under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the recipient, but shall bear the following legend:
“The transferability of the certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”

9


 

Prior to January 1, 2008, the legend provided:
“The transferability of the certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby is restricted and the shares are subject to the further terms and conditions contained in the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”). A copy of said Plan is on file in the office of the secretary of the Company at the Company’s offices in Green Bay, Wisconsin.”
          (xi) To enforce the restrictions, terms and conditions on Performance Shares, each recipient thereof shall, immediately upon receipt of a certificate or certificates representing such stock, deposit such certificates, together with stock powers and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may require, appropriately endorsed in blank with the Company as Escrow Agent under a escrow agreement in such form as shall be determined by the Committee.
     (e)  Make Whole Payment .
          (i) The Committee may, in its discretion issue a Make Whole Payment to any Participant receiving a Restricted Stock Award or a Performance Share Award. The Committee will have discretion with respect to which Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Share Awards, if any, will be accompanied by a Make Whole Payment. The Committee will determine which awards will have an accompanying Make Whole Payment at the time the Committee grants the award.
          (ii) With respect to any Make Whole Payment accompanying a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant will become entitled to the Make Whole Payment only with respect to shares of Restricted Stock which become vested. The Company will pay such Make Whole Payments in the year during which restrictions lapse on such shares. With respect to any Make Whole Payment accompanying a Performance Share, the Participant shall become entitled to the Make Whole Payment only if the Company attains the performance goal associated with the Performance Shares (or if a Participant becomes entitled to Performance Shares upon a Change of Control). The Company will pay the Make Whole Payment with respect to such shares in the year during which restrictions lapse on the shares.
          (iii) The Committee will have discretion to issue any Make Whole Payment in the form of Common Stock or cash. The amount of a Make Whole Payment with respect to each share of Restricted Stock or Performance Share shall equal the sum of (a) the highest federal marginal income tax rate in effect in the

10


 

year during which restrictions lapse (minus state taxes deducted), plus (b) the highest marginal income tax rate in the state of the Participant’s residence in effect in the year during which restrictions lapse.
          (iv) With respect to any Make Whole Payment accompanying a Performance Share under the LTI Plan that does not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m), the Committee is authorized to defer payment of such Make Whole Payment; provided that the payment is made as soon as reasonably practicable following the first date on which the Committee reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made on such date, the Company’s deduction would no longer be restricted due to the application of Code section 162(m). In the event that a Performance Share qualifies as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m) in the year that the performance goal is certified by the Committee, but the accompanying Make Whole Payment would not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m), no Make Whole Payment will be made with respect to such Performance Share.
     (f)  Stock Appreciation Rights—162(m) Employees . The Committee may award Stock Appreciation Rights under this subsection (f) to employees of the Company whose compensation may become subject to the Code section 162(m) deduction limits. All Stock Appreciation Rights issued under this subsection (f) are intended to satisfy the requirements applicable so as to qualify such Stock Appreciation Rights as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code 162(m).
          (i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall consist of the right to receive cash, Common Stock or a combination of both. The Committee shall have complete discretion to determine whether a particular Stock Appreciation Right shall be paid in the form of cash or Common Stock. The Committee shall determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be covered by each separate grant under the Plan. The Committee shall determine which Participants will receive Stock Appreciation Rights.
          (ii) Under a Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee will base the amount of compensation the Participant will receive solely on the increase in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock of the Company after the date of the grant.
          (iii) The Committee shall have the discretion, at the time of the grant, to determine: (a) the times at which Stock Appreciation Rights shall be awarded; (b) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights awarded to each

11


 

Participant; and (c) the performance period. The Committee shall have the discretion to reduce the amount payable under any Stock Appreciation Right subject to this subsection (f) after its original grant, but shall not have the discretion to increase the amount of any payment.
          (iv) In the event of the termination of employment of a recipient of Stock Appreciation Rights under this subsection (f) due to death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant without cause, the Participant will receive under each Stock Appreciation Right the difference between the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the beginning of the performance period and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the time of termination. The preceding sentence shall apply only if the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the shortened performance period.
          (v) In the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will receive under each Stock Appreciation Right under this subsection (f) the difference between the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the beginning of the performance period and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the time of the Change of Control. The preceding sentence shall apply only if the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased between the beginning of the performance period and the Change of Control.
          (vi) If, prior to the Committee’s certification that the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the performance period, the Participant terminates employment for any reason other than death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant’s employment with cause, the Participant shall receive no payment pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Right.
          (vii) Within 60 days following the end of the performance period (or after [a] the Participant terminates employment due to death, Total Disability or Retirement or [b] the Company’s termination of the Participant without cause), the Committee will determine whether the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the performance period. If the Fair Market Value has increased, the Company will pay to the Participant the amount of cash or Common Stock due under the Stock Appreciation Right within such 60-day period. If the Fair Market Value has not increased, the Participant will receive no amount under the Stock Appreciation Right.
          (viii) With respect to any Stock Appreciation Right under this subsection (f) of the LTI Plan that does not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m), the Committee is authorized

12


 

to defer payment of the amount of the Stock Appreciation Right; provided that the payment is made as soon as reasonably practicable following the first date on which the Committee reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made on such date, the Company’s deduction would no longer be restricted due to the application of Code section 162(m).
          (ix) As used in this subsection (f), the phrase “termination of employment” shall be interpreted consistent with the phrase “separation from service” under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.
     (g)  Stock Appreciation Rights—Non-162(m) Employees . The Committee may award Stock Appreciation Rights under this subsection (g) only to employees of the Company whose salaries will not become subject to the Code section 162(m) deduction limits.
          (i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall consist of the right to receive cash, Common Stock or a combination of both. The Committee shall have complete discretion to determine whether a particular Stock Appreciation Right shall be paid in the form of cash or Common Stock. The Committee shall determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be covered by each separate grant under the Plan. The Committee shall determine which Participants will receive Stock Appreciation Rights.
          (ii) Under a Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee will base the amount of compensation the Participant will receive solely on the increase in Fair Market Value of the Common Stock of the Company after the date of the grant.
          (iii) The Committee shall have the discretion, at the time of the grant, to determine: (a) the times at which Stock Appreciation Rights shall be awarded; (b) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights awarded to each Participant; and (c) the performance period. The Committee shall have the discretion to reduce the amount payable under any Stock Appreciation Right subject to this subsection (g) at any time.
          (iv) In the event of the termination of employment of a recipient of Stock Appreciation Rights under this subsection (g) due to death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant without cause, the Participant will receive under each Stock Appreciation Right the difference between the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the beginning of the performance period and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the time

13


 

of termination. This paragraph (iv) shall apply only if the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the performance period.
          (v) In the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will receive under each Stock Appreciation Right under this subsection (g) the difference between the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the beginning of the performance period and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock at the time of the Change of Control. The preceding sentence shall apply only if the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased between the beginning of the performance period and the Change of Control.
          (vi) If, prior to the Committee’s certification that the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the performance period, the Participant terminates employment for any reason other than death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Participant’s employment with cause, the Participant shall receive no payment pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Right.
          (vii) Within 60 days following the end of the performance period (or after [a] the Participant terminates employment due to death, Total Disability or Retirement or [b] the Company’s termination of the Participant without cause), the Committee will determine whether the Fair Market Value of Common Stock increased during the performance period. If the Fair Market Value has increased, the Company will pay the Participant the amount of cash or Common Stock due under the Stock Appreciation Right within such 60-day period. If the Fair Market Value has not increased, the Participant will receive no amount under the Stock Appreciation Right.
          (viii) As used in this subsection (g), the phrase “termination of employment” shall be interpreted consistent with the phrase “separation from service” under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.
     (h)  Limitations on Grants .
          (i) The following limitations will apply to grants of Options under the Plan:
               [a] No Participant will be granted Options under the Plan to receive more than 200,000 shares of Common Stock in any fiscal year, provided that the Company may make an additional one-time grant of up to 50,000 shares to newly hired employees.

14


 

               [b] No Participant will be granted Options under the Plan to purchase more than 2,000,000 shares over the term of the Plan. However, if the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan is increased, the maximum number of Options that any Participant may be granted also automatically will increase by a proportionate amount equal of shares for each additional fiscal year in which shares are allocated for issuance under the Plan.
          Except as to forfeited shares, the payment of cash dividends and dividend equivalents in conjunction with outstanding awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance.
          The foregoing limitations are intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to Options so as to qualify such awards as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code section 162(m). In the event that the Committee determines that such limitations are not required to qualify Options as performance-based compensation, the Committee may modify or eliminate such limitations.
          (ii) The following limitations will apply to grants of ISOs under the Plan:
               [a] The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the ISOs are granted) of the Shares with respect to which the ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking ISOs into account in the order they were granted.
               [b] The Participant must notify the Company if Shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of (a) within two (2) years following the date the ISO was granted; nor (b) within one (1) year following the date shares of Common Stock are transferred to the employee.
               [c] The aggregate number of shares available under the Plan to be granted as ISOs by the Committee will equal 3,000,000.
          (iii) The following limitations will apply to grants of Performance Shares under the Plan:
               [a] No Participant will be granted Performance Shares under the Plan in excess of 100,000 shares of Common Stock in any fiscal year, provided that the Company may make an additional one-time grant of up to 25,000 shares to newly hired employees. The value of Performance Shares issued

15


 

to a Participant under the Plan for any fiscal year shall not exceed $4 million with an additional one-time grant to newly hired employees up to $1 million.
               [b] No Participant will be granted Performance Shares under the Plan in excess of 1,000,000 shares over the term of the Plan. If the number of such shares available for issuance under the Plan is increased, the maximum amount of Performance Shares that any Participant may be granted (in any fiscal year and over the term of the Plan) also automatically will increase by a proportionate amount of equal shares or cash.
               [c] Pursuant to subsection (III)(e) above, the Committee may grant Make Whole Payments in connection with any Performance Share. No Participant will be granted a Make Whole Payment in excess of the total permissible number of shares indicated in the previous two paragraphs, multiplied by the amount of a Make Whole Payment, as specified in subsection (III)(e)(iii) above. If the number of Performance Shares available for issuance under the Plan is increased, the number of Make Whole Payments available under the Plan also automatically will increase by an amount proportionate to the increased number of Performance Shares available. The total value of Make Whole Payments made to any Participant under the Plan in any fiscal year shall not exceed $1.5 million.
          The foregoing limitations are intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to Performance Shares so as to qualify such awards as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code section 162(m). In the event that the Committee determines that such limitations are not required to qualify Performance Shares as performance-based compensation, the Committee may modify or eliminate such limitations.
          (iv) The following limitations will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights under subsection (III)(f) of the Plan:
               [a] No Participant will be granted Stock Appreciation Rights under subsection (III)(f) of the Plan in excess of 100,000 shares of Common Stock in any fiscal year (or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such amount of Common Stock valued as of the time of the award payment), provided that the Company may make an additional one time grant of up to 25,000 shares (or the Fair Market Value of such shares valued at the time of the award payment) to newly hired employees.
               [b] No Participant will be granted Stock Appreciation Rights under subsection (III)(f) of the Plan in excess of 1,000,000 shares over the term of the Plan (or the Fair Market Value of such shares valued as of the time of

16


 

the award payment). If the number of such shares available for issuance under the Plan is increased, the maximum amount of Stock Appreciation Rights that any Participant may be granted (in any fiscal year and over the term of the Plan) also automatically will increase by a proportionate amount of equal shares or cash.
          The foregoing limitations are intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to Stock Appreciation Rights so as to qualify such awards as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code section 162(m). In the event that the Committee determines that such limitations are not required to qualify Stock Appreciation Rights as performance-based compensation, the Committee may modify or eliminate such limitations.
Section IV. Miscellaneous Provisions.
     (a)  Rights of Recipients of Awards . A holder of Options, Performance Shares and Make Whole Payments granted under the Plan shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company by virtue thereof unless and until certificates for shares are issued. The holder of a Restricted Stock Award or a Performance Share Award will be entitled to receive any dividends on such shares in the same amount and at the same time as declared on shares of Common Stock of the Company and shall be entitled to vote such shares as a shareholder of record.
     (b)  Assignment . ISOs under this Plan will not be transferable by the Participant at any time. Nonqualified stock options, or any rights or interests of a Participant therein, shall be assignable or transferable by such Participant only at the discretion of the Committee or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Restricted Stock and Performance Shares shall be assignable or transferable by such Participant only after the restrictions on such shares lapse.
     (c)  Further Agreements . All Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Shares and Make Whole Payments granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by agreements or other written documents from the Company, in such form and containing such terms and conditions (not inconsistent with this Plan) as the Committee may require. No person shall have any rights under any award granted under the Plan unless and until the Committee and the Participant shall have executed such an agreement or received any other award acknowledgment authorized by the Committee expressly granting the award to such person and containing provisions setting forth the terms of the award. Such agreement may set forth certain restrictive covenants applicable to the Participant and penalties for the breach thereof, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

17


 

     (d)  Replacement Options . Upon cancellation of an outstanding Option, replacement Options may be issued in an amount and with such terms as the Committee may determine.
     (e)  Deferral of Exercise .
          (i) Securities Law Restrictions . Although the Company intends to use its reasonable efforts so that the shares purchased upon the exercise of Options will be registered under, or exempt from the registration requirements of the federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and any applicable state securities law at the time Options become exercisable, if the exercise of an Option or any part of it would otherwise result in the violation by the Company of any provision of the Securities Act or of any state securities law, the Company may require that such exercise be deferred until the Company has taken appropriate action to avoid any such violation.
          (ii) Legal and Other Requirements . No shares of Common Stock shall be issued or transferred upon exercise of any award under the Plan unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares and such other requirements as are consistent with the Plan have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may require that, prior to the issuance or transfer of Common Stock hereunder, the recipient thereof shall enter into a written agreement to comply with any restrictions on subsequent disposition that the Committee or the Company deem necessary or advisable under any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof. Certificates of stock issued hereunder may bear a legend to reflect such restrictions.
     (f)  Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold from any Participant, from any amounts due and payable by the Company to such Participant (or secure payment from such Participant in lieu of withholding), the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any shares or cash payable under the Plan, and the Company may defer the exercise of any Options or the issuance of shares thereunder unless indemnified to its satisfaction. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation may be settled by the Participant’s transfer of vested Common Stock to the Company. The maximum number of shares that the Participant may use toward satisfying the withholding reimbursement shall not exceed the minimum funding required for the withholding. Where the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation arises by reason of the Participant’s election under section 83(b) of the Code with

18


 

respect to the Award, the Participant may not remit unvested shares in satisfaction of the Participant’s withholding reimbursement obligation.
     (g)  Right to Awards . No employee of the Company or its affiliated unit or other person shall have any claim or right to be a Participant in this Plan or to be granted an award hereunder. Neither the adoption of this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any affiliated unit nor shall the grant of any award hereunder constitute a request or consent to postpone the Retirement date of a Participant. Nothing contained hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant or any other person any equity or interest of any kind in any assets of the Company or creating a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and any such person. As to any claim for any unpaid amounts under the Plan, any Participant or any other person having a claim for payments shall be an unsecured creditor.
     (h)  Fair Market Value . The “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the Company shall be determined by the Committee and shall be the closing price as reported on the NASDAQ National Market System as reported in the Wall Street Journal, for the Company’s Common Stock for the trading day of the date of the grant, exercise or award payment, whichever is appropriate. If no trade occurs on the NASDAQ National Market System on such date, the “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the Company shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
     (i)  Total Disability . “Total Disability” shall mean a finding by the Committee that a Participant meets the standard for Total Disability as provided in the Associated Banc-Corp Long-Term Disability Plan.
     (j)  Retirement . “Retirement” shall mean any date on which an employee retires under the terms and conditions of the Company’s Profit Sharing & 401(k) Plan provided, however, that the employee has attained age 55 as of such date.
     (k)  Cause . The term “cause” in connection with a termination of employment by reason of a dismissal for cause shall mean:
          (i) The willful and continued failure by a Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Company after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Participant has not substantially performed his duties; or

19


 

          (ii) The willful engaging by the Participant in misconduct which is materially damaging to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.
          Any rights the Company may have under this Plan in respect of the events giving rise to cause shall be in addition to the rights the Company may have under any other agreement with a Participant or at law or in equity. Any determination of whether a Participant’s employment is (or is deemed to have been) terminated for cause for purposes of the Plan or any award hereunder shall be made by the Committee in its discretion. If, subsequent to a Participant’s voluntary termination of employment or involuntary termination of employment without cause, it is discovered that the Participant’s employment could have been terminated for cause, the Committee may deem such Participant’s employment to have been terminated for cause. A Participant’s termination of employment for cause shall be effective as of the date of the occurrence of the event giving rise to cause, regardless of when the determination of cause is made.
     (l)  Indemnity . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any members of either, nor any employees of the Company or its affiliated units, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction, or determination made in good faith in connection with their responsibilities with respect to the Plan, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the members of the Board, the members of the Committee, and the employees of the Company and its affiliated units with respect to any claim, loss, damage, or expense (including counsel fees) arising from any such act, omission, interpretation, construction, or determination with respect to the Plan or any action taken pursuant to it to the full extent permitted by law and the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
     (m)  Change of Control . A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the following transactions:
          (i) An offer is accepted, in writing, for a change in ownership of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company;
          (ii) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company will be merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such anticipated merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation will be owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) of any party to such merger or consolidation;
          (iii) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group

20


 

of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member; or
          (iv) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby a person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record).
          For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) (relating to options) of the Exchange Act.
     (n)  Transfers and Leaves . A change in employment or service from the Company to an affiliated unit of the Company, or vice versa, shall not constitute termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. Furthermore, the Committee (or Board in case of a member of the Committee) may determine that for purposes of the Plan, a Participant who is on leave of absence will still be considered as in the continuous employment or service of the Company.
     (o)  No Fiduciary Relationship or Responsibility . The Plan is not subject to ERISA. Under ERISA and related federal laws, the Company is not a fiduciary with respect to the Plan and has no fiduciary obligation with respect to any Participant, beneficiary, or other person claiming a right hereunder. Further, nothing herein contained, and no action or inaction arising pursuant hereto shall give rise under state or federal law to a trust of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship of any kind or degree for the benefit of Participants, any beneficiary, or any other person.
     (p)  Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
     (q)  Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed, administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the United States and the State of Wisconsin to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States.
     (r)  Waiver . A waiver by a party of any of the terms and conditions of this agreement in any instance shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any subsequent breach thereof, or of any other term or condition of this agreement.

21


 

     (s)  Entire Agreement . This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and there are no representations, warranties, agreements, or commitments of the Company hereto except as set forth herein. This Plan may be amended only by an instrument in writing.
Section V. Amendment and Termination; Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock .
     The Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, that such amendment shall be subject to shareholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or the rules of the NASDAQ National Market System or any other exchange or market on which any of the Company’s securities are traded. Except as provided herein, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may impair the rights of a Participant to whom an award has been granted without such Participant’s consent. If there shall be any change in the stock subject to the Plan or to any Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Share Award, Stock Appreciation Right or other award granted under the Plan through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, appropriate adjustments may be made by the Board in the aggregate number and kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Share Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights or other awards. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board has authorized the Committee to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
Section VI. Shares of Stock Available .
     The shares available for Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Share Awards, Make Whole Payments and Stock Appreciation Rights under this Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (adjusted for stock dividends and splits). This amount will be reduced upon the exercise of an Option, by the number of shares exercised; by the number of shares which are released due to the lapse of restrictions in case of a Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share Award; by the number of Make Whole Payments made (in Common Stock) at the time restrictions lapse on the Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Share Awards; and with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights at the time such awards are paid. Any shares subject to an Option hereunder that for any reason expires, terminates, or is cancelled (other than because of the unexercised expiration of such Option); shares reacquired by the Company because the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates prior to the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock Awards; shares reacquired by the Company because the Company failed to attain a performance goal under a Performance

22


 

Share Award; Make Whole Payments not paid because restrictions on accompanying Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Share Awards did not lapse; or Stock Appreciation Rights not paid because the value of Common Stock did not increase during the performance period will be available for further awards. Shares of Common Stock available for Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Share Awards or Stock Appreciation Rights may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares reacquired on the open market. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan. Cash may be paid in lieu of any fractional shares and settlement of awards under the Plan.
Section VII. Effective Date and Term of the Plan .
     Subject to shareholder approval, the Effective Date of the Plan is the date on which shareholder approval is obtained. Awards under the Plan may be made for a period of ten years commencing on such date. The period during which an Option or other Award may be exercised may extend beyond that time as provided herein.
Section VIII. Disclaimer .
     Associated is not responsible for the failure of optionees to make timely exercises, nor will any exception to the Plan be granted because of such failure and inaction.
     Adopted by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: March 4, 2003.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: March 4, 2003.
     Approved by Shareholders at the April 23, 2003 Annual Meeting.
     Adopted by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: January 26, 2005.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: January 26, 2005.
     Amended by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors: October 28, 2008.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: October 28, 2008.

23

Exhibit (10)(d )
(ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP LOGO)
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
          Option granted the                      day of                                            ,                      by Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”), to                                                                (hereinafter called the “Optionee”).
          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), desiring (i) to associate more closely the interests of certain key employees with those of the company’s stockholders by encouraging stock ownership, (ii) to provide long-term incentives and rewards to those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company, and (iii) to assist the Company in retaining and attracting key employees with requisite experience and ability, have adopted the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”),
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:
  I.   Stock Option
  A.   Number of Shares Optioned-Option Price. The Company grants to Optionee the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereof, all or any part of an aggregate of                                           shares of the presently authorized common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, at the purchase price of $                      per share, the Fair Market Value at the above date.
 
  B.   Incentive Stock Options-Amount Allowable. Although there is no limitation on the total number of option shares that can be granted as an ISO, only the first $100,000 which is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year can qualify as an ISO. The formula for calculating the maximum number of shares that can be treated as ISOs each year is as follows:
$100,000 - Aggregate value of other ISOs vesting for the first time in same year
               Fair market value (FMV) on date of grant
      Any incentive stock options granted which exceed the $100,000 limit will be treated as non-qualified options .
 
  C.   Option Governed by Terms of Agreement and Plan . This option shall be exercisable only in accordance with the terms of this agreement, which hereby incorporates by reference and makes a part hereof the Plan. In the event of any conflict between any provisions of this agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. Terms defined in the Plan, where used herein, shall have the meanings as so defined. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
 
  D.   Vesting of Options . This option shall vest, in accordance with the following percentages, only upon Optionee’s completion of the number of years of continuous employment with the Company and its affiliated units as set forth below:
         
Number of Completed Years of   Maximum Percentage of
Continuous Employment or Service   Shares Becoming Exercisable
After the Date of Grant or Option   Under the Option
Less than 1 year
    0 %
At least 1 year
    34 %
At least 2 years
    67 %
At least 3 years
    100 %

 


 

No option shall be exercisable until it has vested. Options shall be exercisable immediately upon vesting, to the extent of the percentages prescribed above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this option shall vest immediately upon a Change in Control in the Company, as defined in Section II.A.3. as subject to the following:
  1.   Except as described below, in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, the non-vested portion of any option granted to Optionee shall terminate immediately.
 
  2.   Except as described below, in the event of Optionee’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units, the vested portion of an option granted to such Optionee, but not yet exercised, shall terminate on the date of termination of employment.
 
  3.   In the event of Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units due to Optionee’s death, Permanent Disability or Retirement, any outstanding option then held by such Optionee shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent such option was exercisable on the date of such Optionee’s termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such option. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such option shall not be fully exercisable, the Administrative Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) shall have the discretion to cause such option to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time an option is granted or at any time thereafter while such an option remains outstanding.
 
  4.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, if Optionee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of a breach of Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated units, as determined by the Committee, or by reason of Optionee’s commission of a felony or a misdemeanor against the Company or any of its affiliated units (whether or not prosecuted), the option granted under this agreement shall be deemed terminated and not exercisable by Optionee.
  E.   Term of Option . All rights to exercise this option shall expire ten years from the date this option is granted.
 
  F.   Deferral of Exercise.
1. Securities Law Restrictions . Although the Company intends to exert its best efforts so that the shares purchasable upon the exercise of this option will be registered under or exempt from the registration requirements of the Federal Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) and any applicable state securities law at the time the option becomes exercisable, if the exercise of this option or any part of it would otherwise result in the violation by the Company of any provision of the Act or of any state securities law, the Company may require that such exercise be deferred until the Company has taken appropriate action to avoid any such violation.
2. Legal and Other Requirements . No shares of common stock shall be issued or transferred upon the exercise of any option unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares and such other requirements as are consistent with the Plan have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may require that prior to the issuance or transfer of common stock upon exercise of an option, the Optionee shall enter into a written agreement to comply with any restrictions on subsequent disposition that the Committee or the Company deem necessary or advisable under any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof. Certificates of stock issued hereunder may be legended to reflect such restrictions.
  G.   Conditions of Exercise of Option During Employment . Except as provided above in Paragraph D, this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is, at the date of exercise, in the employ or service of the Company or an affiliated unit and shall have been continuously employed since the date hereof.
 
  H.   Limitations on Disposition of Shares and Non-transferability . The option granted hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee at the discretion of the Administrative Committee of

2


 

      the Board or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The option granted herein and the rights and privileges pertaining thereto shall not be subject to execution of judgment, attachment or similar process.
 
  I.   Method of Exercising Option . This option shall be exercised, as to all or part of the shares covered hereby, by Optionee delivering to the Company at its principal business office on any business day a written stock option exercise notice specifying the number of shares the Optionee desires to purchase and specifying a business day for the payment of the purchase price against delivery of the shares being purchased (the date of delivery of such notice is referred to herein as the “Date of Purchase”).
 
  J.   Manner of Payment . The purchase price shall be paid in full upon exercise, in cash or by delivery of shares of common stock of the Company (valued at the Fair Market Value determined by the Committee as of the date of purchase of the option or in a combination of cash and common stock) within 5 business days of the date of exercise. Failure to pay within this time frame could result in the cancellation of the transaction.
 
  K.   Method of Valuation . “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the company shall be determined by the Committee and shall be the closing price as reported on NASDAQ National Market System as reported in the Wall Street Journal, for the Company’s Common Stock for a specific trading day, usually the date of the grant or exercise.
 
  L.   Withholding of Taxes . Pursuant to applicable federal, state, local or foreign laws, the Company may be required to collect income or other taxes upon the exercise of an option. The Company may deduct from payments made under the Plan or require as a condition to the exercise of an option, that Optionee pay the Company, at such time as the Committee or the Company may determine, the amount of any taxes that the Committee or the Company determines, in their discretion, is required to be withheld. The Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Optionee. The Optionee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for withholding obligations may be settled with Stock that is the subject of this option or other Stock owned by the Optionee. The maximum amount of Stock that the Optionee may use toward satisfying tax withholding requirements shall not exceed the minimum funding required for the withholding.
 
  M.   Rights as Shareholder . Optionee shall not be deemed the holder of any shares covered by this option and shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company by virtue of the option granted hereunder unless and until such shares are fully aid and certificates for shares are issued to him after exercise of his option granted hereunder.
 
  N.   No Employment or Retention Agreement Intended . This agreement does not confer upon Optionee any right to continuation of employment or retention in service in any capacity by the Company or an affiliated unit and does not constitute an employment or retention agreement of any kind.
 
  O.   Changes in Stock. If there shall be any change in the stock subject to any option through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, appropriate adjustments may be made by the board of directors of the Company in the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and the number and kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding options.
 
  P.   Repurchase . The Committee may at any time offer to buy out an option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
 
  Q.   Confidential Information . The parties acknowledge that Company has created and maintains at great expense strategic plans, sales data and sales strategy, methods, products, procedures, processes, techniques, financial information, customer and supplier lists, personal customer data, pricing policies, personnel data and other similar confidential and proprietary information, and has received from its customers certain confidential and proprietary information (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). The parties further acknowledge that Company has taken and will continue to take actions to protect this Confidential Information. Accordingly, Optionee agrees that during the term of Optionee’s employment with Company, and until the sooner of (i) such time as the Confidential Information becomes generally available to the public through no fault of

3


 

      Optionee or other person under a duty of confidentiality to Company, (ii) such time as the Confidential Information no longer provides a benefit to Company, or (iii) two years after the termination of Optionee’s employment with Company, Optionee will not, in any capacity, use or disclose, or cause to be used or disclosed, in any geographic territory in which Company or any of Company’s customers do business, any Confidential Information Optionee acquired while employed by Company. The requirements of confidentiality and the limitations on use and disclosure described in this Agreement shall not apply to Confidential Information that Optionee can demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence, at the time of disclosure by Company to Optionee, was known to Optionee as evidenced by Optionee’s contemporaneous written records. The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or negate the law of torts or trade secrets where it provides Company with broader protection than that provided herein.
 
  R.   Return of Company Property . The parties acknowledge that any material (in computerized or written form) that Optionee obtained in the course of performing Optionee’s employment duties are the sole and exclusive property of Company. Optionee agrees to immediately return any and all records, files, computerized data, documents, confidential or proprietary information, or any other property owned by or belonging to Company in Optionee’s possession or under his or her control, without any originals or copies being kept by Optionee or conveyed to any other person, upon Optionee’s separation from employment or upon Company’s request.
 
  S.   Noncompetition During Employment . During the period of Optionee’s employment with Company, Optionee will not, in any capacity, participate in, provide assistance to, or have a financial or other interest in any activity or other enterprise which competes with Company. The ownership of less than a 5% interest in a corporation whose shares are traded in a recognized stock exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, even though that corporation may be a competitor of the Company, shall not be deemed financial participation in a competitor.
 
  T.   Nonsolicitation . For a period of six months following termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company, Optionee will not, directly or indirectly, whether as an agent, investor, employer, employee, consultant, representative, trustee, partner, proprietor or otherwise, do any of the following:
  (a)   solicit or accept business from any person or entity who is an Active Customer (as defined herein) of Associated Banc-Corp, or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and with whom Optionee has had business contact during the twelve month period prior to termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company (the “Reference Period”) for the purpose of providing competitive products or services similar to those provided by Optionee during the Reference Period;
 
  (b)   request or advise any of the Active Customers, suppliers or other business contacts of the Company who have business relationships with the Company and with whom Optionee had business contact during his/her employment with the Company to withdraw, curtail or cancel any of their business relations with the Company;
 
  (c)   induce or attempt to induce any employee or other personnel of the Company to terminate his or her relationship or breach his/her employment relationship or other contractual relationship, whether oral or written, with the Company; provided, however, that nothing shall prevent a future employer of Optionee from hiring such employee or other personnel if Optionee does not otherwise violate this provision.
  U.   Specific Performance . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that irreparable injury to Company may result in the event that Optionee breaches certain covenants in this Agreement, and that the remedy at law for the breach of any such covenant will be inadequate. Therefore, if Optionee engages in any act or in violation of the provisions of paragraphs I(P), I(Q), I(R) or I(S), Optionee agrees that Company shall be entitled, in addition to such other remedies and damages that may be available to it by law or under this Agreement, to immediate injunctive relief to enforce such provisions.
 
  V.   Disclosure of Obligation to Former Employer. Optionee represents and warrants that s/he has disclosed in writing to the Company any obligations or contractual agreements with any previous employers or other entities for which s/he has provided services, regarding any obligation to refrain from competition, solicitation of customers or employees, or to refrain from use of confidential

4


 

      information. Optionee further represents and warrants that s/he will abide by all such contractual or other legal commitments between Optionee and a previous employer or other entity for which s/he has provided services, and will indemnify Company and hold Company harmless in the event of any claim, suit, demand, action or proceeding, in regard to an alleged breach of any of these commitments.
  II.   Miscellaneous
  A.   Definitions.
  1.   Permanent Disability . “Permanent Disability” means the status given to an individual who has been covered by the Associated Banc-Corp Long-Term Disability Plan for six months or longer and has been terminated by the Company for that reason.
 
  2.   Retirement . Retirement shall mean any date on which an employee retires under the terms and conditions of the Company’s Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan provided, however, that the employee has attained age 55 as of such date.
 
  3.   Change in Control . “Change In Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which shall be deemed to have occurred only if:
(i) 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company changes beneficial ownership as a result of a tender offer;
(ii) The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation is owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates, within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of any party to such merger or consolidation;
(iii) The Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member, or
(iv) A person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record).
For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(I) (relating to options) as of the Exchange Act.
  4.   Active Customer. “Active Customer” shall mean any customer or prospective customer of the Company which, within the Reference Period, either received any products or services supplied by or on behalf of the Company or was under “Active Solicitation” by the Company, and with which Optionee had business contact during the Reference Period, and who remains a customer or prospective customer as of the time of any act alleged to violate paragraph S.
 
  5.   Active Solicitation. “Active Solicitation” shall mean at least two business contacts, by any personnel of the Company, including Optionee, during the Reference Period.
  B.   Transfers and Leaves . A change in employment or service from the Company to an affiliated unit of the Company, or vice versa, shall not constitute termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. Furthermore, the Committee (or board of directors in case of a member of the Committee) may determine that for purposes of the Plan, an Optionee who is on leave of absence will still be considered as in the continuous employment or service of the Company.
 
  C.   Notices . Any notice to be given to the Committee under the terms of this agreement shall be addressed to the Company, in care of its secretary, at 200 North Adams Street, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54301. Any notice to be given to Optionee may be addressed to him or her at his or her

5


 

      address as it appears in the Company’s records or at such other address as either party may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or if enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, certified and deposited, postage prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States government.
 
  D.   Successors . This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company.
 
  E.   Government and Other Regulations . The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares of stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and the obtaining of all such approvals by government agencies as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors of the Company, including (without limitation) the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements.
 
  F.   Interpretation of Agreement . The laws of the State of residence of Optionee as of the effective date of this Agreement shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties hereto. The agreed venue and jurisdiction for any claims or disputes under this Agreement is the residence of the Optionee as of the effective date of this Agreement.
  III.   Disclaimer

Associated is not responsible for the failure of optionees to make timely exercises, nor will any exception to the Plan be granted because of such failure and inaction.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its behalf by its chairman and chief executive officer and attested by its secretary and the Optionee has executed the same as of the day and year first written, which is the date of the granting of the option evidenced hereby.
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
     
 
  -S- PAUL S. BEIDEMAN
 
 
  Paul S. Beideman, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:
-S- BRIAN R. BODAGER

Brian R. Bodager, Chief Administrative Officer,
General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
o   I have read and agree to the terms and conditions of this option grant as provided herein.
         
 
  Signature:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    
OR
o   I have read the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and hereby respectfully decline these options.
         
 
  Signature:    
 
       
 
  Print Name:    

6

Exhibit (10)(e)
(ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP LOGO)
NON QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Option granted the                      day of                      ,                 by Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”), to                      (hereinafter called the “Optionee”).
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), desiring (i) to associate more closely the interests of certain key employees with those of the company’s stockholders by encouraging stock ownership, (ii) to provide long-term incentives and rewards to those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company, and (iii) to assist the Company in retaining and attracting key employees with requisite experience and ability, have adopted the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”),
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:
  I.   Stock Option
  A.   Number of Shares Optioned-Option Price. The Company grants to Optionee the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereof, all or any part of an aggregate of                      shares of the presently authorized common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, at the purchase price of $                      per share, the Fair Market Value at the above date.
 
  B.   Option Governed by Terms of Agreement and Plan . This option shall be exercisable only in accordance with the terms of this agreement, which hereby incorporates by reference and makes a part hereof the Plan. In the event of any conflict between any provisions of this agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. Terms defined in the Plan, where used herein, shall have the meanings as so defined. Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
 
  C.   Vesting of Options . This option shall vest, in accordance with the following percentages, only upon Optionee’s completion of the number of years of continuous employment with the Company and its affiliated units as set forth below:
         
Number of Completed Years of   Maximum Percentage of
Continuous Employment or Service   Shares Becoming Exercisable
After the Date of Grant or Option   Under the Option
Less than 1 year
    0 %
At least 1 year
    34 %
At least 2 years
    67 %
At least 3 years
    100 %
      No option shall be exercisable until it has vested. Options shall be exercisable immediately upon vesting, to the extent of the percentages prescribed above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this option shall vest immediately upon a Change in Control in the Company, as defined in Section II.A.3. as subject to the following:
 
  1.   Except as described below, in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company or its affiliated units for any reason, the non-vested portion of any option granted to Optionee shall terminate immediately.

 


 

  2.   Except as described below, in the event of Optionee’s voluntary or involuntary termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units, the vested portion of an option granted to such Optionee, but not yet exercised, shall terminate on the date of termination of employment.
 
  3.   In the event of Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company or its affiliated units due to Optionee’s death, Permanent Disability or Retirement, any outstanding option then held by such Optionee shall remain exercisable, but only to the extent such option was exercisable on the date of such Optionee’s termination of employment, until the earlier of (a) one year following the date of termination and (b) the expiration of the term of such option. If on the date of such termination of employment, any such option shall not be fully exercisable, the Administrative Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) shall have the discretion to cause such option to continue to become exercisable on the date or dates specified therein as if such termination of employment had not occurred. The Committee may exercise the discretion granted to it by the preceding sentence at the time an option is granted or at any time thereafter while such an option remains outstanding.
 
  4.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this agreement, if Optionee’s employment or service is terminated by reason of a breach of Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated units, as determined by the Committee, or by reason of Optionee’s commission of a felony or a misdemeanor against the Company or any of its affiliated units (whether or not prosecuted), the option granted under this agreement shall be deemed terminated and not exercisable by Optionee.
  D.   Term of Option . All rights to exercise this option shall expire ten years from the date this option is granted.
 
  E.   Deferral of Exercise.
 
      1. Securities Law Restrictions . Although the Company intends to exert its best efforts so that the shares purchasable upon the exercise of this option will be registered under or exempt from the registration requirements of the Federal Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) and any applicable state securities law at the time the option becomes exercisable, if the exercise of this option or any part of it would otherwise result in the violation by the Company of any provision of the Act or of any state securities law, the Company may require that such exercise be deferred until the Company has taken appropriate action to avoid any such violation.
 
      2. Legal and Other Requirements . No shares of common stock shall be issued or transferred upon the exercise of any option unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares and such other requirements as are consistent with the Plan have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may require that prior to the issuance or transfer of common stock upon exercise of an option, the Optionee shall enter into a written agreement to comply with any restrictions on subsequent disposition that the Committee or the Company deem necessary or advisable under any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof. Certificates of stock issued hereunder may be legended to reflect such restrictions.
 
  F.   Conditions of Exercise of Option During Employment . Except as provided above in Paragraph D, this option may not be exercised unless Optionee is, at the date of exercise, in the employ or service of the Company or an affiliated unit and shall have been continuously employed since the date hereof.
 
  G.   Limitations on Disposition of Shares and Non-transferability . The option granted hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee at the discretion of the Administrative Committee of the Board or by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The option granted herein and the rights and privileges pertaining thereto shall not be subject to execution of judgment, attachment or similar process.
 
  H.   Method of Exercising Option . This option shall be exercised, as to all or part of the shares covered hereby, by Optionee delivering to the Company at its principal business office on any business day a written stock option exercise notice specifying the number of shares the Optionee desires to

 


 

      purchase and specifying a business day for the payment of the purchase price against delivery of the shares being purchased (the date of delivery of such notice is referred to herein as the “Date of Purchase”).
 
  I.   Manner of Payment . The purchase price shall be paid in full upon exercise, in cash or by delivery of shares of common stock of the Company (valued at the Fair Market Value determined by the Committee as of the date of purchase of the option or in a combination of cash and common stock) within 5 business days of the date of exercise. Failure to pay within this time frame could result in the cancellation of the transaction.
 
  J.   Method of Valuation . “Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock of the company shall be determined by the Committee and shall be the closing price as reported on NASDAQ National Market System as reported in the Wall Street Journal, for the Company’s Common Stock for a specific trading day, usually the date of the grant or exercise.
 
  K.    Withholding of Taxes . Pursuant to applicable federal, state, local or foreign laws, the Company may be required to collect income or other taxes upon the exercise of an option. The Company may deduct from payments made under the Plan or require as a condition to the exercise of an option, that Optionee pay the Company, at such time as the Committee or the Company may determine, the amount of any taxes that the Committee or the Company determines, in their discretion, is required to be withheld. The Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Optionee. The Optionee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for withholding obligations may be settled with Stock that is the subject of this option or other Stock owned by the Optionee. The maximum amount of Stock that the Optionee may use toward satisfying tax withholding requirements shall not exceed the minimum funding required for the withholding.
 
  L.   Rights as Shareholder . Optionee shall not be deemed the holder of any shares covered by this option and shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company by virtue of the option granted hereunder unless and until such shares are fully aid and certificates for shares are issued to him after exercise of his option granted hereunder.
 
  M.   No Employment or Retention Agreement Intended . This agreement does not confer upon Optionee any right to continuation of employment or retention in service in any capacity by the Company or an affiliated unit and does not constitute an employment or retention agreement of any kind.
 
  N.   Changes in Stock. If there shall be any change in the stock subject to any option through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, appropriate adjustments may be made by the board of directors of the Company in the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and the number and kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding options.
 
  O.   Repurchase . The Committee may at any time offer to buy out an option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
 
  P.   Confidential Information . The parties acknowledge that Company has created and maintains at great expense strategic plans, sales data and sales strategy, methods, products, procedures, processes, techniques, financial information, customer and supplier lists, personal customer data, pricing policies, personnel data and other similar confidential and proprietary information, and has received from its customers certain confidential and proprietary information (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). The parties further acknowledge that Company has taken and will continue to take actions to protect this Confidential Information. Accordingly, Optionee agrees that during the term of Optionee’s employment with Company, and until the sooner of (i) such time as the Confidential Information becomes generally available to the public through no fault of Optionee or other person under a duty of confidentiality to Company, (ii) such time as the Confidential Information no longer provides a benefit to Company, or (iii) two years after the termination of Optionee’s employment with Company, Optionee will not, in any capacity, use or disclose, or cause to be used or disclosed, in any geographic territory in which Company or any of Company’s customers do business, any Confidential Information Optionee acquired while employed by Company. The requirements of confidentiality and the limitations on use and disclosure described in this Agreement shall not apply to Confidential Information that Optionee

 


 

      can demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence, at the time of disclosure by Company to Optionee, was known to Optionee as evidenced by Optionee’s contemporaneous written records. The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or negate the law of torts or trade secrets where it provides Company with broader protection than that provided herein.
 
  Q.   Return of Company Property . The parties acknowledge that any material (in computerized or written form) that Optionee obtained in the course of performing Optionee’s employment duties are the sole and exclusive property of Company. Optionee agrees to immediately return any and all records, files, computerized data, documents, confidential or proprietary information, or any other property owned by or belonging to Company in Optionee’s possession or under his or her control, without any originals or copies being kept by Optionee or conveyed to any other person, upon Optionee’s separation from employment or upon Company’s request.
 
  R.   Noncompetition During Employment . During the period of Optionee’s employment with Company, Optionee will not, in any capacity, participate in, provide assistance to, or have a financial or other interest in any activity or other enterprise which competes with Company. The ownership of less than a 5% interest in a corporation whose shares are traded in a recognized stock exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market, even though that corporation may be a competitor of the Company, shall not be deemed financial participation in a competitor.
 
  S.   Nonsolicitation . For a period of six months following termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company, Optionee will not, directly or indirectly, whether as an agent, investor, employer, employee, consultant, representative, trustee, partner, proprietor or otherwise, do any of the following:
  (a)   solicit or accept business from any person or entity who is an Active Customer (as defined herein) of Associated Banc-Corp, or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and with whom Optionee has had business contact during the twelve month period prior to termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company (the “Reference Period”) for the purpose of providing competitive products or services similar to those provided by Optionee during the Reference Period;
 
  (b)   request or advise any of the Active Customers, suppliers or other business contacts of the Company who have business relationships with the Company and with whom Optionee had business contact during his/her employment with the Company to withdraw, curtail or cancel any of their business relations with the Company;
 
  (c)   induce or attempt to induce any employee or other personnel of the Company to terminate his or her relationship or breach his/her employment relationship or other contractual relationship, whether oral or written, with the Company; provided, however, that nothing shall prevent a future employer of Optionee from hiring such employee or other personnel if Optionee does not otherwise violate this provision.
  T.   Specific Performance . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that irreparable injury to Company may result in the event that Optionee breaches certain covenants in this Agreement, and that the remedy at law for the breach of any such covenant will be inadequate. Therefore, if Optionee engages in any act or in violation of the provisions of paragraphs I(P), I(Q), I(R) or I(S), Optionee agrees that Company shall be entitled, in addition to such other remedies and damages that may be available to it by law or under this Agreement, to immediate injunctive relief to enforce such provisions.
 
  U.   Disclosure of Obligation to Former Employer. Optionee represents and warrants that s/he has disclosed in writing to the Company any obligations or contractual agreements with any previous employers or other entities for which s/he has provided services, regarding any obligation to refrain from competition, solicitation of customers or employees, or to refrain from use of confidential information. Optionee further represents and warrants that s/he will abide by all such contractual or other legal commitments between Optionee and a previous employer or other entity for which s/he has provided services, and will indemnify Company and hold Company harmless in the event of any claim, suit, demand, action or proceeding, in regard to an alleged breach of any of these commitments.

 


 

  II.   Miscellaneous
  A.   Definitions.
  1.   Permanent Disability . “Permanent Disability” means the status given to an individual who has been covered by the Associated Banc-Corp Long-Term Disability Plan for six months or longer and has been terminated by the Company for that reason.
 
  2.   Retirement . Retirement shall mean any date on which an employee retires under the terms and conditions of the Company’s Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan provided, however, that the employee has attained age 55 as of such date.
 
  3.   Change in Control . “Change In Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which shall be deemed to have occurred only if:
 
      (i) 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company changes beneficial ownership as a result of a tender offer;
 
      (ii) The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation is owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates, within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of any party to such merger or consolidation;
 
      (iii) The Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member, or
 
      (iv) A person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record).
 
      For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(I) (relating to options) as of the Exchange Act.
 
  4.   Active Customer. “Active Customer” shall mean any customer or prospective customer of the Company which, within the Reference Period, either received any products or services supplied by or on behalf of the Company or was under “Active Solicitation” by the Company, and with which Optionee had business contact during the Reference Period, and who remains a customer or prospective customer as of the time of any act alleged to violate paragraph S.
 
  5.   Active Solicitation. “Active Solicitation” shall mean at least two business contacts, by any personnel of the Company, including Optionee, during the Reference Period.
  B.   Transfers and Leaves . A change in employment or service from the Company to an affiliated unit of the Company, or vice versa, shall not constitute termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. Furthermore, the Committee (or board of directors in case of a member of the Committee) may determine that for purposes of the Plan, an Optionee who is on leave of absence will still be considered as in the continuous employment or service of the Company.
 
  C.   Notices . Any notice to be given to the Committee under the terms of this agreement shall be addressed to the Company, in care of its secretary, at 200 North Adams Street, Green Bay, Wisconsin 54301. Any notice to be given to Optionee may be addressed to him or her at his or her address as it appears in the Company’s records or at such other address as either party may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or if enclosed in a properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, certified and deposited, postage prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States government.

 


 

  D.   Successors . This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or successors of the Company.
 
  E.   Government and Other Regulations . The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver shares of stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and the obtaining of all such approvals by government agencies as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors of the Company, including (without limitation) the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements.
 
  F.   Interpretation of Agreement . The laws of the State of residence of Optionee as of the effective date of this Agreement shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms, and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties hereto. The agreed venue and jurisdiction for any claims or disputes under this Agreement is the residence of the Optionee as of the effective date of this Agreement.
  III.   Disclaimer

Associated is not responsible for the failure of optionees to make timely exercises, nor will any exception to the Plan be granted because of such failure and inaction.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its behalf by its chairman and chief executive officer and attested by its secretary and the Optionee has executed the same as of the day and year first written, which is the date of the granting of the option evidenced hereby.
     
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
   
 
   
 
  -S- PAUL S. BEIDEMAN
 
  Paul S. Beideman, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
 
ATTEST:
 
-S- BRIAN R. BODAGER
Brian R. Bodager, Chief Administrative Officer,
General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
o   I have read and agree to the terms and conditions of this option grant as provided herein.
             
 
  Signature:        
 
  Print Name:  
 
   
OR
o         I have read the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and hereby respectfully decline these options.
             
 
  Signature:        
 
  Print Name:  
 
   

 

Exhibit (10)(f)
(ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP LOGO)
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
PERFORMANCE SHARES GRANT AGREEMENT
     This PERFORMANCE SHARES GRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of the                       day of                      ,                      by and between Associated Banc-Corp on behalf of its affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) and                      (“Employee’’).
RECITALS
     A. The Employee is a Participant and has been selected by the Committee to receive a grant of Performance Shares pursuant to the terms of the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.
     B. As provided in the Plan, the Company and the Employee desire to set forth the terms of a Performance Shares grant to the Employee by entering into this Performance Shares Grant Agreement (this “Agreement”).
AGREEMENTS
     In consideration of the Recitals and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
     1.  Effect of the Plan . The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement and the parties acknowledge the binding nature of such provisions. The Employee acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and is familiar with its terms. The provisions of the Plan shall control in the event of any conflict with this Agreement.

 


 

     2.  Grant of Common Stock . The Company hereby grants to Employee                       shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”).
     3.  Transfer Restrictions . During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall not Transfer any Shares or any interest therein, except as permitted by this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Transfer” means any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other hypothecation. Any attempted Transfer of any Shares that does not comply with the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid and of no effect.
     4.  Forfeiture of Shares . In the event of a termination of employment of the Employee for any or no reason (except by reason of death, Total Disability, Retirement or termination by the Company without Cause as provided in Section 6) before all of the Shares are Vested (see Section 6), the Employee shall immediately forfeit all of the Unvested Shares to the Company upon the date such termination is effective (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company). If the Committee determines that the Performance Goal was not obtained with respect to any Shares (see Section 6 and Exhibit A), the Employee shall forfeit the Unvested Shares to the Company. Any forfeiture of the Shares is referred to herein as “Forfeiture.” The Company shall deliver written notice to the Escrow Holder (with a copy to the Employee or the Employee’s executor) within 90 days of Forfeiture. Upon delivery of such notice, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto.
     5.  Vesting of Shares .
          (a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Vest” or “Vested” with respect to any Shares means the expiration of the transfer restrictions described in Section 4 and the forfeiture restrictions described in Section 5. The Shares shall Vest in accordance with the Plan and the Award Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A. As soon as administratively feasible after the Performance Period, the Company shall provide written notice to the Escrow Holder (with a copy to the Employee or his executor) detailing the number of shares that are Vested and the number of Shares that are subject to Forfeiture.
          (b) Any of the Shares that have not yet Vested are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares.”
          (c) In the event of the termination of employment of the Employee due to death, Total Disability or Retirement, or if the Company terminates the Employee without Cause, a pro rata portion of the Unvested Shares shall Vest, based upon the length of the Participant’s employment during the performance period. The Committee will determine the amount of the prorated Unvested Shares

2


 

that will Vest by multiplying the amount of the award that would have been earned, determined at the end of the Performance Period, by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction equals the number of whole months such Employee was employed during the performance period. The denominator of the fraction equals the total number of months of the Performance Period.
          (d) All Unvested Shares shall immediately Vest upon the Change of Control of the Company.
          (e) The Shares that have Vested shall be delivered to the Employee pursuant to Section 7.
     6.  Escrow of Shares
          (a) To ensure the availability for delivery of the Unvested Shares upon the occurrence of a Forfeiture, the Employee shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Employee attached hereto as Exhibit C, until such time as the Shares have vested. As a further condition to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the Company may require the spouse of Employee, if any, to execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as Exhibit D.
          (b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unvested Shares in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, if and when the Shares Vest, certificates for such shares endorsed with appropriate legends (if any) shall be delivered to the Employee 90 days after the date such Shares Vest.
          (d) Subject to the terms hereof, the Employee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon. If, from time to time during the term of this Agreement, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares (other than as a result of a Change of Control), any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Employee is entitled by reason of the Employee’s ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to this escrow, deposited with

3


 

the Escrow Holder and included thereafter as “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement.
     7.  Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares, if any, issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under the Plan and applicable state securities laws):
          THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE TO THE COMPANY AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     8.  Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares that may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.
     9.  Tax Consequences . The Employee has reviewed with the Employee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Employee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Employee understands that the Employee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Employee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Employee understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. The Employee understands that the Employee may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when the Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of purchase. If the Employee files a Code Section 83(b) election with respect to any of the Shares, the Employee shall immediately notify the Company.
          THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE EMPLOYEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY ANY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE EMPLOYEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE EMPLOYEE’S BEHALF.

4


 

     10.  General Provisions .
          (a) This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of the State of Wisconsin. This Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the grant of the Shares to the Employee.
          (b) Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.
          (c) The rights of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
          (d) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.
          (e) The Employee agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
          (f) Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Vesting of Shares pursuant to Section 6 hereof is earned only by continuing employment at the will of the Company (and not through the act of being hired or purchasing Shares hereunder). Employee further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the Award Schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued employment for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere with Employee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause.

5


 

     Dated effective as of the date first written above.
             
    ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP    
 
           
 
  BY         
 
     
 
Paul S. Beideman, Chairman and Chief
   
 
      Executive Officer    
 
           
 
  Attest:    
 
           
         
    Brian R. Bodager, Chief Administrative Officer,    
    General Counsel and Corporate Secretary    
     By signing below, Employee represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions of the Plan, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Employee has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Employee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
             
         

6


 

EXHIBIT A
AWARD SCHEDULE

 


 

EXHIBIT B
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                           , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of Associated Banc-Corp, standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                       herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Performance Shares Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between                                           and the undersigned dated                      ,                      .
Dated:                      ,                     
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise the Repurchase Option, as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Employee.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
                     ,      
<<ESCROW AGENT>>
Dear                                           :
     As Escrow Agent for both Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Employee of the Company (the “Employee”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Performance Shares Grant Agreement (“Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
     1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively as the “Company”) gives you a written notice of a Forfeiture, you shall immediately (a) date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer of the Unvested Shares, (b) fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.
     2. Employee irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Employee does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Employee’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Employee shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
     3. Upon written request of the Employee, you shall deliver to Employee a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are Vested. Within 90 days after Employee terminates employment with the Company, you shall deliver to Employee a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Vested Shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement.

 


 

     4. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Employee, you shall deliver all of the same to Employee and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
     5. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
     6. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and the Agreement and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Employee while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
     7. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
     8. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
     9. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
     10. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

2


 

     11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
     12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
     13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
     14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
         
COMPANY:
  Associated Banc-Corp    
 
  1200 Hansen Road,    
 
  P.O. Box 13307    
 
  Green Bay, WI 54307-3307    
 
       
EMPLOYEE:
       
 
 
 
 
   
ESCROW AGENT:
  <<Address>>    
     15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
     16. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
     17. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed

3


 

and enforced in accordance with, the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Wisconsin.
                 
    Very truly yours,    
 
               
    ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP    
 
               
 
  BY            
             
 
      Its        
 
               
    EMPLOYEE:    
 
               
         
    Signature    
 
               
         
 
               
    ESCROW AGENT:    
 
               
         

4


 

EXHIBIT D
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
     I,                                           , spouse of                                            , have read and approve the foregoing Performance Shares Grant Agreement (the “Agreement”). In consideration of the Company’s grant to my spouse of shares of Associated Banc-Corp, as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.
Dated:                      ,           
     
 
Signature of Spouse
   

 

Exhibit (10)(g)
(ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP LOGO)
As sociated Banc-Co rp
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT
     This RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is effective as of the                       day of                      ,                      , by and between Associated Banc-Corp on behalf of its affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) and                                           (“Employee”).
RECITALS
     A. The Employee is a Participant and has been selected by the Committee to receive a grant of Restricted Stock pursuant to the terms of the Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.
     B. As provided in the Plan, the Company and the Employee desire to set forth the terms of a Restricted Stock grant to the Employee by entering into this Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (this “Agreement”).
AGREEMENTS
     In consideration of the Recitals and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:


 

     1.  Effect of the Plan . The provisions of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement and the parties acknowledge the binding nature of such provisions. The Employee acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan and is familiar with its terms. The provisions of the Plan shall control in the event of any conflict with this Agreement.
     2.  Grant of Common Stock . The Company hereby grants to Employee                       shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”).
     3.  Transfer Restrictions . During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall not Transfer any Shares or any interest therein, except as permitted by this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Transfer” means any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other hypothecation. Any attempted Transfer of any Shares that does not comply with the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid and of no effect.
     4.  Forfeiture of Shares . In the event of a termination of employment of the Employee for any or no reason (including death or disability) before all of the Shares are Vested (see Section 6), the Employee shall immediately forfeit (a “Forfeiture Event”) all of the Unvested Shares upon the date such termination is effective (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company). The Company shall deliver written notice to the Escrow Holder (with a copy to the Employee or the Employee’s executor) of a Forfeiture Event. Upon delivery of such notice, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto.
     5.  Vesting of Shares .
          (a) For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Vest” or “Vested” with respect to any Shares means the expiration of the transfer restrictions described in Section 3 and the forfeiture restrictions described in Section 4. The Shares shall Vest according to the following schedule:
               1. 34% of the Shares shall Vest on the first anniversary of the date first written above.
               2. 33% of the Shares shall Vest on the second anniversary of the date first written above.
               3. 33% of the Shares shall Vest on the third anniversary of the date first written above.
          (b) Any of the Shares that have not yet Vested are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares.”

2


 

          (c) All Unvested Shares shall immediately Vest upon the Change of Control of the Company.
          (d) The Shares that have Vested shall be delivered to the Employee pursuant to Section 7.
     6.  Escrow of Shares
          (a) To ensure the availability for delivery of the Unvested Shares upon the occurrence of a Forfeiture Event, the Employee shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Employee attached hereto as Exhibit B, until such time as the Shares have vested. As a further condition to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the Company may require the spouse of Employee, if any, to execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as Exhibit C.
          (b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unvested Shares in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, if and when the Shares Vest, certificates for such shares endorsed with appropriate legends (if any) shall be delivered to the Employee within 90 days after the date such Shares Vest.
          (d) Subject to the terms hereof, the Employee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon. If, from time to time during the term of this Agreement, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares (other than as a result of a Change of Control), any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Employee is entitled by reason of the Employee’s ownership of the Shares shall be immediately subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Holder and included thereafter as “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement.
     7.  Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares, if any, issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under the Plan and applicable state securities laws):

3


 

          THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE TO THE COMPANY AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
     8.  Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares that may be made by the Company after the date of this Agreement.
     9.  Tax Consequences . The Employee has reviewed with the Employee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Employee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Employee understands that the Employee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Employee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Employee understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. The Employee understands that the Employee may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when the Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of purchase. If the Employee files a Code Section 83(b) election with respect to any of the Shares, the Employee shall immediately notify the Company.
          THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE EMPLOYEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY ANY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE EMPLOYEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE EMPLOYEE’S BEHALF.
     10.  General Provisions .
          (a) This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of the State of Wisconsin. This Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the grant of the Shares to the Employee.
          (b) Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Employee pursuant to the terms of this

4


 

Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.
          (c) The rights of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
          (d) Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.
          (e) The Employee agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.
          (f) Employee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof is earned only by continuing employment at the will of the Company (and not through the act of being hired or purchasing Shares hereunder). Employee further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the Vesting Schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued employment for the Vesting Period, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere with Employee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause.

5


 

     Dated effective as of the date first written above.
     
 
  ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
 
   
 
  BY -S- PAUL S. BEIDEMAN
 
   
 
       Paul S. Beideman, Chairman & CEO
 
   
 
  Attest:
 
   
 
  -S- BRIAN R. BODAGER
 
  Brian R. Bodager, Chief Administrative Officer,
 
  General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
     By signing below, Employee represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions of the Plan, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Employee has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Employee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
     
 
   
 
  Employee

6


 

EXHIBIT A
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                           , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of Associated Banc-Corp, standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                       herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (the “Agreement”) between                                           and the undersigned dated                      ,                       .
Dated:                      ,                     
     
Signature:
   
 
   
      INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to reacquire the shares of Common Stock in the event of a Forfeiture Event, as set forth in sections 4 and 6(a) of the Agreement, occurs without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Employee.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
                     ,           
<<ESCROW AGENT>>
Dear                                           :
     As Escrow Agent for both Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Employee of the Company (the “Employee”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (“Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
     1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively as the “Company”) gives you a written notice of a Forfeiture Event, you shall immediately (a) date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer of the Unvested Shares, (b) fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.
     2. Employee irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Employee does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Employee’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Employee shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
     3. Upon written request of the Employee, you shall deliver to Employee a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are Vested. Within 90 days after Employee terminates employment with the Company, you shall deliver to Employee a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of Vested Shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement.

 


 

     4. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Employee, you shall deliver all of the same to Employee and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
     5. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
     6. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and the Agreement and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Employee while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
     7. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
     8. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
     9. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
     10. You (a) shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary to properly advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, (b) may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and (c) may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

2


 

     11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
     12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
     13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
     14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
         
COMPANY:
  Associated Banc-Corp    
 
  1200 Hansen Road,    
 
  P.O. Box 13307    
 
  Green Bay, WI 54307-3307    
 
       
EMPLOYEE:
       
 
       
ESCROW AGENT:
  <<Address>>    
     15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
     16. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

3


 

     17. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Wisconsin.
                 
    Very truly yours,    
 
               
    ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP    
 
               
 
  BY            
             
 
      Its        
 
               
 
               
    EMPLOYEE:    
 
               
         
    Signature    
 
               
    ESCROW AGENT:    
 
               
         

4


 

EXHIBIT C
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
     I,                                           , spouse of                      , have read and approve the foregoing Restricted Stock Grant Agreement (the “Agreement”). In consideration of the Company’s grant to my spouse of shares of Associated Banc-Corp, as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.
Dated:                      ,                     
     
 
Signature of Spouse
   

Exhibit (10)(h)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE 1 Establishment of Plan and Purpose
    1-1  
 
       
1.01 Establishment of Plan
    1-1  
1.02 Purpose of Plan
    1-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Definitions and Construction
    2-1  
 
       
2.01 Definitions
    2-1  
2.02 Construction
    2-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Eligibility
    3-1  
 
       
3.01 Conditions of Eligibility
    3-1  
3.02 Commencement of Participation
    3-1  
3.03 Termination of Participation
    3-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Deferral of Compensation
    4-1  
 
       
4.01 Amount and Manner of Deferral
    4-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Memorandum Account
    5-1  
 
       
5.01 Nature of Account
    5-1  
5.02 Credit to Memorandum Account
    5-1  
5.03 Changes in Memorandum Account
    5-1  
5.04 Valuation of Memorandum Account
    5-2  
5.05 Additional Credit
    5-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Distributions
    6-1  
 
       
6.01 For Reasons Other Than Death
    6-1  
6.02 Upon Death
    6-1  
6.03 Emergencies
    6-2  
6.04 Form of Payment
    6-2  

i


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE 7 Administration of the Plan
    7-1  
 
       
7.01 Appointment of Separate Administrator
    7-1  
7.02 Powers and Duties
    7-1  
7.03 Records and Notices
    7-2  
7.04 Compensation and Expenses
    7-2  
7.05 Limitation of Authority
    7-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 General Provisions
    8-1  
 
       
8.01 Assignment
    8-1  
8.02 Employment Not Guaranteed by Plan
    8-1  
8.03 Termination and Amendment
    8-1  
8.04 Notice
    8-1  
8.05 Limitation on Liability
    8-1  
8.06 Indemnification
    8-1  
8.07 Headings
    8-2  
8.08 Severability
    8-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 Merger of First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
    9-1  
 
       
9.01 Introduction
    9-1  
9.02 Merger
    9-1  
9.03 Investment
    9-1  
9.04 Beneficiary Designations
    9-1  
9.05 Distributions
    9-1  
 
       
APPENDIX A First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust
       

ii


 

INTRODUCTION
     Effective December 16, 1993, Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) adopted a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Plan”) to benefit certain of its employees by facilitating the accumulation of funds for their retirement. The Company restated the Plan in its entirety effective January 1, 1996. The Company again restated the Plan in its entirety effective January 1, 2001 to merge another nonqualified plan — the First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust — into the Plan. The Company again restated the Plan, effective January 1, 2008, to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
     This introduction and the following Articles, as amended from time to time, comprise the Plan.

iii


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE 1
Establishment of Plan and Purpose
     1.01 Establishment of Plan . Associated Banc-Corp has established the “Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Plan,” effective as of December 16, 1993 (the “Plan”).
     1.02 Purpose of Plan . The Plan shall permit a select group of management and highly compensated employees to enhance the security of themselves and their beneficiaries following the termination of their employment with the Company (as defined herein) by deferring until that time a portion of the compensation which may otherwise be payable to them at an earlier date. By allowing key management employees to participate in the Plan, the Company expects the Plan to benefit it in attracting and retaining the most capable individuals to fill its executive positions.
          The parties intend that the arrangements described herein be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1986, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”).

1-1


 

ARTICLE 2
Definitions and Construction
     As used herein, the following words shall have the following meanings:
     2.01 Definitions .
          (a)  Administrator . The Company or person or persons selected by the Company pursuant to Article 7 below to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.
          (b)  Beneficiaries . The spouse or descendants of Participant or any other person receiving benefits hereunder in relation to Participant.
          (c)  Company . Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin banking corporation and any subsidiary, successor or affiliate which has adopted this Plan and any successor thereto. The board of directors of Associated Banc-Corp has authorized the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the board to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
          (d)  Effective Date . The effective date of this Plan shall be December 16, 1993.
          (e)  Employee . An employee of the Company.
          (f)  Employment . Employment with the Company.
          (g)  Incentive Compensation . Amounts payable to a Participant in addition to annual compensation.
          (h)  Memorandum Account . The account maintained for each Participant pursuant to Article 5 below.
          (i)  Participants . Such management and highly compensated Employees whom the Company identifies as eligible to defer compensation hereunder and who elect to participate herein. Also, any individual who was a participant in the First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan and who had a frozen account balance under the First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (“First Financial Frozen Account”) as of December 31, 2000 shall automatically qualify as a Participant in the Plan as of

2-1


 

January 1, 2001, for purposes of the maintenance, investment and distribution of the First Financial Frozen Account as described in Article 9.
          (j)  Plan . The Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Plan, as stated herein and as amended from time to time.
          (k)  Plan Year . The period beginning on February 1, 1994 and ending on December 31, 1994, and thereafter each 12-month period ending on each subsequent December 31.
          (l)  Retirement . As to each Participant, the earlier of:
               (i) his attaining age 70-1/2 or
               (ii) the termination of his Employment.
          (m)  Trust . The Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Trust.
          (n)  Trustee . The Trustee of the Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Trust.
          (o)  Unforeseeable Emergency . An Unforeseeable Emergency is a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
     2.02 Construction . The Plan shall be governed by applicable federal law, including the requirements of Code Section 409A, and regulations thereunder, and the laws of the State of Wisconsin. Words used in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and words used in the singular shall include the plural, as appropriate. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall refer to the entire Agreement, not to a particular section. All references to statutory sections shall include the section so identified as amended from time to time or any other statute of similar import. If any provisions of the Code, ERISA or other statutes or regulations render any provisions of this Plan unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect only to the minimum extent required by such law.

2-2


 

ARTICLE 3
Eligibility
     3.01 Conditions of Eligibility . The Administrator shall prepare and maintain written guidelines for eligibility and selection for participation in the Plan, and shall maintain records of those individuals identified as eligible to participate.
     3.02 Commencement of Participation . A new Participant may commence participation in the Plan by electing a deferral of compensation on the form approved by the Administrator within 30 days of becoming eligible. Participation shall begin as of the first day of the month following such election. A Participant may change a deferral election for a Plan Year by submitting a new election form before the beginning of that Plan Year.
     3.03 Termination of Participation . An individual’s right to defer compensation hereto shall cease as of the earlier of the termination of his Employment or action by the Administrator removing him from the Employees eligible to participate herein.
          If an individual’s right to defer compensation terminates during a Plan Year, his deferral for such year shall, consistent with his deferral election for such year, include only salary or Incentive Compensation otherwise earned by him before the cessation of his eligibility to defer.

3-1


 

ARTICLE 4
Deferral of Compensation
     4.01 Amount and Manner of Deferral . Prior to the commencement of any Plan Year, a Participant may submit to the Company a written election on the form approved by the Administrator indicating the amount of his salary or Incentive Compensation for such Plan Year which he elects deferred hereunder, which election shall become irrevocable immediately upon commencement of such Plan Year. The Company shall, consistent with such election, defer all or such portion of his salary and/or Incentive Compensation earned in such Plan Year provided; however, that the Company shall not allow a Participant to defer his salary and/or Incentive Compensation unless such deferral is at least equal to the amount determined by the Administrator in its current guidelines for participation in the Plan.
          If a Participant elects to defer a portion of his salary, the Company shall reduce the Participant’s regular salary by the amount deferred on a pro rata basis during the Plan Year of deferral. If a Participant elects to defer all or a portion of the Incentive Compensation that may become payable to him, the Company shall reduce each Incentive Compensation payment by the percentage elected by the Participant.

4-1


 

ARTICLE 5
Memorandum Account
     5.01 Nature of Account . Only for the purpose of measuring payments due Participants hereunder, the Company shall maintain on behalf of each Participant a Memorandum Account to which the Company shall credit the amounts described in this Article 5.
          The Memorandum Account hereunder and assets, if any and of any nature, acquired by the Company to measure a Participant’s benefits hereunder shall not constitute or be treated for any reason as a trust for, property of or a security interest for the benefit of, Participant, his Beneficiaries or any other person. Participant and the Company acknowledge that the Plan constitutes a promise by the Company to pay benefits to the Participants or their beneficiaries, that Participants’ rights hereunder (by electing to defer compensation hereunder) are limited to those of general unsecured creditors of the Company and that the establishment of the Plan, acquisition of assets to measure Participant’s benefits hereunder or deferral of all or any portion of Participant’s salary or Incentive Compensation hereunder does not prevent any property of the Company from being subject to the rights of all the Company’s creditors.
     5.02 Credit to Memorandum Account . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Company shall credit to the Memorandum Account of each Participant the amount, if any, of his salary and/or Incentive Compensation deferred for such Plan Year (even if calculated and otherwise payable following the close of such Plan Year). If the Company elects, it may credit to a Participant’s Memorandum Account during a Plan Year amounts representing salary and Incentive Compensation otherwise payable before the end of the Plan Year. In such instances, the Company shall credit such amounts to Participants’ Memorandum Accounts as the amounts would otherwise become payable and shall do so on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants.
     5.03 Changes in Memorandum Account . Each Participant may specify his investment preferences for his Memorandum Account by completing and submitting an Investment Preference Form provided by the Administrator. Final approval of the Participant’s investment selection is within the discretion of the Administrator, and the Trustee. The Participant’s Memorandum Account shall be adjusted to reflect the income and losses and increase or decrease in value experienced by assets as if the amounts were invested according to the Participant’s preferences, subject to final approval by the Administrator and Trustee. A Participant’s Memorandum Account shall also reflect expenses

5-1


 

generated by, and related to, the investment choices made in accordance with the Investment Preference Form.
          A Participant may submit a new Investment Preference Form to the Administrator as frequently as may be allowed by the Administrator or a third-party delegate, consistent with any procedures that may be approved by the Company.
          No individual may commence participation herein as to the deferral of any amount without first submitting an election pursuant to this subsection 5.03. A Participant or, following his death, his Beneficiaries may continue submitting elections hereunder until the distribution of all amounts from his Memorandum Account. All elections must be in writing and must be signed by the Administrator.
     5.04 Valuation of Memorandum Account . Within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year, the Company shall provide each Participant or his Beneficiaries a statement indicating the balance of his Memorandum Account as of the last day of such Plan Year, reflecting the amount of deferrals, if any, occurring for such year, together with all other changes in value during the Plan Year. Participants who disagree with the information provided in such statements must submit objections, in writing, to the Administrator within 90 days of receipt of such statements.
     5.05 Additional Credit . The Company may, in its sole discretion, credit to a Participant’s Memorandum Account amounts in addition to a Participant’s deferral of salary and/or Incentive Compensation. The name of the Participant and the amount of any such additional credit shall be recorded in the records kept by the Administrator.

5-2


 

ARTICLE 6
Distributions
     6.01 For Reasons Other Than Death.
          (a) The Company shall pay an amount equaling the entire balance of a Participant’s Memorandum Account to him in accordance with the Participant’s written Distribution Election on forms provided by the Administrator. Except as otherwise permitted by rules established by the Administrator and applicable law, the Distribution Election for amounts deferred in a Plan Year must be made prior to commencement of the Plan Year.
          (b) A Participant may subsequently elect to delay the timing or change the form(s) of distribution elected in accordance with rules established by the Administrator, provided that any subsequent deferral election must: (i) be made at least 12 months prior to the date such payment otherwise would have been made, and (ii) the payment with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment otherwise would have been made.
          (c) In no event shall distributions to a Participant who receives distributions as a result of a separation from service occur prior to six months after the Participant’s separation from service.
     6.02 Upon Death .
          (a) Upon a Participant’s death, either before or after his Retirement, with a balance remaining in his Memorandum Account, the Company shall pay an amount equaling the entire balance of his Memorandum Account to the beneficiary or beneficiaries he specifies or, if none, to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate. Each Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive the unpaid balance of his Memorandum Account upon his death and may revoke or modify such designation at any time and from time to time by submitting to the Administrator a Beneficiary Designation on forms approved by the Administrator.
          (b) If a Participant’s death occurs prior to the payment of any amounts to him hereunder, other than payments for Unforeseeable Emergencies, payment of the Participant’s Memorandum Account shall be made to his Beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant’s estate, in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable immediately following Participant’s death.

6-1


 

          (c) If a Participant’s death occurs after the payment of any amount to him hereunder, other than payments for emergencies, payments to his Beneficiary shall occur in the same form, and be calculated in the same manner, as paid to the Participant prior to his death by merely substituting the new recipient for the Participant.
          (d) If a Beneficiary survives a Participant, but dies prior to receipt of the entire amount in the Memorandum Account due him, the Company shall, as soon as practicable, pay to the estate of the Beneficiary in a lump sum the entire remaining balance therein due the Beneficiary.
          (e) The Administrator shall reduce the balance in the deceased Participant’s Memorandum Account by the amount of any payment pursuant to this section 6.02 immediately upon the occurrence of such payment.
     6.03 Emergencies . In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency either before or after the commencement of payments hereunder, a Participant or Beneficiary may request in writing that all or any portion of the benefits due him hereunder be paid in one or more installments prior to the normal time for payment of such amount. The Administrator shall, in its reasonable judgment, determine whether the applicant could not address the Unforeseeable Emergency through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of other assets (provided such liquidation, in itself, would not create a financial hardship) or by ceasing deferrals hereunder. Only if the Administrator determines that such an Unforeseeable Emergency exists, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount requested or (b) the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate the hardship. The Administrator shall use its reasonable discretion to determine when the prepayments shall be made and shall immediately reduce the balance in the recipient’s Memorandum Account by the amount of such payment.
     6.04 Form of Payment . All payments made pursuant to this Plan shall be made in cash. The Plan does not permit distributions in a form other than cash.

6-2


 

ARTICLE 7
Administration of the Plan
     7.01 Appointment of Separate Administrator . The board of directors of the Company has appointed the Compensation and Benefits Committee (the “Committee”) of the board to serve as Administrator. The Company shall accept and rely upon any document executed by the Committee until the board revokes such appointment. No person serving on the Committee shall vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or solely to any of his rights or benefits pursuant to the Plan.
     7.02 Powers and Duties . The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms. The Administrator shall have full and complete authority and control with respect to Plan operations and administration unless the Administrator allocates and delegates such authority or control pursuant to the procedures stated in subsection (b) or (c) below. Any decisions of the Administrator or its delegate shall be final and binding upon all persons dealing with the Plan or claiming any benefit under the Plan. The Administrator shall have all powers which are necessary to manage and control Plan operations and administration including, but not limited to, the following:
          (a) To employ such accountants, counsel or other persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with Plan administration. The Company shall bear the costs of such services and other administrative expenses.
          (b) To designate in writing persons other than the Administrator to perform any of its powers and duties hereunder.
          (c) To allocate in writing any of its powers and duties hereunder to those persons who have been designated to perform Plan fiduciary responsibilities.
          (d) The discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan, including the power to construe disputed provisions.
          (e) To resolve all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including, but not limited to, questions as to the eligibility or the right of any person to a benefit.
          (f) To adopt such rules, regulations, forms and procedures from time to time as it deems advisable and appropriate in the proper administration of the Plan.

7-1


 

          (g) To prescribe procedures to be followed by any person in applying for distributions pursuant to the Plan and to designate the forms or documents, evidence and such other information as the Administrator may reasonably deem necessary, desirable or convenient to support an application for such distribution.
          (h) To apply consistently and uniformly Committee rules, regulations and determinations to all Participants and beneficiaries in similar circumstances.
     7.03 Records and Notices . The Administrator shall keep a record of all its proceedings and acts and shall maintain all such books of accounts, records and other data as may be necessary for proper plan administration. The Administrator shall notify the Company of any action taken by the Administrator which affects the Trustee’s Plan obligations or rights and, when required, shall notify any other interested parties.
     7.04 Compensation and Expenses . The expenses incurred by the Administrator in the proper administration of the Plan shall be paid from the Company. An Administrator who is an Employee shall not receive any additional fee or compensation for services rendered as an Administrator.
     7.05 Limitation of Authority . The Administrator shall not add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, change or add to any benefits prescribed by the Plan, or waive or fail to apply any Plan requirement for benefit eligibility.

7-2


 

ARTICLE 8
General Provisions
     8.01 Assignment . No Participant or Beneficiary may sell, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of the right to receive payments hereunder. A Participant’s rights to benefit payments under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.
     8.02 Employment Not Guaranteed by Plan . The establishment of this Plan, its amendments and the granting of a benefit pursuant to the Plan shall not give any Participant the right to continued Employment or limit the right of the Company to dismiss or impose penalties upon the Participant or modify the terms of Employment of any Participant.
     8.03 Termination and Amendment . The Company may at any time and from time to time terminate, suspend, alter or amend this Plan and no Participant or any other person shall have any right, title, interest or claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees for any amounts, except that Participant shall be vested in his Memorandum Account hereunder as of the date on which the Plan is terminated, suspended, altered or amended and (unless the Company and Participant agree to the contrary) such amount shall (a) continue to fluctuate pursuant to the investment election then in effect and (b) be paid to the Participant or his Beneficiaries at the time and in the manner provided by Article 6 above.
     8.04 Notice . Any and all notices, designations or reports provided for herein shall be in writing and delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed, in the case of the Company, its Board of Directors or Administrator, to the Company’s principal business office and, in the case of a Participant or Beneficiary, to his home address as shown on the records of the Company.
     8.05 Limitation on Liability . In no event shall the Company, Employer, Administrator or any Employee, officer or director of the Company incur any liability for any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act constitutes a lack of good faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to the Plan.
     8.06 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Administrator and any Employee, officer or director of the Company against all

8-1


 

liabilities arising by reason of any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act is due to such person’s own gross negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith in the performance of his duties to the Plan or trust. Such indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of any claim, including attorney and legal fees, and amounts paid in any settlement or compromise; provided, however, that indemnification shall not occur to the extent that it is not permitted by applicable law. Indemnification shall not be deemed the exclusive remedy of any person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this section. The indemnification provided hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased acting as a director, officer, member, agent or Employee of the Administrator or as an officer, director or Employee of the Company, and such person’s rights shall inure to the benefit of his heirs and representatives.
     8.07 Headings . All articles and section headings in this Plan are intended merely for convenience and shall in no way be deemed to modify or supplement the actual terms and provisions stated thereunder.
     8.08 Severability . Any provision of this Plan prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. The illegal or invalid provisions shall be fully severable and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted in this Plan.

8-2


 

ARTICLE 9
Merger of First Financial Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan
     9.01 Introduction . The Company acquired First Financial Corporation effective October 29, 1997. The Company continued to maintain the First Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust (the “First Financial Plan”) following the acquisition. Deferrals to the First Financial Plan were discontinued after the merger, and participants’ accounts were frozen (the “First Financial Frozen Accounts”). The former plan document for the First Financial Plan is attached to this Plan as Appendix A.
     9.02 Merger . The First Financial Plan was merged into this Plan effective January 1, 2001, and the First Financial Frozen Accounts were transferred to this Plan as of the effective date of the merger. As soon as administratively practicable following the adoption of this restated Plan, the assets subject to section VII of the document governing the First Financial Plan will be transferred to the Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Trust.
     9.03 Investment . Participants with First Financial Frozen Accounts may direct investment of those accounts in accordance with section 5.03 of this Plan.
     9.04 Beneficiary Designations . Participants with First Financial Frozen Accounts may file new Beneficiary Designations for those accounts by completing and filing forms provided by the Administrator for this purpose.
     9.05 Distributions . Distributions from the First Financial Frozen Accounts will be governed by sections VI, IX, X and XI of the First Financial Plan document and the distribution elections for the First Financial Frozen Accounts previously made by Participants. The functions of the Compensation Committee with regard to distributions as described by the First Financial Plan shall be performed by the Administrator of this Plan. The merger of the First Financial Plan into this Plan shall not be construed to give the Participants an opportunity to change their distribution elections for the First Financial Frozen Accounts.

9-1


 

APPENDIX A
FIRST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN AND TRUST
Effective January 1, 1988
As Amended Through January 1, 1993

A-1


 

FIRST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN AND TRUST
Table of Contents
           
Section     Page  
I
General     A-4  
 
       
II
Definitions     A-4  
 
       
III
Eligibility and Selection of Participants     A-5  
 
       
IV
Election to Defer     A-5  
 
       
V
Deferral Amount Selection     A-6  
 
       
VI
Timing and Manner of Distribution     A-7  
 
       
VII
The Trust     A-7  
 
       
VIII
Rights of Participants     A-12  
 
       
IX
Death or Disability of Participant     A-13  
 
       
X
Distribution in the Event of Financial Hardship     A-13  
 
       
XI
Distribution in the Event of Significant Change in Tax Law     A-14  
 
       
XII
Administration     A-14  
 
       
XIII
Funding     A-16  
 
       
XIV
Special Provisions Applicable to Insiders     A-16  
 
       
XV
Execution     A-18  
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit 7.3 Investment Vehicles
       

A-2


 

         
Exhibit 7.4 Election of Investment Vehicle
       
 
Exhibit 9.1 Designation of Beneficiary
       
 
Exhibit 12.3 Election of Deferment
       

A-3


 

SECTION I
General
The purpose of this Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust is to provide flexibility to eligible employees of First Financial Corporation and its direct and indirect subsidiaries in their receipt of Base Salary and Annual Incentive Compensation.
SECTION II
Definitions
The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust:
2.1   “Annual Incentive Compensation” shall include any amount earned by certain executives of First Financial Corporation or its direct or indirect subsidiaries under a Company-sponsored incentive plan or through discretionary bonuses.
 
2.2   “Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons who upon the death, disability or incompetency of a Participant shall have acquired, by will, by laws of decent and distribution or by other legal proceedings, the right to the Participant’s Account.
 
2.3   “Base Salary” shall mean the monthly amount payable to the executive for performance of services exclusive of any amounts included as Annual Incentive Compensation.
 
2.4   “Base Salary Deferral Year” shall mean the calendar year.
 
2.5   “Company” shall mean First Financial Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of First Financial Corporation which employs the Participant.
 
2.6   “Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of First Financial Corporation.
 
2.7   “Disabled” shall mean that a Participant has suffered a permanent and total disability as determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
2.8   “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 1988 as amended through January 1, 1993.

A-4


 

2.9   “Participant” shall mean an employee designated as eligible under Section 3.1 who has elected, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to defer payments of all or allowable portions of Base Salary and/or Annual Incentive Compensation.
 
2.10   “Participant Account” shall mean the Participant’s account established pursuant to Section 4.1.
 
2.11   “Plan” shall mean this Deferred Compensation Plan and Trust.
 
2.12   “Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.
 
2.13   “Retirement” shall mean retirement from employment of a Participant in accordance with the Company’s normal retirement policies, as amended from time to time and as determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
2.14   “Trust” shall mean the trust created under Section VII of this Plan.
 
2.15   “Trustee” shall initially mean Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company which is hereby appointed to administer the Trust and the Participant Accounts in accordance with this Plan and pursuant to the requirement of Section VII hereof. “Trustee” shall also refer to any substitute or replacement Trustee appointed under Section VII hereof.
SECTION III
Eligibility and Selection of Participants
3.1   Participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.
SECTION IV
Election to Defer
4.1   An eligible employee may elect, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to defer all or an allowable portion specified under Section 5.2 of Base Salary or Annual Incentive Compensation. Such election shall be made by written notice in the manner specified by the Compensation Committee and shall be irrevocable when made.
 
4.2   Election to defer Annual Incentive Compensation shall be made on or before December 1 of the Plan Year.

A-5


 

4.3   Election to defer Base Salary shall be made prior to the first day of the Base Salary Deferral Year.
 
4.4   All amounts earned by the Participant and deferred under this Section IV shall be forthwith paid by the Company to the Trustee which shall administer the funds in accordance with its duties under Section VII hereof and the other requirements of the Plan.
 
4.5   No distribution of funds deferred hereunder shall be made by the Trustee to a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary prior to the earliest of the following dates:
  (a)   the date of payment specified by the Participant in his/her deferral election, provided that such date shall be no less than five (5) years from the date of the election;
 
  (b)   the Retirement date of a Participant;
 
  (c)   the date that a Participant becomes Disabled;
 
  (d)   the date of death of a Participant;
 
  (e)   the date the Compensation Committee determines a Financial Hardship or Significant Change in Tax Law exists pursuant to Sections 10.1 or 11.1 of this Plan and Trust; or
 
  (f)   the date of termination of employment as provided in Section 8.3 of this Plan and Trust.
SECTION V
Deferral Amount Selection
5.1   Participants of the Plan may select to defer a percentage of Annual Incentive Compensation (if any) and/or a percentage of Base Salary. Alternatively, a specified dollar amount of deferral may be selected by the Participant.
 
5.2   If percentage deferral is selected, any percentage amount up to 100% shall be permitted.
 
5.3   Plan Participants may independently select, to defer amounts from Annual Incentive Compensation and from Base Salary.

A-6


 

SECTION VI
Timing and Manner of Distribution
6.1   Plan Participants may choose to receive payment of deferred amounts by one of the alternative methods stated hereunder:
  (a)   Lump sum payment in any year at least five years from the date of election as specified by the Participant;
 
  (b)   Equal annual installments, the first such installment to be paid at least five years from the date of election as specified by the Participant; or
 
  (c)   Upon the anticipated retirement date (or one tax year thereafter) in either:
  (i)   One lump sum payment in the year so specified by the Participant.
 
  (ii)   Equal annual installments, the first of which shall be paid commencing in the year so specified by the Participant.
The Compensation Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of the Participant’s deferral election.
SECTION VII
The Trust
7.1   The Company shall deliver to the Trustee all amounts deferred under Section IV of this Plan as soon as practicable after such amounts have been earned by the Participant, to be administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided herein.
7.2 (a)   As used herein, the term “Trust Corpus” shall mean the amounts delivered to the Trustee by the Company from time to time on behalf of each Participant pursuant to the terms hereof, less amounts distributed to the Participants pursuant to the terms hereof, plus all income earned by the Trust, in such amounts in whatever form held or invested as provided herein.
 
  (b)   The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part 1, subchapter J,

A-7


 

      chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from any other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and general creditors as herein set forth.
7.3   That portion of the Trust Corpus held on behalf of each Participant (the “Participant’s Account”) shall be invested or reinvested at the option of the Participant in one of the investments provided on Exhibit 7.3 hereto.
 
7.4   The Compensation Committee shall permit each Participant to select the investment vehicle(s), as provided in Section 7.3, for such portion of the Trust Corpus allocated to such Participant’s Account. The Compensation Committee or the Trustee shall provide descriptive information regarding each investment vehicle to the Participant at least annually. The Participant may allocate his or her Participant Account among two or more investment vehicles on a percentage basis. Such selection shall be made on or before December 1 of each Plan Year on a form to be provided to the Participant from the Compensation Committee or Trustee in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 7.4. If the Trustee fails to receive notification on or before December 1 of each Plan Year of a change in the investment vehicle selection by any Participant, such Participant’s Account shall continue to be invested in such investment vehicle(s) as last previously selected by the Participant
 
7.5   The Trustee shall be permitted to withhold from any payment due to a Participant hereunder the amount required by law to be so withheld under federal, state and local wage withholding requirements or otherwise, and shall pay over to the appropriate government authority the amounts so withheld. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the event of any final determination by the Internal Revenue Service or a court of competent jurisdiction, which determination is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal has expired, or the receipt by the Trustee of a substantially unqualified opinion of tax counsel selected by the Trustee, which determination determines or which opinion opines, that the Participant is subject to federal income taxation on amounts held in Trust hereunder prior to the distribution to the Participant of such amounts, the Trustee shall, on receipt by the Trustee of such opinion or notice of such determination, pay to the Participant the portion of the Trust Corpus includable in the Participant’s federal gross income.

A-8


 

7.6   The Trust Corpus is and shall remain at all times subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company in the event of the Company’s insolvency as defined in Section 7.7. Accordingly, the Company shall not create, and this Plan shall not be construed to create, a preferred claim on or any beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Corpus in favor of any Participant or any creditor. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and their beneficiaries against the Company. If the Trustee receives the notice provided for in Section 7.7 hereof, or otherwise receives actual notice that the Company is insolvent as defined in Section 7.7 hereof, the Trustee will make no further distributions of the Trust Corpus to any Participant but will deliver the Trust Corpus only to satisfy such claims, including those of any Participant, as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In such event, the Trustee is authorized to institute or participate in appropriate legal proceedings to obtain such directions. The Trustee shall resume distribution of Trust Corpus to the Participants under the terms hereof, including any arrearages, after so notifying the Company, if it determines that the Company was not, or is no longer insolvent.
 
7.7   The Company, through its Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, shall advise the Trustee promptly in writing of the Company’s insolvency. The Company shall be deemed insolvent upon (a) the appointment of a conservator or receiver (a “receiver”) due to a finding that the Company is unable to pay its debts as such debts become due and the expiration, without revocation of the receiver’s authority, of the receiver’s notice period to the Company’s creditors all in accordance with 12 CFR Part 549, or (b) the institution of bankruptcy or dissolution proceedings with respect to the Company.
 
7.8   The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be limited to those expressly set forth in this Plan, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Plan or Trust against the Trustee. The interests of any Participant hereunder are not subject to assignment or alienation except in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Plan or applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.
 
7.9   The Trustee shall maintain such books, records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Trust Corpus and the Participant Accounts, and shall render to the Company and to any

A-9


 

    Participant, on or prior to each April 1 following the date of this Plan until the termination of this Plan (and on the date of such termination), an accounting with respect to the Trust Corpus and each Participant’s Account as of the end of the then most recent calendar year (and as of the date of such termination), provided that no such accounting shall be required if the Trust Corpus has a zero balance. Upon the written request of any Participant or the Company, the Trustee shall deliver to the Participant or the Company, as the case may be, a written report setting forth the amount held in the Participant’s Account for the Participant, the current status of the investment vehicle including earnings on the investment, and a record of the contributions made with respect thereto by the Company. Unless the Company or the Participant shall have filed with the Trustee written exceptions or objections to any such statement and account within 180 days after receipt thereof, the Company or the Participant, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have approved such statement and account, and in such case the Trustee shall be forever released and discharged with respect to all matters and things reported in such statement and account as though it had been settled by a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in an action or proceeding to which the Company and the Participant were parties.
 
7.10   The Trustee shall not be liable for any act taken or omitted to be taken hereunder if taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith. The Trustee shall also be fully protected in relying upon any notice given hereunder which it in good faith believes to be genuine and executed and delivered in accordance with this Plan. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel to be selected by it, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel.
 
7.11   The Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Company for its reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder and shall be paid reasonable fees for the performance of such duties in the manner provided by Section 7.12 or 7.13.
 
7.12   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee from and against any and all damages, losses, claims or expenses as incurred (including expenses of investigation and fees and disbursements of counsel to the Trustee and any taxes imposed on the Trust Corpus or income of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the performance by the Trustee of its duties hereunder. Any amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.11, this Section 7.12, or Section 7.13 and not previously paid by the Company shall be paid by the Company promptly upon demand therefor by the Trustee or, if the Trustee so chooses in its sole discretion, from the Trust Corpus. In the event that payment is made hereunder to the

A-10


 

    Trustee from the Trust Corpus, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the amount of such payment. The Company agrees that, upon receipt of such notice, it will deliver to the Trustee to be held in the Trust an amount in cash equal to any payments made from the Trust Corpus to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.11, this Section 7.12, or Section 7.13. The failure of the Company to transfer any such amount shall not in any way impair the Trustee’s right to indemnification, reimbursement and payment pursuant to Section 7.11, this Section 7.12, or Section 7.13.
 
7.13   The Trustee is specifically authorized and required to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate, including the institution of litigation or other legal process, to enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder on behalf of either itself or a Participant, and any expenses thus incurred by the Trustee shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company.
 
7.14   The Trustee may resign and be discharged from its duties hereunder at any time by giving notice in writing of such resignation to the Company and all Participants specifying a date (not less than thirty days after the giving of such notice) when such resignation shall take effect. Promptly after such notice, the Company shall appoint a successor trustee, such trustee to become Trustee hereunder upon the resignation date specified in such notice. The Company may at any time substitute a new trustee by giving 15 days’ notice thereof to the Trustee then acting. In the event of such removal or resignation, the Trustee shall duly file with the Company a written statement or statements of accounts and proceedings as provided in Section 7.9 hereof for the period since the last previous annual accounting of the Trust. The Trustee and any successor thereto appointed hereunder shall be a corporate professional trustee which is not an affiliate of the Company.
 
7.15   Except as provided herein, this Trust shall be irrevocable. This Trust shall be terminated upon the earliest to occur of the following events:
  (a)   the written agreement to so terminate signed by the Company and all Participants;
 
  (b)   the final payment from the Trust Corpus of all amounts payable hereunder to the Participants.
7.16   Subject to Sections 12.1 and 12.2 hereof, this Plan and Trust may only be amended by written agreement signed by the Company and a majority of the Participants provided that the Trustee must consent to any amendment which would increase its duties hereunder and provided further that no

A-11


 

    amendment shall impair any benefit vested to any Participant who has not agreed to such amendment and no amendment shall make this Plan and Trust revocable.
 
7.17   The Company shall, at any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable request of the Trustee, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of this Plan.
 
7.18   This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating thereto. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and legal representatives. This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin other than and without reference to any provisions of such laws regarding choice of laws or conflict of laws. In the event that any provision of this Plan or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be determined by a court of proper jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Plan, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Plan shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION VIII
Rights of Participants
8.1   Nothing contained in the Plan or Trust shall:
  (a)   Confer upon any employee any right with respect to continuation of employment with the company;
 
  (b)   Interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his or her employment at any time; or
 
  (c)   Confer upon any employee or other person any claim or right to any distribution under the Plan or Trust except in accordance with its terms.
8.2   No right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall, prior to actual payment or distribution to such Participant, be assignable or transferable in whole or in part, either voluntarily or by operation of law or otherwise, or

A-12


 

    be subject to payment of debts of any Participant by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner.
 
8.3   If a Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 4.1 and his or her services with the Company are terminated voluntarily or involuntarily, the Participant shall retain all rights to the undistributed amounts credited to his or her Participant Account. Such amounts will be distributed by the Trustee to the Participant in a lump sum as soon as practical following the Participant’s termination.
SECTION IX
Death or Disability of Participant
9.1   Should a Participant die, or become Disabled, as defined herein, the amount of such Participant’s Account on the date of death or disability shall be distributed by the Trustee to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be. Such distributions shall be made in a lump sum. Each Participant shall designate his/her beneficiary to the Compensation Committee and Trustee in writing as provided on Exhibit 9.1 hereto, and shall have the right to change such designation from time to time.
SECTION X
Distribution in the Event of Financial Hardship
10.1   The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to make a partial or total distribution of amounts in a Participant’s Account upon the Participant’s request and a demonstration by the Participant of an unforeseeable emergency. An unforeseeable emergency is a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved -
  (i)   through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,

A-13


 

  (ii)   by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or
 
  (iii)   by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home. The amount of any such distribution shall be limited to the amount deemed necessary by the Compensation Committee to alleviate or remedy the Participant’s unforeseeable emergency. The Trustee shall forthwith distribute such amounts as directed by the Compensation Committee.
SECTION XI
Distribution in the Event of Significant Change in Tax Law
11.1   The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to make a partial or total distribution of amounts in a Participant’s Account upon the Participant’s distribution request provided that the Committee has determined that proposed changes in tax law which are reasonably anticipated to be passed by Congress would cause a significant financial impact to the Participant by adversely affecting the deferred treatment of amounts invested pursuant to this Plan. Any distribution made under this paragraph shall be made at the beginning of the calendar year following receipt of such distribution request where such request was received at least six months in advance of such distribution, and if such distribution request is received less than six months prior to the beginning of a calendar year, the distribution shall be made at the beginning of the following calendar year.
SECTION XII
Administration
12.1   The Compensation Committee may from time to time amend, suspend, terminate or reinstate any or all of the provisions of the Plan as may seem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, provided that no such action shall affect, without the Participant’s written consent, a Participant’s right to receive on a deferred basis funds previously deferred hereunder.

A-14


 

12.2   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to express provisions of the Plan, have power to construe the Plan, to prescribe rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, and the Compensation Committee may correct any defect or supply and omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry it into effect, provided however, that no such action under this Section 12.2 shall affect, without the Participant’s written consent, a Participant’s right to receive on a deferred basis the funds previously deferred hereunder.
 
12.3   The Compensation Committee shall ensure that all individuals entitled to make the election to defer are provided an election form (in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 12.3) at least ninety (90) days before such election must be made in accordance with Section 4.1 and all such elections must be received in writing in order to be effective. This election form shall include the following items, which must be completed in full in order to be effective:
  (a)   The amount to be deferred, expressed as a percentage of Annual Incentive Compensation (if any) or Base Salary to become payable during the calendar year in question;
 
  (b)   The number of installments for the payment of the deferred compensation; and
 
  (c)   The date of the first installment payment.
12.4   All expenses and costs incurred in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

A-15


 

SECTION XIII
Funding
13.1   Benefits under this Plan shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Corpus, provided however, that the Trust Corpus shall be deemed the general assets of the Company and shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of the insolvency of the Company as provided in Sections 7.6 and 7.7 hereof. This Plan shall be administered as an unfunded plan which is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
13.2   The Company shall be liable to the Participant to make all payments required under this Plan to the extent such payments have not been made by the Trustee. Distributions made from the Trust to or for the Participant pursuant to the Plan shall, to the extent of such distributions, satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay benefits to such Participant under this Plan.
SECTION XIV
Special Provisions Applicable to Insiders
Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the following provisions shall apply to any Participant who is or becomes a “reporting person” subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (an “Insider-Participant”) and shall continue to apply for six months after he or she ceases to be subject to Section 16.
14.1   Any payment due an Insider-Participant under the Plan shall be made only in cash. No payment may be made to an Insider-Participant in the form of equity securities of First Financial Corporation.
 
14.2   An Insider-Participant’s election to invest, or not to invest, all or any portion of an amount deferred under this Plan in First Financial Corporation Common Stock shall be irrevocable when made as to such deferred amount. Such investment election shall be made at the time of his or her deferral election, A different investment election may be made with respect to each deferred amount.
 
14.3   In the case of a Participant who is not an Insider-Participant and who thereafter becomes an Insider-Participant, his or her most recent election, or deemed election, to invest, or not to invest, in First Financial Corporation Common Stock prior to becoming an Insider-Participant shall

A-16


 

    automatically, upon his or her becoming an Insider-Participant, and without any action on the part of the Insider- Participant, the Compensation Committee or any other party, be deemed irrevocable.
 
14.4   Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Insider-Participant may, in accordance with Section  7.4, change the allocation of his or her Participant Account to the extent not invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock among any of the other investment vehicles provided in this Plan.
 
14.5   Notwithstanding the provisions of section 8.4, an Insider-Participant may not, as to that portion of his or her Participant Account invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock, request to further defer the date of payment elected, and the Compensation Committee shall have no authority to grant any such request if made. The foregoing shall apply without regard to whether the Insider- Participant was an Insider-Participant at the time the date of payment was originally elected under Section 6.1, or further deferred under Section 8.4, or at the time any portion of his or her Participant Account was invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock.
 
    No distribution may be made to an Insider-Participant under Section 10.1 or 11.1 of any portion of his or her Participant Account invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock, without regard to whether the Insider-Participant was an Insider-Participant at the time any portion of his or her Participant Account was invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock.
 
    An Insider-Participant may choose to receive payment of deferred amounts invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock only on a fixed date or dates, or incident or death, retirement, disability or termination of employment, within the meaning of SEC Rule 16a-1(c)(3)(ii). Any such election by an Insider Participant shall be made at the time of his or her deferral election and shall be irrevocable.
 
    If in the opinion of counsel to the Compensation Committee, who may be counsel to First Financial Corporation, the timing and manner of any distribution election made by a Participant who thereafter becomes an Insider-Participant with respect to any portion of his or her Participant Account invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock would not satisfy the requirements of SEC Rule 16a-1(c)(3)(ii), then upon his or her becoming an Insider-Participant, each such election shall automatically, and without any action on the part of the Insider-Participant, the Compensation Committee or any other party, be deemed irrevocably amended to provide,

A-17


 

    as to that portion of his or her Participant Account invested in First Financial Corporation Common Stock, for payment in a lump sum six months after such Insider-Participant’s death, retirement, disability or other termination of employment. The foregoing shall not apply to any such distribution election that is amended, with the consent of the Compensation Committee, prior to the time the Participant becomes an Insider-Participant to satisfy the requirements of SEC Rule 16a-1(c)(3)(ii), provided that the Compensation Committee has received, prior to giving its consent to any such amendment, an opinion of counsel, who may be counsel to First Financial Corporation, that such amended distribution election would satisfy the requirements of such SEC Rule and would not result in the constructive receipt of income to the Participant.
 
14.6   It is intended that as to Insider-Participants, any amounts deferred pursuant to, and any securities, rights or interests created under, this Plan be excluded from the definition of “derivative security” pursuant to SEC Rule 16a-1(c)(3)(ii). Accordingly, no Plan or Trust amendment and no action under the Plan or Trust shall become effective if, in the opinion of counsel to the Compensation Committee, who may be counsel to First Financial Corporation, such amendment or action could cause such exclusion to become unavailable, unless such counsel also opines that Insider-Participants will, nevertheless, not be subject to avoidable liability under Section 16.
SECTION XV
Execution
IN WITNESS HEREOF, First Financial Corporation by its proper officer duly authorized, has caused these presents to be executed, on the date hereinafter set forth.
             
    FIRST FINANCIAL CORPORATION    
 
           
DATE: January 1, 1993
  By:   /s/    
 
           
 
      John C. Seramur, President    
     
ATTEST:
 
   
/s/
    
Robert M. Salinger, Secretary
   

A-18


 

             
    MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST COMPANY, TRUSTEE    
 
           
DATE: July 1, 1993
  By:   /s/    
 
           
 
  Title:        
 
           
     
ATTEST:
   
 
   
/s/
    

A-19

Exhibit (10)(i)
(ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP LOGO)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Effective July 1, 1999
Restated effective as of January 1, 2008


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 Establishment of and Purpose of Plan
    1-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Definitions and Construction
    2-1  
 
       
2.01 Definitions.
    2-1  
 
       
2.02 Construction.
    2-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Participation
    3-1  
 
       
3.01 Commencement of Participation
    3-1  
 
       
3.02 Deferral of Director’s Fees
    3-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Memorandum Account
    4-1  
 
       
4.01 Nature of Account
    4-1  
 
       
4.02 Credit of Deferrals to Memorandum Account
    4-1  
 
       
4.03 Adjustments to Memorandum Account
    4-1  
 
       
4.04 Valuation of Memorandum Account
    4-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Distributions
    5-1  
 
       
5.01 Distribution Election
    5-1  
 
       
5.02 For Reasons Other Than Death
    5-1  
 
       
5.03 Upon Death
    5-1  
 
       
5.04 Unforeseeable Emergencies
    5-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Administration of the Plan
    6-1  
 
       
6.01 Appointment of Separate Administrator
    6-1  
 
       
6.02 Powers and Duties
    6-1  
 
       
6.03 Records and Notices
    6-2  
 
       
6.04 Compensation and Expenses
    6-2  

i


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 7 General Provisions
    7-1  
 
       
7.01 Assignment
    7-1  
 
       
7.02 Termination and Amendment
    7-1  
 
       
7.03 Contingency
    7-1  
 
       
7.04 Notice
    7-1  
 
       
7.05 Limitation on Liability
    7-1  
 
       
7.06 Indemnification
    7-2  
 
       
7.07 Headings
    7-2  
 
       
7.08 Severability
    7-2  
 
       
7.09 Director Position Not Guaranteed by Plan
    7-2  
 
       
APPENDIX A Investment Preference Form
       
APPENDIX B Beneficiary Designation Form
       

ii 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
DIRECTORS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE 1
Establishment of and Purpose of Plan
          Through its acquisition of other banks and bank holding companies, the Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) became the sponsor of several plans under which the directors of the acquired organizations had deferred their director compensation (the “Predecessor Plans”):
          The Company established the Associated Bank-Corp Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), and merged the Predecessor Plans into the Plan, effective July 1, 1999. This document amends and restates the Plan effective January 1, 2008 to comply with Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) section 409A.

1-1


 

ARTICLE 2
Definitions and Construction
          As used herein, the following words shall have the following meanings:
2.01 Definitions.
  (a)   Administrator . The Company, or such other person, persons or entity as may be appointed by the Board pursuant to Article 6, to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.
 
  (b)   Beneficiary . The beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant pursuant to section 5.03 to receive the amount (if any) payable under the Plan upon the death of the Participant.
 
  (c)   Board . The Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (d)   Company . Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin banking corporation. The Board has authorized the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
 
  (e)   Eligible Director . A former director of a bank or bank holding company acquired by the Company who had a Memorandum Account in one of the Predecessor Plans.
 
  (f)   Effective Date . The effective date of this Plan shall be July 1, 1999.
 
  (g)   Memorandum Account . The bookkeeping record maintained for each Participant pursuant to Article 4 below.
 
  (h)   Participants . Such Eligible Directors who meet the participation requirements described in Article 3. “Active” Participants are those who are currently eligible to make deferrals under the Plan. “Inactive” Participants are those who have a Memorandum Account under the Plan, but are no longer eligible to make deferrals.
 
  (i)   Plan . The Associated Banc-Corp Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as stated herein and as amended from time to time.

2-1


 

  (j)   Plan Year . The period beginning January 1 and ending on December 31 and each 12-month period ending on each subsequent December 31.
 
  (k)   Predecessor Plan . Any one of the following, collectively known as the “Predecessor Plans:”
    the Citizens Community Bankshares, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
    the Citizens State Bank of Wittenberg Bank Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
    the F&M Financial Services Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan;
 
    the Iron Exchange Bank of Hurley Bank Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan; and
 
    the First Financial Corporation Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.
  (l)   Semi-Annual Averaged Fed Funds Rate means the monthly average of the Fed Funds Sold Rate as published by Bankers’ Bank of Wisconsin (or any successor thereto).
 
  (m)   Unforeseeable Emergency . An Unforeseeable Emergency is a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
2.02   Construction . The laws of the State of Wisconsin, as amended from time to time, shall govern the construction and application of this Plan. Words used in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and words used in the singular shall include the plural, as appropriate. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall refer to the entire Plan, not to a particular section. All references to statutory sections shall include the section so identified as amended from time to time or any other statute of similar import. If any provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or other statutes or regulations render any provisions

2-2


 

of the Plan unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect only to the minimum extent required by such law.

2-3


 

ARTICLE 3
Participation
3.01   Commencement of Participation . An Eligible Director who had a bookkeeping account of benefits (referred to under this Plan as a “Memorandum Account”) as of June 30, 1999 under a Predecessor Plan shall automatically become a Participant in this Plan as of the Effective Date. All such Participants shall be considered inactive Participants, except as described in section 3.02.
 
3.02   Deferral of Director’s Fees . Alan Lamia is eligible to continue deferrals of his director’s fees under this Plan in accordance with the deferral agreement he filed under the Citizens State Bank of Wittenberg Bank Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan. His deferrals shall continue in accordance with the agreement until the earliest of the following: (1) the date his directorship with Associated Bank North terminates, unless he shall maintain status as an Advisory Board member, in which case the date his membership on an Advisory Board terminates; or (2) December 31 of the year in which he revokes his deferral agreement; or (3) his active participation is terminated by action of the Administrator.
 
    No other active deferrals of director’s fees shall be permitted under this Plan.

3-1


 

ARTICLE 4
Memorandum Account
4.01   Nature of Account . For the sole purpose of measuring benefits due Participants hereunder, the Company shall maintain on behalf of each Participant a bookkeeping record to which the Company shall credit the amounts described in this Article 4. This bookkeeping record shall be referred to as the Memorandum Account.
 
    The Memorandum Account and assets, if any and of any nature, acquired by the Company to measure a Participant’s benefits hereunder, shall not constitute or be treated for any reason as a trust for, property of or a security interest for the benefit of, Participant, his Beneficiaries or any other person. The Participant and the Company acknowledge that the Plan constitutes a promise by the Company to pay benefits to the Participants or their beneficiaries; that Participants’ rights hereunder are limited to those of general unsecured creditors of the Company; and that the establishment of the Plan, acquisition of assets to measure Participant’s benefits hereunder or deferral of all or any portion of an active Participant’s director’s fees hereunder does not prevent any property of the Company from being subject to the rights of all the Company’s creditors. The Company may, in its discretion, contribute amounts to a “rabbi trust” to provide a source of funds from which to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, but the assets of such rabbi trust shall continue to be subject to the rights of all the Company’s creditors.
 
4.02   Credit of Deferrals to Memorandum Account . The Company shall credit to an active Participant’s Memorandum Account during a Plan Year deferral amounts representing director’s fees as they would otherwise become payable to the active Participant during the Plan Year.
 
4.03   Adjustments to Memorandum Account . Each Participant may specify his investment preferences for his Memorandum Account by completing and submitting an Investment Preference Form provided by the Administrator. Final approval of the Participant’s investment selection is within the discretion of the Administrator, and if the Administrator establishes a trust as described in section 4.01, the Trustee. The Participant’s Memorandum Account shall be adjusted to reflect the income and losses and increase or decrease in value experienced by assets as if the amounts were invested according to the Participant’s preferences, subject to final approval by the Administrator and Trustee. A Participant’s Memorandum Account

4-1


 

    shall also reflect expenses generated by, and related to, the investment choices made in accordance with the Investment Preference Form.
 
    A Participant may submit a new Investment Preference Form to the Administrator as frequently as may be allowed by the Administrator or a third-party delegate, consistent with any procedures that may be approved by the Company.
 
4.04   Valuation of Memorandum Account . Within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year, the Company shall provide each Participant or his Beneficiaries a statement indicating the balance of his Memorandum Account as of the last day of such Plan Year, reflecting the amount of deferrals, if any, credited for such year, together with all other changes in value during the Plan Year, and any distributions made during the Plan Year. Participants who disagree with the information provided in such statements must submit objections, in writing, to the Administrator within 90 days of receipt such statements.

4-2


 

ARTICLE 5
Distributions
5.01   Distribution Election . The distribution election completed by each Participant under each Predecessor Plan shall remain irrevocable and in full force and effect under this Plan. A Participant shall make an irrevocable distribution election, prior to commencement of a Plan Year, on forms provided by the Administrator.
 
5.02   For Reasons Other Than Death . The Company shall distribute the Participant’s Memorandum Account in the manner elected by the Participant pursuant to section 5.01. Amounts may be distributed in cash or Company stock in the discretion of and in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator . The Administrator shall reduce the balance in the Participant’s Memorandum Account by the amount of any payment pursuant to this section 5.02 immediately upon the occurrence of such payment.
 
    In no event shall distributions subject to Code section 409A to a Participant who receives distributions as a result of a separation from service occur prior to six months after the Participant’s separation from service.
 
5.03   Upon Death .
  (a)   Upon a Participant’s death with a balance remaining in his Memorandum Account, the Company shall pay an amount equaling the entire balance of his Memorandum Account to the beneficiary or beneficiaries he specifies, or, if none, to his estate. Each Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive the unpaid balance of his Memorandum Account upon his death and may revoke or modify such designation at any time and from time to time by submitting to the Administrator a Beneficiary Designation on forms approved by the Administrator.
 
  (b)   If a Participant’s death occurs prior to the payment of any amounts to him hereunder, other than payments for Unforeseeable Emergencies, the Company shall, as soon as practicable, pay to the Beneficiary in a lump sum the entire balance due the Participant.
 
  (c)   If a Participant’s death occurs after the payment of any amount to him hereunder, other than payments for

5-1


 

      Unforeseeable Emergencies, payments to his Beneficiary shall continue in the same form, and be calculated in the same manner, as paid to the Participant prior to his death by merely substituting the Beneficiary for the Participant.
 
  (d)   If a Beneficiary survives a Participant but dies prior to receipt of the entire amount in the Memorandum Account due him, the Company shall, as soon as practicable, pay to the estate of the Beneficiary in a lump sum the entire remaining balance therein due the Beneficiary.
 
  (e)   The Administrator shall reduce the balance in the deceased Participant’s Memorandum Account by the amount of any payment pursuant to this section 5.03 immediately upon the occurrence of such payment.
5.04   Unforeseeable Emergencies . In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency either before or after the commencement of payments hereunder, a Participant or Beneficiary may request in writing that all or any portion of the benefits due him hereunder be paid in one or more installments prior to the normal time for payment of such amount. The Administrator shall, in its reasonable judgment, determine whether the applicant could not address the emergency through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of assets (provided such liquidation, in itself, would not create a financial hardship) or by ceasing deferrals hereunder. Only if the Administrator determines that such an Unforeseeable Emergency exists, the Company shall pay to the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount requested or (b) the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate the hardship. The Administrator shall use its reasonable discretion to determine when the prepayments shall be made and shall immediately reduce the balance in the recipient’s Memorandum Account by the amount of such payment.

5-2


 

ARTICLE 6
Administration of the Plan
6.01   Appointment of Separate Administrator . The Company has appointed the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) to serve as Administrator. The Company shall accept and rely upon any document executed by the Committee until the Board revokes such appointment. No person serving on the Committee shall vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or solely to any of his rights or benefits pursuant to the Plan.
6.02   Powers and Duties . The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms. The Administrator shall have full and complete authority and control with respect to Plan operations and administration unless the Administrator allocates and delegates such authority or control pursuant to the procedures stated in subsection (b) or (c) below. Any decisions of the Administrator or its delegate shall be final and binding upon all persons dealing with the Plan or claiming any benefit under the Plan. The Administrator shall have all powers which are necessary to manage and control Plan operations and administration including, but not limited to, the following:
  (a)   To employ such accountants, counsel, or other persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with Plan administration. The Company shall bear the costs of such services and other administrative expenses.
 
  (b)   To designate in writing persons other than the Administrator to perform any of its powers and duties hereunder.
 
  (c)   To allocate in writing any of its powers and duties hereunder to those persons who have been designated to perform Plan fiduciary responsibilities.
 
  (d)   The discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan, including the power to construe disputed provisions.
 
  (e)   To resolve all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan, including, but not limited to, questions as to the eligibility or the right of any person to a benefit.

6-1


 

  (f)   To adopt such rules, regulations, forms and procedures from time to time as it deems advisable and appropriate in the proper administration of the Plan.
 
  (g)   To prescribe procedures to be followed by any person in applying for distributions pursuant to the Plan and to designate the forms or documents, evidence and other such information as the Administrator may reasonably deem necessary, desirable or convenient to support an application for such distribution.
 
  (h)   To apply consistently and uniformly Committee rules, regulations and determinations to all Participants and beneficiaries in similar circumstances.
6.03   Records and Notices . The Administrator shall keep a record of all its proceedings and acts and shall maintain all such books of accounts, records and other data as may be necessary for proper plan administration. The Administrator shall notify the Company of any action taken by the Administrator which affects the Trustee’s Plan obligations or rights and, when required, shall notify any other interested parties.
 
6.04   Compensation and Expenses . The expenses incurred by the Administrator in the proper administration of the Plan shall be paid from the Company. An Administrator who is an Employee or a Director shall not receive any additional fee or compensation for services rendered as an Administrator.

6-2


 

ARTICLE 7
General Provisions
7.01   Assignment . No Participant or Beneficiary may sell, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of the right to receive payments hereunder. A Participant’s right to benefit payments under the Plan is not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.
 
7.02   Termination and Amendment . The Company may at any time and from time to time terminate, suspend, alter or amend this Plan and no Participant or any other person shall have any right, title, interest or claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees for any amount. Subject to the rights of Company creditors as described in section 4.01, Participants shall otherwise be fully vested in their Memorandum Accounts at all times. Following Plan termination, Memorandum Accounts shall continue to be subject to adjustment under section 4.03 and valuation under section 4.04 until distributions are completed in accordance with Article 5.
 
7.03   Contingency . The Company may apply for private letter rulings from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as to the deductibility from taxable income benefits paid hereunder or the exclusion of amounts deferred hereunder from the taxable income of Participant until paid. If the Company applies for a private letter ruling from the IRS and does not receive a satisfactory reply thereto, the Company may deem this Plan terminated, in which event, the parties shall treat all amounts deferred hereunder as immediately payable to the Participants and all parties’ rights and obligations hereunder shall thereupon cease.
 
7.04   Notice . Any and all notices, designations or reports provided for herein shall be in writing and delivered personally or by first class priority mail addressed, in the case of the Company, its Board of Directors or Administrator, to the Company’s principal business office and, in the case of a Participant or Beneficiary, to his home address as shown on the records of the Company.
 
7.05   Limitation on Liability . In no event shall the Company, Administrator, or any employee, officer, or director of the Company incur any liability for any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act constitutes a lack of good faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to the Plan.

7-1


 

7.06   Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify he Administrator and any employee, officer or director of the Company against all liabilities arising by reason of any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act is due to such person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct or lack of good faith in the performance of his duties to the Plan. Such indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of any claim, including attorney and legal fees, and amounts paid in any settlement or compromise; provided, however, that indemnification shall not occur to the extent that it is not permitted by applicable law. Indemnification shall not be deemed the exclusive remedy of any person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this section. The indemnification provided hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased acting as a director, officer, member, agent, or employee of the administrator or as an officer, director or employee of the Company, and such person’s rights shall inure to the benefit of his heirs and representatives.
 
7.07   Headings . All articles and section headings in this Plan are intended merely for convenience and shall in no way be deemed to modify or supplement the actual terms and provisions stated thereunder.
 
7.08   Severability . Any provision of this Plan prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. The illegal or invalid provisions shall be fully severable and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted in this Plan.
 
7.09   Director Position Not Guaranteed by Plan . The establishment of this Plan, its amendments and the granting of a benefit pursuant to the Plan shall not give any Participant the right to a new or continued position as director or limit the right of the Company to dismiss or impose penalties upon the Participant or modify the terms of directorship by any Participant.

7-2

Exhibit (10)(j)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CASH INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CASH INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 Purpose
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Definitions
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Participation
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Awards
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Administration
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Termination of Employment and Change of Control
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 Miscellaneous
    7  

i


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CASH INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE 1 PURPOSE.
     The purposes of the Plan are (i) to promote the success of the Company; (ii) to associate more closely the interests of certain key employees with those of the Company’s financial, performance, and service goals, (iii) to provide long-term incentives and rewards to those key employees of the Company and its affiliated units who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company; (iv) to assist the Company in retaining and attracting key employees with requisite experience and ability; and (v) to provide solely Awards that are “qualified performance-based compensation” under section 162(m) of the Code.
ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS.
     Section 2.01. “Award” means the cash incentive compensation paid or payable pursuant to the Plan.
     Section 2.02. “Award Formula” means one or more objective formulas or standards, as defined in section 162(m) of the Code, established by the Committee for purposes of determining the amount of an Award with respect to a Performance Goal. An Award Formula based upon a percentage of a Participant’s base pay shall use the Participant’s base pay as of the date the Performance Goal is established. The Award Formula may include a modifier of the Award based upon the Company’s performance in relation to its peer group of companies, provided that such modifier satisfies the requirements of an objective formula as defined in section 162(m) of the Code. Award Formulas may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.
     Section 2.03. “Award Schedule” means the Award Schedule established pursuant to section 4.01.
     Section 2.04. “Beneficiary” mean the person(s) designated by the Participant, in writing on a form provided by the Committee, to receive payments under the Plan in the event of his death while a Participant or, in the absence of such designation, the Participant’s estate.
     Section 2.05. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1


 

     Section 2.06. A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the following transactions:
          (i) An offer is accepted, in writing, for a change in ownership of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company;
          (ii) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company will be merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such anticipated merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation will be owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) of any party to such merger or consolidation;
          (iii) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member; or
          (iv) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby a person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially, or of record).
     For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) (relating to options) of the Exchange Act.
     Section 2.07. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     Section 2.08. “Committee” means the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committees for purposes of this Plan shall be composed of not less than two directors, each of whom is intended to be an “outside director” within the meaning of Code section 162(m).
     Section 2.09. “Company” means Associated Banc-Corp and its successors. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board has authorized the Committee to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
     Section 2.10. “Covered Employee” means a covered employee within the meaning of Code section 162(m)(3).

2


 

     Section 2.11. “Eligible Employee” means a key employee of the Company.
     Section 2.12. “Establishment Period” means, with respect to a Performance Period applicable to any Performance Grant under the Plan, the period commencing on or before the first day of such Performance Period and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) 90 days after the commencement of the Performance Period and (ii) the date upon which twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period shall have elapsed.
     Section 2.13. “Participant” means an Eligible Employee selected from time to time by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
     Section 2.14. “Performance Goal” means the target, goal or level of performance established by the Committee with respect to a Performance Measure for a Performance Period. The outcome of a Performance Goal shall be substantially uncertain when established by the Committee. Performance Goals shall be adjusted automatically, without discretion by the Committee, in the event of a dividend or stock split. Performance Goals may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.
     Section 2.15. “Performance Grant” means the grant to an Eligible Employee of an opportunity to participate in a particular Performance Goal with respect to a particular Performance Period.
     Section 2.16. “Performance Measure” means one or more of the following selected by the Committee to measure Company performance for a Performance Period: basic or diluted earnings per share, revenue growth, return on equity and stock price. Performance Measures are determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as consistently applied by the Company. Prior to the expiration of the Establishment Period, the Committee may provide for a mandatory adjustment of a Performance Measure to omit the effects of extraordinary items (other than a stock dividend or stock split), gain or loss on the disposal of a business segment, unusual or infrequently occurring events and transactions and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles. Performance Measures may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative.
     Section 2.17. “Performance Period” means one or more periods of time, as the Committee may designate, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to payment of an Award.

3


 

     Section 2.18. “Plan” means the Associated Banc-Corp Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (prior to January 1, 2008, the Associated Banc-Corp Amended and Restated Incentive Compensation Plan), as amended.
     Section 2.19. “Plan Year” means the Company’s fiscal year.
     Section 2.20. “Retirement” means any date on which an employee retires under the terms and conditions of the Company’s Profit Sharing & 401(k) Plan provided, however, that the employee has attained age 55 as of such date.
     Section 2.21. “Total Disability” means a finding by the Committee that a Participant meets the standard for Total Disability as provided in the Associated Banc-Corp Long-Term Disability Plan.
ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION.
     Participants shall be selected by the Committee and shall only include Eligible Employees. The selection of a Participant for a Performance Grant shall not entitle such individual to be selected as a Participant with respect to any other Performance Grant.
ARTICLE 4 AWARDS.
     Section 4.01. Award Schedules . For each Performance Period with respect to which an Award may be earned by a Participant under the Plan, prior to the expiration of the Establishment Period, the Committee shall establish the Performance Grants in writing for such Performance Period by preparing an Award Schedule for each Participant. The Award Schedule shall set forth the applicable Performance Period, Performance Measure(s), Performance Goal(s), Award Formula(s), and such other information (including a peer group modifier, if applicable) as the Committee may determine. Once established for a Performance Period, such items shall not be amended or otherwise modified. Award Schedules may vary from Performance Period to Performance Period and from Participant to Participant.
     Section 4.02. Performance Grant Agreement . Performance Grants shall be evidenced by a separate written agreement between the Company and the Participant, in such form and contain such terms and conditions (not inconsistent with the Plan) as the Committee may require. An agreement executed pursuant to this section shall include a copy of the Award Schedule with respect to the Participant and such other information as the Committee may determine is necessary and appropriate.
     Section 4.03. Certification of Awards . A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of an Award only when the Performance Goal(s) are achieved

4


 

and the Committee determines, pursuant to the Award Formula, that all or some portion of such Participant’s Award has been earned for the Performance Period. As soon as administratively feasible after the close of each Performance Period, the Committee shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, to calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Award earned by each Participant for such Performance Period based upon such Participant’s Award Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual amount of the Award to be paid to each Participant and, in so doing, may use discretion to decrease, but not increase, the amount of the Award otherwise payable to the Participant based upon such performance. The maximum Award payable to any Participant with respect to each Plan Year (or portion thereof) contained within a Performance Period shall be $3,000,000.
     Section 4.04. Payment of Awards . Awards shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible after the amount thereof has been determined and certified in accordance with section 4.03; provided that such payment is made no later than 2.5 months following the end of the Performance Period.
ARTICLE 5 ADMINISTRATION.
     Section 5.01. In General . The Committee shall have full and complete authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) to exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan; (ii) to construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any related document; (iii) to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to the Plan; (iv) to make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan; and (v) to correct any defect, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan.
     Section 5.02. Determinations . The actions and determinations of the Committee or others to whom authority is delegated under the Plan on all matters relating to the Plan and any Performance Grants shall be final and conclusive. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Performance Grants under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.
     Section 5.03. Appointment of Experts . The Committee may appoint such accountants, attorneys, and other experts as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the Plan.
     Section 5.04. Delegation . The Committee may delegate to others the authority to execute and deliver such instruments and documents, to do all such acts and things, and to take all such other steps deemed necessary, advisable or

5


 

convenient for the effective administration of the Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes, except that the Committee shall not delegate any authority with respect to duties it is required to perform under section 162(m) of the Code.
     Section 5.05. Books and Records . The Committee and others to whom the Committee has delegated such duties shall keep a record of all their proceedings and actions and shall maintain all such books of account, records, and other data as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.
     Section 5.06. Payment of Expenses . The Company shall pay all reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, including, but not limited to, the payment of professional and expert fees.
     Section 5.07. Code Section 162(m) . Except for payments made pursuant to section 6.02, it is the intent of the Company that this Plan and Awards satisfy the applicable requirements of “performance-based compensation” under Code section 162(m) so that the Company’s tax deduction for remuneration in respect of this Plan for services performed by Participants who are or may be Covered Employees is not disallowed in whole or in part by the operation of such Code section. If any provision of this Plan or if any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with such intent, that provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict, and, to the extent of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with such intent, that provision shall be deemed void as applicable to such Covered Employees. With respect to any Award under the Plan that does not qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Code section 162(m), the Committee is authorized to defer payment of such Awards; provided that the payment is made as soon as reasonably practicable following the first date on which the Committee reasonably anticipates that, if the payment were made on such date, the Company’s deduction would no longer be restricted due to the application of Code section 162(m).
ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL.
     Section 6.01. Termination of Employment . In the event of the termination of employment of a Participant due to death, Total Disability, or Retirement, the Participant shall receive a prorated portion of the Award, based upon the length of the Participant’s employment during the Performance Period. The Committee will determine the amount of the prorated award by multiplying the amount of the award that would have been earned, determined at the end of the Performance Period, by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction equals the number of whole months such Participant was employed during the Performance Period. The denominator of the fraction equals the total number of months of the Performance Period. This section 6.01 shall apply only if the Company meets the Performance

6


 

Goal (or the minimum of the performance range, if any) specified in the Performance Grant. The Participant will receive no Award if the Company does not meet the Performance Goal specified in the Performance Grant. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Award with respect to a Performance Period will be payable to any Participant who is not an employee of the Company on the last day of such Performance Period.
     Section 6.02. Change of Control . Awards shall become immediately payable upon a Change of Control. If the Change of Control occurs during a Performance Period, the Committee shall meet to determine if the Performance Goal is partially satisfied or is likely to be fully satisfied based upon the Company’s performance to that date. If the Committee determines that the Performance Goal is partially satisfied or is likely to be fully satisfied, the Committee shall certify this determination in writing, and a prorated portion of the Award shall become immediately payable. The prorated portion of the Award shall be determined pursuant to the fraction described in section 6.01, except that the numerator shall include the whole number of months that have elapsed during a Performance Period and prior to the Change of Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee shall not have discretion to reduce the amount of Awards if a Change of Control occurs during a Performance Period and/or before the Performance Goal is certified in accordance with section 4.03.
ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS.
     Section 7.01. Nonassignability . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Performance Grant or Award shall be assignable or transferable (including pursuant to a pledge or security interest) other than by will or by laws of descent and distribution.
     Section 7.02. Withholding Taxes . The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold from any Participant, from any amounts due and payable by the Company to such Participant (or secure payment from such Participant in lieu of withholding), the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any Award under the Plan.
     Section 7.03. Amendment or Termination of the Plan . The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Board in any respect except that (i) no amendment may be made after the date on which an Eligible Employee is selected as a Participant for a Performance Period that would adversely affect the rights of such Participant with respect to such Performance Period without the consent of the affected Participant, (ii) no amendment to increase the maximum Award payable under the Plan shall be effective without the approval of the shareholders of the Company or if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, such approval is necessary to satisfy the intent set forth in section 5.07, and (iii) the Plan may not

7


 

be amended or terminated for two years after the date a Change of Control occurs. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board has authorized the Committee to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
     Section 7.04. Other Payments or Awards . Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.
     Section 7.05. Payments to Other Persons . If payments are legally required to be made to any person other than the person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan, such payments will be made accordingly. Any such payment will be a complete discharge of the liability of the Company under the Plan.
     Section 7.06. Unfunded Plan . Nothing in this Plan will require the Company to purchase assets or place assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan. Participants will have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company.
     Section 7.07. No Fiduciary Relationship or Responsibility . The Plan is not subject to ERISA. Under ERISA and related federal laws, the Company is not a fiduciary with respect to the Plan, and has no fiduciary obligation with respect to any Participant, beneficiary, or other person claiming a right hereunder. Further, nothing herein contained, and no action or inaction arising pursuant hereto, shall give rise under state or federal law to a trust of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship of any kind or degree for the benefit of Participants, any beneficiary, or any other person.
     Section 7.08. Limits of Liability and Indemnity . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any members of either, nor any employees of the Company or its affiliated units, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction, or determination made in good faith in connection with their responsibilities with respect to the Plan, and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the members of the Board, the members of the Committee, and the employees of the Company and its affiliated units with respect to any claim, loss, damage, or expense (including counsel fees) arising from any such act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination with respect to the Plan or any action taken pursuant to it to the full extent permitted by law and the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
     Section 7.09. Right to Awards . No employee of the Company or its affiliated units or other person shall have any claim or right to be a Participant in this Plan or to be granted a Performance Grant or Award hereunder. Neither the adoption of this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving

8


 

any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any affiliated unit nor shall the grant of any Performance Grant or Award hereunder constitute a request or consent to postpone the retirement date of a Participant. Nothing contained hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant or any other person any equity or interest of any kind in any assets of the Company or creating a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and any such person. As to any claim for any unpaid amounts under the Plan, any Participant or any other person having a claim for payments shall be an unsecured creditor.
     Section 7.10. Section Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience and reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than the section headings, will control.
     Section 7.11. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law; provided, however, that if any provision of this Plan shall be held to be prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Plan.
     Section 7.12. Applicable Law . This Plan shall be governed, administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the United States and the State of Wisconsin to the extent not preempted by the laws of the United States.
     Section 7.13. Transfers and Leaves . A change in employment or service from the Company to an affiliated unit of the Company, or vice versa, shall not constitute termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. Furthermore, the Committee (or Board in case of a member of the Committee) may determine that for purposes of the Plan, a Participant who is on leave of absence will still be considered as in the continuous employment or service of the Company.
     Section 7.14. Effective Date/Term . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Committee and the Company, subject to shareholder approval of the Plan as described below. The Company shall not make any payments under the Plan until the Plan is approved (or reapproved, as applicable) by the Company’s shareholders in a manner that satisfies the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code. Any Performance Grant agreement issued prior to receiving shareholder approval shall specifically provide that the grant is contingent upon approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders. If the Plan is not approved by the shareholders by the 23rd day of April, 2003, the Plan becomes ineffective, null, and void as of the date of it was adopted by the

9


 

Company and the Committee, and all Performance Grants under the Plan immediately terminate.
     Adopted by the Administrative Committee of the Board of Directors: March 4, 2003.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: March 4, 2003.
     Approved by Shareholders at the April 23, 2003 Annual Meeting.
     Adopted by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors: October 28, 2008.
     Adopted by the Board of Directors: April October 28, 2008.

10

Exhibit (10)(k)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 Establishment of Plan and Purpose
    1-1  
 
       
1.01 Establishment of Plan
    1-1  
 
       
1.02 Purpose of Plan
    1-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Definitions and Construction
    2-1  
 
       
2.01 Definitions
    2-1  
 
       
2.02 Construction
    2-3  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Eligibility
    3-1  
 
       
3.01 Conditions of Eligibility
    3-1  
 
       
3.02 Commencement of Participation
    3-1  
 
       
3.03 Termination of Participation
    3-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Amount of Benefit
    4-1  
 
       
4.01 Amount of Benefit
    4-1  
 
       
4.02 Vesting
    4-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Distributions
    5-1  
 
       
5.01 Time and Form of Benefits
    5-1  
 
       
5.02 Distribution Election Change
    5-1  
 
       
5.03 Death Benefit
    5-1  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Administration of the Plan
    6-1  
 
       
6.01 Appointment of Separate Administrator
    6-1  
 
       
6.02 Powers and Duties
    6-1  
 
       
6.03 Records and Notices
    6-2  


 

         
    Page  
6.04 Compensation and Expenses
    6-2  
 
       
6.05 Limitation of Authority
    6-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 General Provisions
    7-1  
 
       
7.01 Assignment
    7-1  
 
       
7.02 Employment Not Guaranteed by Plan
    7-1  
 
       
7.03 Termination and Amendment
    7-1  
 
       
7.04 Contingency
    7-1  
 
       
7.05 Notice
    7-1  
 
       
7.06 Limitation on Liability
    7-2  
 
       
7.07 Indemnification
    7-2  
 
       
7.08 Headings
    7-2  
 
       
7.09 Severability
    7-2  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 Memorandum Account
    8-1  
 
       
8.01 Nature of Account
    8-1  
 
       
8.02 Credit to Memorandum Account
    8-1  
 
       
8.03 Changes in Memorandum Account
    8-1  
 
       
8.04 Valuation of Memorandum Account
    8-2  

ii 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
INTRODUCTION
          Effective January 1, 1986, Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) adopted the Associated Banc-Corp Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) to benefit certain of its employees by facilitating the accumulation of funds for their retirement. The Plan was restated in its entirety effective as of January 1, 1996. The Plan was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
          This introduction and the following Articles, as amended from time to time, comprise the Plan.
ARTICLE 1
Establishment of Plan and Purpose
          1.01 Establishment of Plan . The Company established the Plan, effective as of January 1, 1986. The Plan was restated in its entirety effective as of January 1, 1996. The Plan was subsequently restated effective January 1, 2008.
          1.02 Purpose of Plan . The Plan is designed to provide a select group of management and highly compensated employees with the benefits they would have received under the Associated Banc-Corp Qualified Plans if not for the limitations of the Code including sections 401(a)(17) and 415. By allowing key management employees to participate in the Plan, the Company expects the Plan to benefit it in attracting and retaining the most capable individuals to fill its executive positions.
               The parties intend that the arrangements described herein be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”).

1-1


 

ARTICLE 2
Definitions and Construction
          As used herein, the following words shall have the following meanings:
          2.01 Definitions .
               (a)  Administrator . The Company or other person or persons selected by the Company pursuant to Article 6 below to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.
               (b)  Annual Earnings . The total compensation of a Participant as shown on the Participant’s Internal Revenue Service Form W-2, plus (i) any amount contributed by the Company at the election of the Participant to a plan qualifying under sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code, (ii) any amount received as a discretionary bonus from an affiliated entity, (iii) any base salary amounts deferred for the calendar year pursuant to any nonqualified cash or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Employer, and (iv) any amount received from a formalized bonus program, including any such bonus deferred to any nonqualified cash or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Employer. Annual Earnings does not include (i) distributions received by a Participant from any nonqualified cash or deferred compensation arrangement maintained by the Employer, (ii) imputed income under the Code with respect to excess life insurance contributions, (iii) worker’s compensation payments for time lost, (iv) travel allowances and reimbursements, (v) moving expense reimbursements, (vi) benefits paid pursuant to any qualified plan maintained by the Employer, (vii) imputed income under the Code with respect to employer-owned automobiles, and (viii) income resulting from subsidized purchases made under an employee stock purchase plan maintained by the Company.
               (c)  Qualified Plans . The Associated Banc-Corp Retirement Account Plan and the Associated Banc-Corp 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
               (d)  Beneficiaries . The spouse or descendants of Participant or any other person designated under the Plan to receive benefits hereunder in the event of a Participant’s death.
               (e)  Company . Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin banking corporation and any subsidiary, successor or affiliate which has adopted the Plan and any successor thereto. The board of directors of Associated

2-1


 

Banc-Corp has authorized the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the board to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
               (f)  Employee . An employee of the Company.
               (g)  Employment . Employment with the Company.
               (h)  Participants . Such management and highly compensated Employees whom the Company identifies as eligible to participate hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an otherwise eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan by contract or other agreement between the Company and the Employee.
               (i)  Plan . The Associated Banc-Corp Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as stated herein and as amended from time to time.
               (j)  Plan Year . The period beginning on January 1, 1986 and ending on December 31, 1986, and thereafter each 12-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on each subsequent December 31.
               (k)  Trust Agreement . Any instrument executed by the Company and the Trustee fixing the rights and liabilities of each with respect to holding and administering the Trust Fund.
               (l)  Trustee . The Trustee or any successor Trustee, appointed by the Company, acting in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement.
                    In the absence of a Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall maintain records of Accounts under the Plan and perform such other duties regarding valuation and investment as described in the Plan. The Trustee, or any successor Trustee, shall have the right to resign as Trustee upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company (unless the requirement of such notice is waived by the Company). The Company may at any time remove the Trustee upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee (unless the requirement of such notice is waived by the Trustee). In the event of the resignation or removal of the Trustee, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Company.
               (m)  Trust Fund. All assets held by the Trustee for the purposes of the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement. The Company may establish such a Trust Fund (known as a “rabbi trust”) for the purpose of accumulating funds to satisfy all obligations incurred by the Company under the Plan.

2-2


 

          2.02 Construction . The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law including the requirements of Code section 409A and other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service and the laws of the State of Wisconsin, as amended from time to time Words used in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and words used in the singular shall include the plural, as appropriate. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall refer to the entire Agreement, not to a particular section. All references to statutory sections shall include the section so identified as amended from time to time or any other statute of similar import. If any provisions of the Code, ERISA or other statutes or regulations render any provisions of this Plan unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect only to the minimum extent required by such law.

2-3


 

ARTICLE 3
Eligibility
          3.01 Conditions of Eligibility . The Administrator shall, from time to time, specify the management and highly compensated Employees eligible to participate herein, consistent with the guidelines in effect as of the date of selection as determined by the Company from time to time.
          3.02 Commencement of Participation . An individual identified as eligible to participate herein shall commence participation as of the date designated by the Company.
          3.03 Termination of Participation . An individual’s right to defer compensation hereto shall cease as of the earlier of the termination of his Employment or action by the Company removing him from the Employees eligible to participate herein. At that time the Employee become an inactive participant. Notwithstanding, a Participant shall remain a Participant with respect to benefits accrued under the Plan until the Company has satisfied all liabilities under the Plan with respect to the Participant.

3-1


 

ARTICLE 4
Amount of Benefit
          4.01 Amount of Benefit . A Participant shall accrue an annual benefit under this Plan equal to the excess of the amount the Participant would have accrued under the Qualified Plans.
          4.02 Vesting . A Participant shall be 100% vested in the benefits provided under this Plan after five (5) years of service with the Company, as determined under the Qualified Plans.

4-1


 

ARTICLE 5
Distributions
          5.01 Time and Form of Benefits .A Participant shall elect the time and form in which his benefits are payable at the time amounts are allocated to the Participant under the Plan. A Participant’s election shall apply to all amounts credited to the Memorandum Account of the Participant for the Plan Year with respect to which the election is made. Any such elections shall be made on forms and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator and shall be irrevocable, except as permitted in section 5.02 of the Plan. Except as otherwise permitted by rules established by the Administrator and applicable law, the distribution election for amounts contributed in a Plan Year must be made prior to commencement of the Plan Year.
               In no event shall distributions to a Participant who receives distributions as a result of a separation from service occur prior to six months after the Participant’s separation from service.
          5.02 Distribution Election Change A Participant may subsequently elect to delay the timing or change the form(s) of distribution elected in accordance with rules established by the Administrator, provided that any subsequent election must be (i) made at least 12 months prior to the date such payment otherwise would have been made, and (ii) the payment with respect to which such election is made is deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment otherwise would have been made.
          5.03 Death Benefit . If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan, his Beneficiaries shall receive a lump sum distribution of his accrued benefits under the Plan as soon as administratively feasable following death. . If a Participant dies while receiving benefits from the Plan, the death benefit, if any, payable to his Beneficiaries shall be determined in accordance with the form of distribution selected by the Participant pursuant to section 5.01 of this Plan.

5-1


 

ARTICLE 6
Administration of the Plan
          6.01 Appointment of Separate Administrator . The Company shall, in writing, appoint a separate Administrator. Any person, including, but not limited to, Employees, shall be eligible to serve as Administrator. Two or more persons may form a committee to serve as Administrator. Persons serving as Administrator may resign by written notice to the Company and the Company may appoint or remove such persons. An Administrator consisting of more than one person shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office, either by vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. An Administrator consisting of more than one person may authorize any one or more of its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Administrator, in which event the Administrator shall notify the Company of the member or members so designated. The Company shall accept and rely upon any document executed by such member or members as representing action by the Administrator until the Administrator shall file with the Company a written revocation of such designation. No person serving as Administrator shall vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or solely to any of his rights or benefits pursuant to the Plan.
          6.02 Powers and Duties . The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms. The Administrator shall have full and complete authority and control with respect to Plan operations and administration unless the Administrator allocates and delegates such authority or control pursuant to the procedures stated in subsection (b) or (c) below. Any decisions of the Administrator or its delegate shall be final and binding upon all persons dealing with the Plan or claiming any benefit under the Plan. The Administrator shall have all powers which are necessary to manage and control Plan operations and administration including, but not limited to, the following:
               (a) To employ such accountants, counsel or other persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with Plan administration. The Company shall bear the costs of such services and other administrative expenses.
               (b) To designate in writing persons other than the Administrator to perform any of its powers and duties hereunder.
               (c) To allocate in writing any of its powers and duties hereunder to those persons who have been designated to perform Plan fiduciary responsibilities.

6-1


 

               (d) The discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan, including the power to construe disputed provisions.
               (e) To resolve all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including, but not limited to, questions as to the eligibility or the right of any person to a benefit.
               (f) To adopt such rules, regulations, forms and procedures from time to time as it deems advisable and appropriate in the proper administration of the Plan.
               (g) To prescribe procedures to be followed by any person in applying for distributions pursuant to the Plan and to designate the forms or documents, evidence and such other information as the Administrator may reasonably deem necessary, desirable or convenient to support an application for such distribution.
               (h) To apply consistently and uniformly rules, regulations and determinations to all Participants and beneficiaries in similar circumstances.
          6.03 Records and Notices . The Administrator shall keep a record of all its proceedings and acts and shall maintain all such books of accounts, records and other data as may be necessary for proper plan administration. The Administrator shall notify the Company of any action taken by the Administrator which affects the Trustee’s Plan obligations or rights and, when required, shall notify any other interested parties.
          6.04 Compensation and Expenses . The expenses incurred by the Administrator in the proper administration of the Plan shall be paid from the Company. An Administrator who is an Employee shall not receive any additional fee or compensation for services rendered as an Administrator.
          6.05 Limitation of Authority . The Administrator shall not add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, change or add to any benefits prescribed by the Plan, or waive or fail to apply any Plan requirement for benefit eligibility.

6-2


 

ARTICLE 7
General Provisions
          7.01 Assignment . No Participant or Beneficiary may sell, assign, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of the right to receive payments hereunder. A Participant’s rights to benefit payments under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.
          7.02 Employment Not Guaranteed by Plan . The establishment of this Plan, its amendments and the granting of a benefit pursuant to the Plan shall not give any Participant the right to continued Employment or limit the right of the Company to dismiss or impose penalties upon the Participant or modify the terms of Employment of any Participant.
          7.03 Termination and Amendment . The Company may at any time and from time to time terminate, suspend, alter or amend this Plan and no Participant or any other person shall have any right, title, interest or claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees for any amounts, except that Participant shall be vested in his Memorandum Account hereunder as of the date on which the Plan is terminated, suspended, altered or amended and (unless the Company and Participant agree to the contrary) such amount shall (a) continue to fluctuate pursuant to the investment election then in effect and (b) be paid to the Participant or his Beneficiaries at the time and in the manner provided by Article 5 above.
          7.04 Contingency . The Company may apply for private rulings from the United States Department of Labor as to the exemption of the arrangement described herein from the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA and from the Internal Revenue Service as to the deductibility from taxable income of benefits paid hereunder or the exclusion of amounts deferred hereunder from the taxable income of Participant until paid. If the Company applies for a private letter ruling from the Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service and does not receive a satisfactory reply thereto, the Company may deem this Plan terminated, in which event, the parties shall treat all amounts deferred hereunder as immediately payable to the Participants and all parties’ rights and obligations hereunder shall thereupon cease.
          7.05 Notice . Any and all notices, designations or reports provided for herein shall be in writing and delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed, in the case of the Company, its board of directors or

7-1


 

Administrator, to the Company’s principal business office and, in the case of a Participant or Beneficiary, to his home address as shown on the records of the Company.
          7.06 Limitation on Liability . In no event shall the Company, Administrator or any Employee, officer or director of the Company incur any liability for any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act constitutes a lack of good faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to the Plan.
          7.07 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Administrator and any Employee, officer or director of the Company against all liabilities arising by reason of any act or failure to act unless such act or failure to act is due to such person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct or lack of good faith in the performance of his duties to the Plan or Trust Fund. Such indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of any claim, including attorney and legal fees, and amounts paid in any settlement or compromise; provided, however, that indemnification shall not occur to the extent that it is not permitted by applicable law. Indemnification shall not be deemed the exclusive remedy of any person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this section. The indemnification provided hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased acting as a director, officer, member, agent or Employee of the Administrator or as an officer, director or Employee of the Company, and such person’s rights shall inure to the benefit of his heirs and representatives.
          7.08 Headings . All articles and section headings in this Plan are intended merely for convenience and shall in no way be deemed to modify or supplement the actual terms and provisions stated thereunder.
          7.09 Severability . Any provision of this Plan prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. The illegal or invalid provisions shall be fully severable and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted in this Plan.

7-2


 

ARTICLE 8
Memorandum Account
          8.01 Nature of Account . Only for the purpose of measuring payments due Participants hereunder, the Company shall maintain on behalf of each Participant a Memorandum Account to which the Company shall credit the amounts described in this Article 8.
               The Memorandum Account hereunder and assets, if any and of any nature, acquired by the Company to measure a Participant’s benefits hereunder shall not constitute or be treated for any reason as a trust for, property of or a security interest for the benefit of, Participant, his Beneficiaries or any other person. Participant and the Company acknowledge that the Plan constitutes a promise by the Company to pay benefits to the Participants or their beneficiaries, that Participants’ rights hereunder are limited to those of general unsecured creditors of the Company and that the establishment of the Plan, acquisition of assets to measure Participant’s benefits hereunder does not prevent any property of the Company from being subject to the rights of all the Company’s creditors.
          8.02 Credit to Memorandum Account . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Company shall credit to the Memorandum Account of each Participant the amount, if any, accrued in accordance with section 4.01.
          8.03 Changes in Memorandum Account . Each Participant may specify his investment preferences for his Memorandum Account by completing and submitting an Investment Preference Form provided by the Administrator. Final approval of the Participant’s investment selection is within the discretion of the Administrator, and the Trustee. The Participant’s Memorandum Account shall be adjusted to reflect the income and losses and increase or decrease in value experienced by assets as if the amounts were invested according to the Participant’s preferences, subject to final approval by the Administrator and Trustee. A Participant’s Memorandum Account shall also reflect expenses generated by, and related to, the investment choices made in accordance with the Investment Preference Form.
               A Participant may submit a new Investment Preference Form to the Administrator as frequently as may be allowed by the Administrator or a third-party delegate, consistent with any procedures that may be approved by the Company. All elections must be in writing and must be signed by the Administrator.

8-1


 

          8.04 Valuation of Memorandum Account . Within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year, the Company shall provide each Participant or his Beneficiaries a statement indicating the balance of his Memorandum Account as of the last day of such Plan Year, reflecting the amount of deferrals, if any, occurring for such year, together with all other changes in value during the Plan Year. Participants who disagree with the information provided in such statements must submit objections, in writing, to the Administrator within 90 days of receipt of such statements.

8-2

Exhibit (10)(l)
ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CHANGE OF CONTROL PLAN
Restated Effective January 1, 2008

 


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CHANGE OF CONTROL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
    Page
ARTICLE 1 Definitions
  1-1
 
1.01. Act
  1-1
 
1.02. Cause
  1-1
 
1.03. Change of Control
  1-1
 
1.04. Company
  1-2
 
1.05. Date of Termination
  1-2
 
1.06. Eligible Employee
  1-2
 
1.07. Notice of Termination
  1-2
 
1.08. Participant
  1-2
 
1.09. Retirement
  1-2
 
1.10. Termination of Employment
  1-2
 
1.11. Termination for Good Reason
  1-3
 
   
ARTICLE 2 Participation
  2-1
 
2.01. Commencement of Participation
  2-1
 
2.02. Termination of Participation
  2-1
 
ARTICLE 3 Eligibility for Benefits
  3-1
 
3.01. Eligibility for Benefits
  3-1
 
3.02. Amount of Benefits
  3-1
 
3.03. Mitigation of Benefits
  3-2
 
3.04. Payment Method
  3-2

i


 

     
    Page
3.05. Benefits in the Event of a Participant’s Death
  3-2
 
   
ARTICLE 4 General Provisions
  4-1
 
4.01. Successors: Binding Plan
  4-1
 
4.02. Notice
  4-1
 
4.03. Company’s Right to Terminate
  4-1
 
4.04. Termination and Amendment of the Plan
  4-1
 
4.05. Company’s Right to Pay Benefits Prior to a Change in Control
  4-2
 
4.06. Applicable Law
  4-2
 
4.07. Severability
  4-2
 
   
APPENDIX A ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES OF THE ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP CHANGE OF CONTROL PLAN
  A-1

ii


 

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
CHANGE OF CONTROL PLAN
INTRODUCTION
          Effective December 16, 1993 (the “Effective Date”), Associated Banc-Corp (the “Company”) adopted the Associated Banc-Corp Change of Control Plan (the “Plan”) to provide severance benefits to certain of its employees in the event of a change of control in the Company and the subsequent termination of employment of such employees. The Plan was restated in its entirety as of January 1, 1996. The Plan was again restated effective January 1, 2008 to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
          This introduction and the following Articles, as amended from time to time, comprise the Plan.

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions
          1.01 Act . The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the Effective Date of the Plan.
          1.02 Cause . Cause shall mean:
                  (a) The willful and continued failure by an Eligible Employee to substantially perform his duties with the Company after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Eligible Employee by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors of the Company, which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Eligible Employee has not substantially performed his duties.
                  (b) The willful engaging by the Eligible Employee in misconduct which is materially damaging to the Company, monetarily or otherwise.
          1.03 Change of Control . A Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of the following transactions:
                  (a) An offer is accepted, in writing, for a change in ownership of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company;
                  (b) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company will be merged or consolidated with another corporation, and as a result of such anticipated merger or consolidation, less than 75% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting corporation will be owned in the aggregate by the shareholders of the Company who owned such securities immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, other than affiliates (within the meaning of the Act) of any party to such merger or consolidation;
                  (c) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby the Company sells at least 85% of its assets to any entity which is not a member of the control group of corporations, within the meaning of Code section 1563, of which the Company is a member; or
                  (d) An offer is accepted, in writing, whereby a person, within the meaning of sections 3(a)(9) or 13(d)(3) of the Act, acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record).

1-1


 

                  For purposes hereof, ownership of voting securities shall take into account and shall include ownership as determined by applying the provisions of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) (relating to options) of the Act.
          1.04 Company . Associated Banc-Corp, any subsidiary or affiliate and any successor which assumes the Plan in accordance with section 4.01 or otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Plan by operation of law. In addition to the Board of Directors of the Company, the officers of the Company authorized by the Board of Directors, from time to time, may act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
          1.05 Date of Termination . Date of Termination shall mean the date on which an Eligible Employee experiences a Termination of Employment.
          1.06 Eligible Employee . The Chief Executive Officer of the Company and such other senior level management employees of the Company in select leadership roles who are designated by the Chief Executive Officer, in writing, from time to time, as Eligible Employees for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an otherwise Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan by contract or other agreement between the Company and the Employee.
          1.07 Notice of Termination . A written communication from the Company to an Eligible Employee stating that the Eligible Employee has incurred, or will incur, a Termination of Employment. A Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for Termination of Employment and the Date of Termination.
          1.08 Participant . An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the participation requirements of section 2.01 and whose participation has not been terminated in accordance with section 2.02.
          1.09 Retirement . Separation from service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy or policies generally applicable from time to time, to its salaried employees, including early retirement.
          1.10 Termination of Employment . An Eligible Employee will be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment if the Eligible Employee is involuntarily terminated by the Company or has a Termination for Good Reason; provided separation from service is not as a result of:

1-2


 

               (a) The Eligible Employee’s Retirement, death or disability; or
               (b) Termination by the Company for Cause.
          1.11 Termination for Good Reason . An Eligible Employee’s voluntary separation from service with the Company subsequent to a Change of Control, will be treated as a Termination for Good Reason if the separation is due to a material change in the Eligible Employee’s service relationship with the Company including but not limited to:
               (a) The assignment to the Eligible Employee of any duties inconsistent with the Eligible Employee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to the Change of Control, or a change in the Eligible Employee’s reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of the Eligible Employee from such positions;
               (b) A reduction by the Company in the Eligible Employee’s base salary as in effect on the date immediately prior to the Change of Control;
               (c) A failure by the Company to continue any bonus plans in which the Eligible Employee was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Change of Control;
               (d) The transfer of the Eligible Employee to a location anywhere other than within fifty (50) miles of the Eligible Employee’s present office location, except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Eligible Employee’s business travel obligations prior to the Change in Control;
               (e) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit or compensation plan, stock ownership plan, stock purchase plan, stock option plan, life insurance plan, health-and-accident plan or disability plan in which the Eligible Employee participated in at the time of a Change of Control, the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Eligible Employee’s participation in or materially reduce the benefits under any of such plans or deprive the Eligible Employee of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Eligible Employee at the time of the Change of Control, or the failure by the Company to provide the Eligible Employee with the number of paid vacation days to which the Eligible Employee is then entitled in accordance with the Company;

1-3


 

               (f) The failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of the Plan and performance of this Plan by any successor as contemplated in section 4.01; or
               (g) Any purported Termination of Employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination.
Prior to a voluntary Termination for Good Reason the Eligible Employee must provide the Company with notice of the existence of the condition that would result in treatment as a Termination for Good Reason and a 30 day opportunity to remedy the condition. In addition, the separation from service must occur no later than two years following the initial existence of such condition.

1-4


 

ARTICLE 2
Participation
          2.01 Commencement of Participation . An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date an employee is designated an Eligible Employee.
          2.02 Termination of Participation . An Eligible Employee’s status as a Participant in the Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of the death of the Eligible Employee or the date the Company terminates the Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan by written notice pursuant to section 4.02. The Company shall not terminate an Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan following a Change of Control.

2-1


 

ARTICLE 3
Eligibility for Benefits
          3.01 Eligibility for Benefits . An Eligible Employee shall be eligible for benefits pursuant to this Plan if:
               (a) A Change of Control occurs; and
               (b) The Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination occurs within three (3) years of the Change of Control.
          3.02 Amount of Benefits . An Eligible Employee eligible for benefits pursuant to section 3.01 above shall receive benefits as provided below:
               (a) The Company shall pay the benefits outlined in Appendix A to the Plan to Eligible Employees listed on Appendix A, as in accordance with Appendix A, as in effect at the time of a Change of Control.
               (b) The Company shall also pay to Eligible Employees all legal fees and expenses incurred in obtaining or enforcing any right or benefit provided by this Plan.
               (c) To the extent permitted by the applicable plans, the Company shall also continue an Eligible Employee and his or her dependents (if enrolled in the applicable plan described below prior to the Termination of Employment) under the Company’s medical, dental and life plans available to all other similarly situated active employees. The Company shall pay the full cost of providing such coverage. Such coverage shall continue until the date of the last scheduled installment payment pursuant to the attached Appendix A. To the extent continuation of coverage is not permitted under an applicable plan, the Company shall pay to the Eligible Employment an amount equal to the cost of such coverage for similarly situated active employees. This benefit is exclusive of the Eligible Employee’s right, and his or her dependent’s right, if applicable, to elect to continue coverage under state or federal law and such continuation rights shall not begin until the end of the installment schedule pursuant to the attached Appendix A.
               (d) The Company shall provide an Eligible Employee with a benefit equal to the maximum benefit the Eligible Employee would have received under the Associated Banc-Corp Retirement Account Plan and the Associated Banc-Corp 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Qualified Plans”) if the Eligible Employee remained employed with the Company

3-1


 

for the scheduled installment period pursuant to the attached Appendix A. For purposes of calculating this benefit, the Company shall assume:
                    (i) the Eligible Employee’s compensation shall equal his or her compensation for the year preceding the year in which the Termination of Employment occurs;
                    (ii) the Eligible Employee makes the maximum elective deferral permissible under the Qualified Plans and the law; and
                    (iii) the terms of the Qualified Plans in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control govern the calculation of the benefit.
          3.03 Mitigation of Benefits . Eligible Employees who receive benefits pursuant to section 3.02 above shall mitigate the amount of benefits that they are eligible to receive by obtaining other employment. An Eligible Employee who obtains employment with an employer after the Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination shall notify the Company, in writing and prior to the starting date of employment with the employer, of the name and address of the employer and the amount of compensation payable to the Eligible Employee. Failure to properly and timely notify the Company or cooperate with the Company’s efforts to verify the amount of compensation payable to the Eligible Employee shall result in the termination of all benefits to the Eligible Employee under this Plan. The amount of benefits provided for in this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of compensation earned by the Eligible Employee between the Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination and the date of the last scheduled installment payment pursuant to the attached Appendix A.
          3.04 Payment Method . The Company, in its sole discretion, may pay benefits pursuant to the Plan in a lump sum or installments over the period of time specified for an Eligible Employee in Appendix A provided payment commences no later than 120 days subsequent to an Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any benefits provided under the Plan must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year of the Eligible Employee following the taxable year of the Date of Termination. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Eligible Employee whose benefit as described on Appendix A exceeds two times the Eligible Employee’s annual compensation as described in Code section 409A, payment shall be made in a lump sum no earlier than six months, and no later than eight months, following the Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination.
          3.05 Benefits in the Event of a Participant’s Death . If a Participant dies subsequent to the occurrence of events which entitle the Participant to benefits, as set forth in section 3.01, and prior to receiving all benefits payable

3-2


 

pursuant to the Plan, any remaining benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the Participant’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Participant’s estate. If a Participant dies prior to the occurrence of events which would entitle the Participant to benefits under the Plan pursuant to section 3.01, no benefits shall be payable from the Plan.

3-3


 

ARTICLE 4
General Provisions
          4.01 Successors: Binding Plan . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the voting securities business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Eligible Employees, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effective date of any such succession shall be a breach of this Plan and shall entitle the Eligible Employee to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Eligible Employee would be entitled hereunder if the Eligible Employee incurred a Termination for Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Eligible Employee’s Date of Termination. Eligible Employees who continue in the employ of the successor shall not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment for purposes of this Plan merely as a result of the succession.
          4.02 Notice . For the purposes of this Plan, notices and all other communications provided for in the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the best known addresses of the parties, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the President of the Company with a copy to the Corporate Secretary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing, except that notice of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
          4.03 Company’s Right to Terminate . The establishment of this Plan, its amendments and the granting of a benefit pursuant to the Plan shall not give any Eligible Employee the right to continued employment with the Company, or limit the right of the Company to terminate an Eligible Employee’s employment at any time.
          4.04 Termination and Amendment of the Plan . This Plan may be amended at any time by the Company in writing, including altering, reducing or eliminating benefits to be paid to a Participant who has not experienced a Date of Termination at any time prior to a Change of Control. This Plan may not be amended or terminated following a Change in Control. Effective January 1, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the Compensation and

4-1


 

Benefits Committee of the Board to act on behalf of the Company for purposes of the Plan.
          4.05 Company’s Right to Pay Benefits Prior to a Change in Control . The Company shall have the right to pay benefits under the Plan in anticipation of a Change in Control as if a Change in Control had occurred.
          4.06 Applicable Law . To the extent not inconsistent with applicable federal law, this Plan shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Wisconsin.
          4.07 Severability . In the event any provision of this Plan shall be considered void, illegal or invalid for any reason, said provision shall be of no force and effect only to the extent that it is void or declared illegal or invalid.

4-2


 

APPENDIX A
ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES OF THE ASSOCIATED
BANC-CORP CHANGE OF CONTROL PLAN
     The following employees of Associated Bank-Corp are considered Eligible Employees with respect to the following benefits pursuant to the Associated Banc-Corp Change of Control Plan.
                 
        Installment        
    Total Benefits   Period for   Date   Date
    Payable in   Payment of   Participation   Participation
Name   Lump Sum *   Benefits   Begins   Ends

A-1


 

Medical, Dental, and Life Insurance Coverage
See Section 3.02(c) of the Plan.
Savings Plan
See Section 3.02(d) of the Plan.
Retirement Plan
See Section 3.02(d) of the Plan.
Disability
If you are currently on short-term or long-term disability, you will be treated as any other displaced employee at that time, in accordance with plan provisions as then in effect.
Other Company Programs
A.   Incentive Bonus
  1.   Partial Year Prior to Date of Termination . An incentive bonus for the partial year in which your Date of Termination occurs shall be paid in a lump equal to the current calendar year’s target bonus pro-rated for the portion of the calendar year prior to the Date of Termination.
 
  2.   Following Date of Termination . An incentive bonus shall be paid, in lump sum, which is equivalent to the sum of two times the target bonuses for the current year.
B.   Vacation Pay
 
    Any accrued unused vacation as of your Date of Termination will be paid to you in a lump sum and will be included in your final payment under the Plan.
 
C.   Stock Option Plans
 
    If you have received options under Associated Long-Term Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1987, n.k.a. the Restated Long-Term Incentive Stock Option Plan, you should carefully review the provisions of that plan and your option agreement regarding termination of employment or retirement. Your rights and Associated’s obligations shall be governed by the provisions of the plan.
 
D.   Outplacement Benefit
 
    Outplacement services with an outplacement agency of your choice at a cost not to exceed twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) shall be provided.

A-2

Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Parent Company
The following bank subsidiaries are national banks and are organized under the laws of the United States:
Associated Bank, National Association
Associated Trust Company, National Association
The following non-bank subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the State of Arizona:
Banc Life Insurance Corporation
First Reinsurance, Inc.
The following non-bank subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota:
Employer’s Advisory Association, Inc., d/b/a HR Solutions Group
Financial Resource Management Group, Inc., d/b/a AFG Financial Services, Inc.
Riverside Finance, Inc.
The following non-bank subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the State of Nevada:
ASBC Investment Corp.
Associated Wisconsin Investment Corp.
Associated Illinois Investment Corp.
Associated Minnesota Investment Corp.
The following non-bank subsidiary is organized under the laws of the State of Vermont:
Associated Mortgage Reinsurance, Inc.
The following non-bank subsidiaries are organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin:
Associated Commercial Finance, Inc.
Associated Financial Group, LLC
Associated Investment Management, LLC
Associated Investment Services, Inc.
Associated Investment Partnership I, LLC
Associated Investment Partnership II, LLC
Associated Minnesota Real Estate Corp.
Associated Wisconsin Real Estate Corp.
Associated Illinois Real Estate Corp.
Associated Mortgage, LLC
IQuity Group, LLC
Associated Community Development, LLC
First Enterprises, Inc.
Associated Risk Group, LLC
Associated MN Commercial RE, LLC
Associated MN Retail RE, LLC
Associated New Markets Fund, LLC

1

Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Associated Banc-Corp.:
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-8
     
     
   
§ #2-77435
  § #333-74307
§ #2-99096
  § #333-121012
§ #33-16952
  § #333-121011
§ #33-24822
  § #333-121010
§ #33-35560
  § #333-120711
§ #33-54658
  § #333-120714
§ #33-63545
  § #333-120713
§ #33-67436
  § #333-120710
§ #33-86790
  § #333-120709
§ #333-46467
   
Re: Registration Statement on Form S-3
     
   
     
§ #2-98922
  § #33-63557
§ #33-28081
  § #33-67434
§ #333-156251
  § #333-138390
 
  § #333-143784
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 and S-3 of Associated Banc-Corp of our reports dated February 26, 2009 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Associated Banc-Corp.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 26, 2009

 

Exhibit 24
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Karen T. Beckwith    
  Karen T. Beckwith   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Lisa B. Binder    
  Lisa B. Binder   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Ruth M. Crowley    
  Ruth M. Crowley   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Robert C. Gallagher    
  Robert C. Gallagher   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Ronald R. Harder    
  Ronald R. Harder   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ William R. Hutchinson    
  William R. Hutchinson   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Eileen A. Kamerick    
  Eileen A. Kamerick   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Richard T. Lommen    
  Richard T. Lommen   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ John C. Meng    
  John C. Meng   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ J. Douglas Quick    
  J. Douglas Quick   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Dr. Carlos E. Santiago    
  Dr. Carlos E. Santiago   
  Director   

 


 

         
DIRECTOR’S POWER OF ATTORNEY
     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Corporation”), which is planning to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934 (the “Act”), a Form 10-K, the form which must be used for annual reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act, and Proxy Statement in accordance with Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A under the Act and Regulation S-K and Rule 14a-3(b) under the Act, for the reporting period ending December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Brian R. Bodager his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent.
     Said attorney-in-fact and agent shall have full power to act for him and in his name, place, and stead in any and all capacities, to sign such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal of the Corporation thereto and to attest such seal, and to file such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and each amendment (including post-effective amendments) so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, and to appear before the SEC in connection with any matter relating to such Form 10-K and Proxy Statement and to any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments).
     The undersigned hereby grants such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the 26th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ John C. Seramur    
  John C. Seramur   
  Director   
 

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Paul S. Beideman, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Associated Banc-Corp;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
          (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
          (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
          (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s

 


 

fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
          (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and
          (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February 26, 2009  /s/ Paul S. Beideman    
  Paul S. Beideman   
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Joseph B. Selner, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Associated Banc-Corp;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
          (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
          (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
          (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
          (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s

 


 

fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
          (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and
          (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February 26, 2009  /s/ Joseph B. Selner    
  Joseph B. Selner   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 32
Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Associated Banc-Corp, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify that:
1. The accompanying Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
  /s/ Paul S. Beideman    
  Paul S. Beideman   
  Chief Executive Officer 
February 26, 2009 
 
 
     
  /s/ Joseph B. Selner    
  Joseph B. Selner   
  Chief Financial Officer 
February 26, 2009